summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--28400.txt12207
-rw-r--r--28400.zipbin0 -> 211173 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
5 files changed, 12223 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/28400.txt b/28400.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a148ca1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28400.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12207 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of An Obscure Apostle, by Eliza Orzeszko
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: An Obscure Apostle
+ A Dramatic Story
+
+Author: Eliza Orzeszko
+
+Translator: C. S. De Soissons
+
+Release Date: March 24, 2009 [EBook #28400]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AN OBSCURE APOSTLE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Andrew Leader of www.polishwriting.net
+
+
+
+
+An Obscure Apostle
+
+A Dramatic Story
+
+TRANSLATED BY C.S. DE SOISSONS FROM THE ORIGINAL POLISH OF
+
+MME. ORZESZKO
+
+LONDON
+
+GREENING & CO., LTD.
+
+20 CECIL COURT, CHARING CROSS ROAD
+
+1899
+
+Printed by Cowan & Co., Limited Perth.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+ELIZA ORZESZKO
+
+In Lord Palmerston's days, the English public naturally heard a great
+deal about Poland, for there were a goodly number of Poles, noblemen
+and others, residing in London, exiles after the unsuccessful
+revolution, who, believing that England would help them to recover
+their lost liberty, made every possible effort to that end through
+Count Vladislas Zamoyski, the prime minister's personal friend. But
+even in those times, when the English press was writing much about the
+political situation in Poland, little was said about that which
+constitutes the greatest glory of a nation, namely, its literature and
+art, which alone can be secure of immortality. Only lately, in fact,
+has any public attention been paid by English people to Polish
+literature. However, among the authors who have attracted considerable
+attention of late, is the writer of "By Fire and Sword," whose "Quo
+Vadis," has met with a phenomenal reception. Henryk Sienkiewicz has by
+his popularity proved that in unfortunate, almost forgotten, Poland,
+there is an abundance of literary talent and an important output of
+works of which few English readers have any conception. For instance,
+who has ever heard, in Great Britain, of Adam Michiewicz the great
+Polish poet, who, critics declare, can be placed in the same category
+with Homer, Virgil, Dante, Tasso, Klopstock, Camoens, and Milton?
+Joseph Kraszewski as a novel writer occupies in Poland as high a
+position as Maurice Jokai does in Hungarian literature, while Mme.
+Eliza Orzeszko is considered to be the Polish Georges Sand, even by the
+Germans, who are in many respects the rivals of Slavs in politics and
+literature.
+
+Henryk Sienkiewicz, asked by an interviewer what he thought about the
+contemporary Polish literary talents, replied: "At the head of all
+stand Waclaw Sieroszewski and Stefan Zeromski; they are young, and very
+promising writers. But Eliza Orzeszko still holds the sceptre as a
+novelist."
+
+When the "Revue des Deux Mondes" asked the authors of different
+nationalities to furnish an essay on women of their respective
+countries, Mme. Orzeszko was chosen among the Polish writers to write
+about the Polish women. It may be stated that translations of her
+novels appeared in the same magazine more than twenty years ago. She is
+not only a talented but also a prolific writer. She has suffered much
+in her life, and her sufferings have brought out those sterling
+qualities of soul and heart, which make her books so intensely human,
+and characterise all her works, and place her high above contemporary
+Polish writers. The present volume may stand as a proof of her
+all-embracing talent.
+
+C.S. DE SOISSONS.
+
+
+
+
+AN OBSCURE APOSTLE
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+On the summits of civilisation the various branches of the great tree
+of humanity are united and harmonised. Education is the best apostle
+of universal brotherhood. It polishes the roughness without and cuts
+the overgrowth within; it permits of the development, side by side
+and with mutual respect, of the natural characteristics of different
+individuals; it prunes even religious beliefs produced by the needs
+of the time, and reduces them to their simplest expression, the
+result being that people can live without antipathies.
+
+Quite a different state of affairs exists in the social valley
+unlighted by the sun of knowledge. There people are the same to-day
+as they were in the remote centuries. Time, while making tombs for
+the dead people, has not buried with them the forms which, being
+continually regenerated, create among amazed societies unintelligible
+anachronisms. Here exist distinctions which, with sharp edges, push
+back everything which belongs not to them; here are crawling moral
+and physical miseries which are unknown, even by name, to those who
+have reached the summits; here is a gathering of dark figures,
+standing out against the background of the world, resembling vague
+outlines of sphinxes keeping guard over the graveyards; here are
+widely-spread petrifications of faiths, sentiment and customs,
+testifying by their presence that geniuses of many centuries can
+simultaneously rule the world. Patricians and plebeians changed their
+formal parts. The first became defenders and propagators of equality;
+the second stubbornly hold to distinctions. And if in times of yore
+oppression was directed by those who stood high against those who, in
+dust and humility, swarmed in the depths, in our times, from the
+depths arise unhealthy exhalations, which poison life and make the
+roads of civilisation difficult to the chosen ones.
+
+Such unfortunate valleys, rendering many people unhappy, separating
+the rest of the world by a chain of high mountains, exist in
+Israelitic society, as well as in the society of other nations, and
+there they are even more numerous than elsewhere. Their too long
+existence is the result of many historical causes and characteristics
+of the race. To-day they constitute a phenomenon; attracting the
+thinker and the artist by their great influence and the originality
+of their colouring, composed of mysterious shadows and bright lights.
+But who is familiar with them and who studies them? Even those who,
+on account of the same blood and traditions, should be attracted
+toward these localities, plunged in darkness, send there neither
+painters nor apostles--sometimes they do not even believe in their
+existence. For instance, what a surprise it would be to Israelitic
+society, gathered in the largest city in the country, composed of
+cultivated men and of women, who by their beauty, refinement and wit
+are in no way inferior to the women of other nations: what a surprise
+it would be to this society, gowned in purple and fine linen, if
+somebody would all at once describe Szybow and what is transpiring
+there!
+
+Szybow? On what planet is it, and if on ours, what population has it?
+The people there, are they white, black or brown?
+
+Well then, readers, I am going to make you acquainted with that
+deep--very deep--social valley. Not long ago there was enacted there
+an interesting drama worthy of your kind glance--of your heart's
+strong throb and a moment of long, sad thought. But in order to bring
+out facts and figures they must be thrown against the background on
+which they have risen and developed, and in the deep perspectives of
+which there are elements which are the causes of their existence.
+Therefore you must permit me, before raising the curtain which hides
+the first scenes of the drama, to tell you in brief the history of
+the small town.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+Far, far from the line of the railroads which run through the
+Bialorus (a part of Poland around the city of Mohileff which now
+belongs to Russia), far from even the navigable River Dzwina, in one
+of the most remote corners of the country, amidst quiet, large, level
+fields--still existing in some parts of Europe--between two sandy
+roads which disappear into the depths of a great forest, there is a
+group of gray houses of different sizes standing so closely together
+that anyone looking at them would say that they had been seized by
+some great fright and had crowded together in order to be able to
+exchange whispers and tears.
+
+This is Szybow, a town inhabited by Israelites, almost exclusively,
+with the exception of a small street at the end of the place in
+which, in a few houses, live a few very poor burghers and very quiet
+old retired officials.
+
+It is the only street that is quiet, and the only street in which
+flowers bloom in summer. In the other streets no flowers bloom, and
+they are dreadfully noisy. There the people talk and move about
+continually, industriously, passionately, within the houses and in
+the narrow dark alleys called streets, and in the round,
+comparatively large market-place in the centre of the town, around
+which there are numerous doors of stinking small shops. In this
+market-place after a week of transactions by the people of the
+vicinity, there remains an inconceivable quantity of dirt and
+sweepings, and here is also the high, dusky, strangely-shaped meeting
+house.
+
+This building is one of the specimens, rare to-day, of Hebrew
+architecture. A painter and an archeologist would look upon it with
+an equal amount of interest. At first glance it can be easily seen
+that it is a synagogue, although it does not look like other
+churches. Its four thick walls form a monotonous quadrangle, and its
+brown colour gives it a touch of dignity, sadness, and antiquity.
+These walls must be very old indeed, for they are covered with green
+strips of moss. The higher parts of the walls are cut with a row of
+long, narrow, deeply-set windows, recalling, by their shape, the
+loop-holes of a fortress. The whole building is covered by a roof
+whose three large heavy turrets, built one upon the other, look like
+three moss-covered gigantic mushrooms.
+
+Every gathering, whether of greater importance or of common
+occurrence, was held here, sheltered beneath the brown walls and
+mushroom-like roof of the temple. Here in the large round courtyard
+are the heders (Hebrew schools), where the kahals (church committees)
+gather. Here stands a low black house with two windows, a real mud
+hovel, inhabited for several centuries and for many generations by
+Rabbis of the family of Todros, famous in the community and even far
+beyond it. Here at least everything is clean, and while in other
+parts of the place, in the spring especially, the people nearly sink
+into the mud, the school courtyard is always clean. It would be
+difficult to find on it even a wisp of straw, for as soon as anything
+is noticed, it is at once picked up by a passer-by, anxious to keep
+clean the place around the temple.
+
+How important Szybow is to the Israelites living in Bialorus, and
+even in Lithuania, can be judged by an embarrassing incident which
+occurred to a merry but unwise nobleman while in conversation with a
+certain Jewish agent, more spiritual than humble.
+
+The agent was standing at the door of the office of the noble, bent a
+little forward, smiling, always ready to please and serve the noble,
+and say a witty word to put him in good humour. The noble was feeling
+pretty good, and joked with the Jew.
+
+"Chaimek," spoke he, "wert thou in Cracow?"
+
+"I was not, serene lord."
+
+"Then thou art stupid."
+
+Chaimek bowed.
+
+"Chaimek, wert thou in Rome?"
+
+"I was not, serene lord."
+
+"Then thou art very stupid."
+
+Chaimek bowed again, but in the meanwhile he had made two steps
+forward. On his lips wandered one of those smiles common to the
+people of his race--clever, cunning, in which it is impossible to say
+whether there is humility or triumph, flattery or irony.
+
+"Excuse me, your lordship," he said softly, "has your lordship been
+in Szybow?"
+
+Szybow was situated about twenty miles from the place at which this
+conversation was held.
+
+The nobleman answered, "I was not."
+
+"And what now?" answered Chaimek still more softly.
+
+The answer of the jolly nobleman to that embarrassing question is not
+recorded, but the use of Szybow as an argument against the insult
+shows that to the Jew Szybow was of the same relative importance as
+were Rome and Cracow to the nobleman, i.e., as the place which was
+the concentration of civil and religious authorities.
+
+If someone were to have asked the Jew why he attributed such
+importance to a small, poor town, he would probably mention two
+families who had lived in Szybow for centuries--Ezofowichs and
+Todros. Between these two families there existed the difference that
+the Ezofowichs represented the concentration in the highest degree of
+the element of secular importance, i.e., large family, numerous
+relatives, riches, and keenness in the transaction of large business
+interests, and in increasing their wealth. On the other hand, the
+Todros family represented the spiritual element--piety, religious
+culture, and severe, almost ascetic, purity of life.
+
+It is probable that if Chaimek were asked the reason for the
+importance given to the little town, he would forget to name the
+Ezofowichs because, although the Israelites were proud of the riches
+and influence of that family as one of their national glories, this
+lustre, purely worldly, paled in comparison with the rays of holiness
+which surrounded the name of Todros.
+
+The Todros were for generations considered by the whole Hebrew
+population of Bialorus and Lithuania as the most accomplished example
+and enduring pillar of orthodoxy. Was it really so? Here and there
+could be found scholarly Talmudists, who smiled when a question arose
+in regard to the Talmudistic orthodoxy of the Todros, and when they
+gathered together the name of Todros was sadly whispered about. But
+although the celebrated orthodoxy of the Todros was much discussed by
+these scholars, they were greatly in the minority--only a score among
+the masses of believers. The crowd believed, worshipped, and went to
+Szybow as to a holy place, to make obeisance and ask for advice,
+consolation, and medicines.
+
+Szybow had not always possessed such an attractive power of
+orthodoxy; on the contrary, its founders were schismatics,
+representing in Israel the spirit of opposition and division,
+Karaites. In the times of yore they had converted to their belief the
+powerful inhabitants of the rich land on the shores of Chersoneses,
+and they became their kings. Afterwards, in accordance with the
+traditions of that reign, they wandered into the world with their
+legislative book, the Bible, double exiles, from Palestine and
+Crimea, and a small part of them, brought to Lithuania by the Grand
+Duke Witold, went as far as Bialorus and settled there in a group of
+houses and mud-hovels called Szybow.
+
+In those times, on Friday and Saturday evenings, great tranquillity
+and darkness was spread through the town, because Karaites, contrary
+to the Talmudists, did not celebrate the holy day of Sabbath with an
+abundance of light and noisy joy and copious feasts, but they greeted
+it with darkness, silence, sadness, and meditation upon the downfall
+of the national temple, and the glory and might of the people of
+Israel. Then, from the blackest houses, from behind the small dark
+windows, there flowed into the quiet without the sound of singing;
+the parents were sadly telling their children of the prophets who, on
+the shores of the rivers in Babylon, broke their harps and cut their
+fingers so that none could force them to sing in captivity, of the
+blessed country of Havili, situated somewhere in the south of Arabia,
+where the ten tribes of Israel lived in liberty, happiness, and
+peace, not knowing quarrels or the use of the sword. They talked of
+the holy river, Sabbation, hiding the Israelitic wanderers from the
+eyes of their toes. In time, however, lights began to shine in the
+windows on Fridays, and then, little by little, they began to talk
+and pray aloud. Rabbinits arrived. The worshippers of Talmudistic
+authorities, representative of blind faith in oral traditions
+gathered and transmitted by Kohens, Tanaits, and Gaons, came and
+pushed aside the handful of heretics and wrecks. Under the influence
+of the newcomers the community of Karaites began to melt away. The
+last blow was struck at it by a man well-known in the history of
+Polish Hebrews--Michael Ezofowich, Senior.
+
+He was the first of his name to emerge from obscurity. His family,
+settled in Poland for a long time, was one of these which, during the
+reign of Jagiellons, under the influence of privileges and laws in
+Poland promulgated by a (for that time) high civilisation, was united
+by sympathetic ties to the aboriginal population, and Ezofowich was
+appointed Senior over all the Hebrew population of Lithuania and
+Bialorus, by King Zygmunt the First, by a document which read thus:
+
+"We, Zygmunt, by God's grace, etc., make known to all Jews living on
+the estate, our Fatherland, having taken into consideration the
+faithful services of the Jew, Michael Ezofowich, and wishing you in
+your affairs not to meet with any obstacles and delays, according to
+the laws of justice, we constitute, that Michael Ezofowich shall
+settle all your affairs for US, and be your superior, and you must
+come to US through him, and be obedient to him in everything. He will
+judge you and rule over you according to the custom of our law, and
+punish the guilty ones by OUR permission, everyone according to his
+merit."
+
+From the few historical notes about him, it can be seen that the
+Senior was a man of strong and energetic will. With a firm hand he
+seized the authority given him over his co-religionists, and he threw
+an anathema over those who would not obey him, especially on the
+Karaites, excluding them from the Hebrew community, and refusing them
+the friendship and help of their tribe. Under such a blow the
+existence of the inhabitants of Szybow, already poor, sad, and
+inactive, was made altogether unbearable. The descendants of Hazairan
+rulers, heretics, constituting, as always, a great minority of the
+population, exposed to aversion and hatred, oppressed and poor, left
+the place which had given them shelter for a certain time, carrying
+with them in their hearts their stubborn attachment to the Bible, and
+on their lips their poetical legends. They scattered in the broad and
+hostile world, leaving behind them in that little town where they had
+lived two hundred years only a few families, cherishing still more
+passionately their old graveyards, the hill now covered with the
+ruins of their temple, which the conquering Rabbinits had destroyed.
+The Rabbinits took possession of Szybow, and, if the truth be told,
+they changed, by their energy, industry, perfect harmony of action,
+the result of unusual mutual help, the quiet, gray, poor, sad little
+village into a town full of activity, noise, care, and riches.
+
+In those times, under the Senior's rule, the Jews in general were
+prosperous. Besides material prosperity, there began to live in them
+the hope of a possibility of rising from their mental ignorance and
+social humiliation. The Senior must surely have had a superior and
+keen mind, for he was able to thoroughly understand the spirit of the
+time and the needs of his people, notwithstanding the ancient
+barriers and prejudices. He rejected the Karaites from the bosom of
+Israel, not because of religious fanaticism but for broader social
+reasons. Although he was a Rabbinit, and obliged to give to the
+religious authorities absolute faith and worship, his mind was
+sometimes visited by fits of scepticism--perhaps the best road to
+wisdom. In one of his reports to the King, refuting some objections
+which had been made to his sentences, he wrote, sadly and ironically:
+
+"Our different books give us different laws. Very often we know not
+what to do when Gamaliel differs from Eliezer. In Babylon is one
+truth--in Jerusalem another (two editions of the Talmud). We obey the
+second Moses (Majmonides) and the new ones call him heretic. I
+encourage the savants to write such wise books that the clever and
+stupid can understand them." It was at the time when the Occidental
+Israelites, settled in France and Spain, raised the question as to
+whether the professors of the Talmud and Bible should be permitted to
+acquire a knowledge of the lay sciences. Many opinions were
+considered, but none was strong enough to prevail, because the
+partisans of absolute separation from mental work and human
+tendencies constituted a great majority among the Israelites. Every
+society has such moments of darkness. It happens especially when a
+nation is exhausted by a series of successful efforts, after having
+undergone tortures, and enfeebled by the streams of blood poured out.
+The Occidental Jews, after centuries of existence in abject fear,
+wandering through fire and blood, passed such a moment in the
+sixteenth century. The time was still far distant which gave birth to
+famous doctors of secular sciences beloved of the people, esteemed by
+Kings. The high ideas of Majmonides who, giving deserved credit to
+the legislation of Israel, admired also the Greek scholars, were also
+far from the--they were even forgotten. Majmonides, who wished to
+base the knowledge of the Bible and Talmud on a foundation of
+mathematical and astronomical truths, and make it durable; who openly
+expressed the desire to shorten the twenty-five hundred sheets of the
+Talmud into one chapter, clear as the day; who did not justify
+religious beliefs which were contrary to commonsense, and claimed
+that "the eyes are placed in the front, and not in the rear of man's
+head, in order that he may look before him," and prophesied that the
+whole world would one day be filled with knowledge, as the sea is
+filled with water--such a man was despised. Four centuries had passed
+since the dignified, sweet, highly sympathetic figure of the
+Israelitic thinker had disappeared from the face of the earth. He was
+one of the greatest thinkers of the middle ages. The giant with the
+eagle eye and fiery heart had been succeeded by dwarfs, whose weak
+breasts were saturated with bitterness, and whose eyes looked on the
+world sadly, suspiciously, narrow-mindedly. "Keep away from Greek
+knowledge," Joseph Ezobi cried to his son, "because it is like the
+wine-garden of Sodom, pouring into man's head drunkenness and sin."
+
+"The strangers are pushing into the Gates of Zion!" lamented
+Abba-Mari, when he learned that the Hebrew youths had begun to study
+with masters of other religions. And all the Rabbis and the
+Presidents of the Jewish communities in the West, ordered that no man
+under thirty years of age should study the lay sciences. "Because,"
+said they, "he who has filled his mind with the Bible, and Talmud has
+the right to warm himself at the stranger's flame."
+
+The bolder ones, while submitting to the decision of their superiors,
+cried, "Rabbi, how can we study lay sciences after our thirtieth
+year, when our minds will have become dulled and our memory tired,
+and we shall possess enthusiasm no longer and strength of youth."
+
+The orders were obeyed. Their minds grew dull, tired memory fainted,
+and the strength and enthusiasm of youth left them. Majmonides,
+grave, silent, motionless, stood in the midst of the sea of darkness
+which covered the people who had been conducted by him toward the
+light. They cursed his memory, and a devastating hand rubbed off his
+tomb its grateful and glorious inscription, replacing it with stiff
+and cruel words, as fanatical as ignorant:
+
+"Here lies Moses Majmonides, excommunicated heretic."
+
+At the same time the same quarrels raged among the Hebrews settled in
+Poland, but being less tired by persecution, and because they were
+less tormented than their brothers in the West, and were freer and
+more sure of their privileges than their brothers in the West, their
+aversion to the 'stranger's flames' was less passionate. Nay, there
+was among them quite a numerous party which cried for secular
+sciences--for brotherhood with the rest of humanity in intellectual
+efforts and tendencies. One of these men who stood at the head of
+this party was the Lithuanian Senior, Ezofowich. Under his influence
+the Jewish Synod convocated in those times, issued a proclamation to
+all the Polish Jews. The principal paragraph of this was:
+
+"Jehovah has numerous Sefirots, Adam has had numerous emanations of
+perfection. Therefore an Israelite must not be satisfied with one
+religious science only. Although it is a holy science the others must
+not on this account be neglected. The best fruit is a paradise apple,
+but shall we not eat less good apples? There were Jews in the courts
+of kings; Mordoheus was a savant, Esther was clever, Nehemias was a
+Persian counsellor, and they liberated the people from captivity.
+Study; be useful to the King and the nobles will respect you. The
+Jews are as numerous as the sands of the sea and the stars in the
+sky; they do not shine like the stars, but everyone tramples on them
+as on the sand. The wind scatters the seeds of different trees, and
+none asks from where the most beautiful tree has its origin. Why,
+then, should there not rise among us a Cedar of Lebanon, instead of
+thorn-bushes?"
+
+The man under whose inspiration the proclamation was written, calling
+the Polish Jews to turn their faces to where the light of the future
+was dawning, met, eye to eye, the man with his face set toward the
+past and darkness.
+
+This man was a newcomer from Spain, and settled in Szybow. His name
+was Nehemias Todros, the descendant of the famous Todros Abulaffi
+Halevi who, famous for his Talmudistic learning and orthodoxy and
+knowledge, was afterwards carried away by the gloomy secrets of
+Kabalists, and helping it with his authority, was the cause of the
+most dreadful error among the Jews from which any nation can suffer.
+The tradition says that the same Nehemias Todros who had a princely
+title, Nassi, was the first to bring to Poland the book, Zohar, in
+which was explained the quintessence of the perilous doctrine, and
+from that day there comes from Poland the mixture of the Talmud with
+Kabalistic ideas which has influenced very badly the minds and the
+lives of the Polish Jews. History is silent regarding the quarrels
+and fights aroused by this innovation among the people who were in a
+fair way of emerging from the darkness which surrounded them, but the
+traditions, piously preserved in the families, tell, that in the
+fight, which lasted a long time and was very obstinate, between
+Michael Ezofowich, for a considerable period a Polish Jew, and
+Nehemias Todros, a Spanish newcomer, the first was vanquished.
+Consumed with grief caused by the sight of his people returning to
+the old false roads, crushed by intrigues set afoot against him by
+the gloomy adversary, he died in his prime. His name descended from
+generation to generation of Ezofowichs. They were all proud of his
+memory, although in time they understood less of its importance. From
+that time dated the great authority of the Todros and the gradual
+diminution of moral influence exerted by the Ezofowichs. The last
+ones being driven out by those fresh from the field of waste, social
+activity, they turned all their abilities in the direction of
+business, with the aim of increasing their material welfare. The
+navigable rivers were every year covered with vessels owned by them,
+and carrying to remote parts enormous quantities of merchandise.
+Their house, standing in the midst of the poor town, became more and
+more the centre of national riches and industry. To them, as to the
+modern Rothschilds, everyone went in need of gold to carry out their
+enterprises. The Ezofowichs were proud of their material might, and
+gave up entirely caring about the other--the might of spiritual
+influence and the fate of the people possessed by their grandfather,
+and of which they were robbed by Todros--by those Todros who, poor,
+almost beggars, living in the wretched little house which stood near
+the temple, disparaging everything which had the appearance of
+comfort and beauty, but who were, nevertheless, famous all over the
+country, and were enveloped in the pious dreams and hopes of their
+people. And only once during two centuries did one of the Ezofowichs
+attempt to lay hold of not only material--but also moral dignity. It
+happened toward the end of the last century. The great Four-Year
+Parliament was in session at Warsaw. The reports of its discussions
+reached even the small town in Bialorus. The people living there
+listened and waited. From lips to lips rushed the news of hope and
+fear--the Jews were under discussion at this Parliament!
+
+What do they say about us? What do they write about us? the
+long--bearded passers-by asked each other, as they walked through the
+narrow streets of Szybow, dressed in long halats and big fur caps
+This curiosity increased each day to such an extent that it
+finally-extraordinary event--stopped the business transactions
+and money circulation. Some of them even undertook the long,
+difficult journey to Warsaw, in order to be near the source
+of news, and from there they sent their brethren who remained
+in the little town of Bialorus, long letters, rumpled and spotted
+newspapers, and leaves torn from different pamphlets, and books.
+
+Of those who remained in the town, two men were most attentive and
+most impatient--Nohim Todros, Rabbi, and Hersh Ezofowich, rich
+merchant. There was a muffled, secret antipathy between them.
+Apparently they were on good terms, but at every opportunity there
+burst forth the antagonism which existed between the great-grandson
+of Michael the Senior, the disciple of Majmonides, and the descendant
+of Nehemias Todros, Kabalistic fanatic.
+
+Finally there came from Warsaw to Szybow a crumpled sheet of paper,
+which had turned yellow during the journey, and on it were the
+following words:
+
+"All differences in dress, language, and customs existing between the
+Jews and early inhabitants must be abolished. Leave alone everything
+concerning religion. Tolerate even the sects if they work no moral
+injury. Do not baptise a Jew before he is twenty years old. Give to
+the Jews the right to acquire land, and do not collect any taxes from
+those who will take agriculture for five years. Supply them with farm
+stock. Forbid marriages before the age of twenty for men and eighteen
+for women."
+
+This sheet was carried about and read hundreds of times in the
+houses, streets and squares. It was waved as a flag of triumph or
+mourning, until it went to pieces in those thousands of unhappy,
+trembling hands. But the population of Szybow did not express its
+opinion of that news. A smaller part of it turned their questioning
+eyes toward Hersh; others, more numerous, looked inquiringly into the
+face of Reb Nohim.
+
+Reb Nohim appeared on the threshold of his hut, and raising his thin
+hands above his gray head, as a sign of indignation and despair, he
+cried several times:
+
+"Assybe! assybe! dajde!"
+
+"Misfortune! misfortune! woe!" repeated after him, the crowd gathered
+in the courtyard of the temple.
+
+But, in the same moment, Hersh Ezofowich standing at the door of the
+meeting house, put his white hand into the pocket of his satin halat,
+raised his head, covered with a costly beaver cap, and not less
+loudly than the Rabbi, but in a different voice, he called:
+
+"Hoffnung! Hoffnung! Frieden!"
+
+"Hope! Hope! Happiness!" repeated after him, timidly, his not very
+numerous followers, with a sidelong glance at the Rabbi. But the old
+Rabbi's hearing was good, and he heard the cry. His white beard
+shook, and his dark eyes flashed lightning in Hersh's direction.
+
+"They will order us to shave our beards and wear short dresses!" he
+exclaimed, painfully and angrily.
+
+"They will make our minds longer and broaden our hearts!" answered
+Hersh's sonorous voice.
+
+"They will put us to the plough and order us to cultivate the country
+of exile!" shouted Rabbi Nohim.
+
+"They will open for us the treasures of the earth, and they will
+order her to be our fatherland!" screamed Hersh.
+
+"They will forbid us kosher," cried Rabbi.
+
+"They will make of Israel a cedar tree instead of a hawthorn!"
+answered Hersh.
+
+"Our son's faces will be covered with beards before they may marry!"
+
+"When they take their wives, their minds and strength will be already
+developed."
+
+"They will order us to warm ourselves at strange fireplaces, and
+drink from the wine-garden of Sodom."
+
+"They will bring near to us the Jobel-ha-Gabel--the festival of joy,
+during which the lamb may eat beside the tiger."
+
+"Hersh Ezofowich! Hersh Ezofowich! Through your mouth speaks the soul
+of your great-grandfather, who wished to lead all Jews to foreign
+fireplaces."
+
+"Reb Nohim! Reb Nohim! Through your eyes looks the soul of your
+great-grandfather, who plunged all Jews into great darkness."
+
+Deep silence reigned in the crowd as the two men, standing far from
+each other, spoke thus. Nohim's voice grew thinner and sharper;
+Hersh's resounded with stronger and deeper tones. The Rabbi's yellow
+cheeks became covered with brick-red spots--Ezofowich's face grew
+pale. The Rabbi shook his thin hands, rocking his figure backward and
+forward, scattering his silvery beard over both shoulders. The
+merchant stood erect and motionless, and in his green eyes shone an
+angry sneer.
+
+A couple of thousand eyes gazed in turn on the two
+adversaries--leaders of the people--and a couple of thousand mouths
+quivered, but were silent.
+
+Finally, the long, sharp piercing cry of Reb Nohim resounded in the
+courtyard of the temple.
+
+"Assybe! assybe! dajde!" moaned the old man, sobbing and crushing his
+hands.
+
+"Hoffnung! Hoffnung! Frieden!" joyfully exclaimed Hersh, raising his
+white hand.
+
+The crowd was still silent and motionless for a while. Then the heads
+began to move like waves and lips to murmur like waters, and at once
+a couple of thousands of hands were lifted with a gesture of pain and
+distress, and from a couple of thousand throats came the powerful
+shout.
+
+"Assybe! assybe! dajde!"
+
+Reb Nohim was victorious!
+
+Hersh looked around. His friends surrounded him closely. They were
+silent. They dropped their heads and cast timid looks on the ground.
+
+Hersh smiled disdainfully, and when the crowd rushed to the temple,
+led by Reb Nohim continually shaking his yellow hands above his gray
+head, and while still before the threshold of the temple began the
+prayer habitually recited when some peril was imminent--when finally
+the brown walls of the temple resounded with the powerful sobbing
+cry, "Lord help thy people! Save from annihilation the sons of
+Israel!" The young merchant stood motionless, plunged in deep
+thought. Then he passed slowly down the square, and finally
+disappeared into a large house of fine outward appearance. It was the
+biggest and showiest house in the town, almost new, for it was built
+by Hersh himself, and shone with yellow walls and brilliant windows.
+
+Hersh sat for a long time in a large, simply-furnished room. His look
+was gloomy. Then he raised his head and called:
+
+"Freida! Freida!"
+
+In answer to this call the door of the adjoining room opened, and in
+the golden light of the fireplace appeared a slender young woman. On
+her head was a large white turban, and a white kerchief fell from her
+neck, ornamented with several strings of pearls. Her big, dark eyes
+shone brightly and like flame from her gentle, oval face. She paused
+opposite her husband, and questioned him with her eyes only.
+
+Hersh motioned her to a chair, in which she sat immediately.
+
+"Freida," he began, "have you heard of what happened in the town
+to-day?"
+
+"Yes, I have heard," she answered softly. "My brother Joseph came to
+see me, and told me that you had quarrelled with Reb Nohim."
+
+"He wishes to eat me up as his great-grandfather ate up my
+great-grand father."
+
+Freida's dark eyes became filled with fear.
+
+"Hersh!" she exclaimed, "you must not quarrel with him. He is a great
+and saintly man. All will be with him!"
+
+"No," answered the husband, with a smile, "don't be afraid. Now other
+times are corning--he can't harm me. And as for me, I can't shut my
+mouth when my heart shouts within me that I must speak. I can no
+longer stand by to hear that man teaching that what is good is bad,
+and see the stupid people look into his eyes and shout, although they
+do not understand anything. No! And how can they understand? Has
+Todros ever taught them to distinguish good from evil, and separate
+that which was from that winch shall be?"
+
+After a few moments of silence, Hersh continued:
+
+"Freida."
+
+"What, Hersh?"
+
+"Have you forgotten what I told you about Michael the Senior?"
+
+The woman folded her hands devoutly.
+
+"Why should I forget it?" she asked. "You told me beautiful things of
+him."
+
+"He was a great--a very great man. Todros ate him up. If that family
+had not eaten him up he would have accomplished great things for the
+Jews. But no matter about that. I will ask him what he wished to do.
+He will teach me, and I will do it!"
+
+Freida grew pale.
+
+"But how will you ask him?" she whispered in fear, "he is dead a long
+time ago."
+
+A mysterious smile played about the merchant's thin lips.
+
+"I know how. Sometimes God permits those who have died to talk with
+and teach their grandchildren, Freida," he continued, after another
+pause, "do you know what the Senior did when he saw that Todros would
+eat him up, and that he would die before the good times would come?"
+
+"No, what did he do?"
+
+"He shut himself up in a room, and he sat there without eating or
+drinking or sleeping, and--he only wrote. And what did he write? That
+nobody yet knows, because he hid what he had written, and when he
+felt that his end was near, he said to his sons: 'I have written down
+everything that I have known and felt, and what I intended to do; but
+I have hidden my writings from you, because now such times are at
+hand that all is useless for the present. The Todros rule, and they
+will rule for a long time, and they will do this that neither you,
+nor your sons, nor your grandsons will care to see my writing, and
+even were they to see it, they would tear it into pieces, and scatter
+it to the winds for annihilation, ant they would say that Michael the
+Senior was kofrim (heretic), and they would excommunicate him as they
+did the second Moses. But there will come a time when my
+great-grandson will wish for what I had written--to ask for guidance
+in his thoughts and actions in order to free the Jews from Todros'
+captivity, and to lead them to that sun from which the other nations
+receive the warmth. Thus, my great-grandson who desires to have my
+writings, will find the writings, and you have only to tell the
+eldest son of that family on your deathbed that it exists, and that
+there are many wise things written down. It must be thus from
+generation to generation. I command you thus. Remember to be obedient
+to this one, whose soul deserved to be immortal! (It was the teaching
+of Moses Majmonides, in regard to the immortality of the soul, that
+every man, according to the culture of his mind and moral perfection,
+could attain immortality, and that annihilation was the punishment
+for misdeeds)."
+
+Hersh stopped speaking. Freida sat motionless looking into her
+husband's face with intense curiosity.
+
+"Shall you search for that writing?" she asked softly.
+
+"I shall search for it," said her husband, "and I shall find it,
+because I am that great-grandson of whom Michael Senior spoke when
+dying. I shall find that writing--you must help me to find it."
+
+The woman stood erect, beaming with joy.
+
+"Hersh, you are a good man!" she exclaimed. "You are kind to
+associate me, a woman, with such an important affair and great
+thoughts."
+
+"Why should I not do it? Are you a bad housekeeper or a bad mother?
+You do everything well, and your soul is as beautiful as your eyes."
+
+The white face of the young Hebrew woman became scarlet. She dropped
+her eyes, but her coral-like lips whispered some words of love and
+gratitude.
+
+Hersh rose.
+
+"Where shall we search for the writing?" said he thoughtfully.
+
+"Where?" repeated the woman.
+
+"Freida," said the husband, "Michael the Senior could not have hidden
+his writing in the earth, for he knew that there the worms would eat
+it, or that it would turn to dust. Is this writing in the earth?"
+
+"No," answered the woman, "it is not there."
+
+"He could not have hidden it in the wails of the house, for he knew
+that they would rot, and that they would be destroyed, and new ones
+built. These walls I have built myself, and I carefully searched the
+old ones, but there was no writing."
+
+"There was not," repeated Freida sorrowfully.
+
+"He could not have hidden it in the roof, because he knew it would
+not be safe there. When I was born there was perhaps the tenth roof
+built over our house, but it seems to me that the writing could not
+have been there. Where is it?"
+
+Both were thoughtful. All at once, after a while, the woman
+exclaimed:
+
+"Hersh, I know where the writing is!"
+
+Her husband raised his head. His wife was pointing to the large
+library filled with books, which stood in a corner of the room.
+
+"There?" said Hersh, hesitatingly.
+
+"There," repeated the woman, with conviction. "Have you not told me
+that these are Michael Senior's books, and that all the Ezofowichs
+have preserved them, but no one has read them because Todros would
+not permit the reading of books."
+
+Hersh passed his hand over his forehead, and the woman spoke further.
+
+"Michael the Senior was a wise man, and he saw the future. He knew
+that for a long time no one would read those books, and that only the
+one who would read them would be that great-grandson who would find
+his writings."
+
+"Freida, Freida," exclaimed Hersh, "you are a wise woman!"
+
+She modestly dropped her dark eyes.
+
+"Hersh, I am going to see why the baby is crying. I will give the
+servants their orders, and have them keep the fire, then I will come
+here and aid you in your work."
+
+"Come!" said her husband, and when she had gone to the room from
+which came the sounds of children's voices, he said to himself:
+
+"A wise woman is more precious than gold and pearls. Besides, her
+husband's heart is quiet."
+
+After a while she returned, locked the door, and asked softly:
+
+"Where is the key?"
+
+Hersh found the key of his great-grandfather's library, and they
+began to take down the large books. They placed them on the floor,
+and having seated themselves, they began to turn slowly one leaf
+after the other. Clouds of dust rose from the piles of paper, which
+had remained untouched for centuries. The dust settled on Freida's
+snow-white turban in a gray layer, and covered also Hersh's golden
+hair. But they worked on indefatigably and with such a solemn
+expression on their faces that one would think that they were
+uncovering the grave of their great-grandfather in order to take
+therefrom his grand thoughts.
+
+Evening was already approaching when Hersh exclaimed as people
+exclaim when they meet with victory and bliss. Freida said nothing,
+but she rose slowly and extended her hands above her head in a
+movement of gratitude.
+
+Then Hersh prayed fervently near the window, through which could be
+seen the first stars appearing in the sky. During the whole night
+there was a light in that window, and seated at the table, his head
+resting on both hands, was Hersh, reading from large yellowish sheets
+of paper. At the break of day, when the eastern part of the sky had hardly
+begun to burn with pinkish light, he went out, dressed himself in a
+travelling mantle and large beaver cap, got into a carriage, and drove
+away. He was so deeply plunged in thought that he did not even bid
+good-bye to his children and servants, who crowded the hall of the house.
+He only nodded to Freida, who stood on the piazza, with the white turban
+on her head turning pink in the light of the dawn. Her eyes, which
+followed her husband, were filled with sadness and pride.
+
+Where had Hersh gone? Beyond mountains, forests, and rivers, to a
+remote part of the country where, amidst swampy plains and black
+forests of Pinseyzna lived an eloquent partisan of the rights to
+civilisation of the Polish Jews, Butrymowicz. He was a karmaszym--(the
+higher, or rather richer, class of nobility in Poland were called by that
+name, which means a certain shade of red, because their national
+costumes were of that colour)--and a thinker. He saw clearly and far.
+He was familiar with the necessities of the century.
+
+When Hersh was introduced into the mansion of the nobleman and
+admitted to the presence of the great and wise member of parliament,
+he bowed profoundly, and began to speak thus:
+
+"I am Hersh Ezofowich, a merchant from Szybow, and the great-grandson
+of Michael Ezofowich, who was superior over all the Jews, and was
+called Senior by the command of the king himself. I come here from
+afar. And why do I come? Because I wished to see the great member of
+the Diet, and talk with the famous author. The light with which his
+figure shines is so great that it made me blind. As a weak plant
+twines around the branch of a great oak, so I desire to twine my
+thoughts about yours, that they shall over-arch the people like the
+rainbow, and there shall be no more quarrels and darkness in this
+world."
+
+When the great man answered encouragingly to this preface, Hersh
+continued:
+
+"Serene lord, you have said that there must be an agreement between
+two nations, who, living on the same soil, are in continual
+conflict."
+
+"Yes. I said so," answered the deputy.
+
+"Serene lord, you said that the Jew ought to be equal in everything
+with the Christians, and in that way they would be no longer
+noxious."
+
+"I said it."
+
+"Serene lord, yon have said that you consider the Jews as Polish
+citizens, and that it is necessary that they should send their
+children to the secular schools. They should have the right to
+purchase the land, and that among them certain things, which are
+neither good nor sensible, should be abolished."
+
+"I said it," again affirmed the deputy.
+
+Then the tall, stately figure of the Jew, with its proud head and
+intelligent look, bent swiftly, and before the deputy could resist
+Hersh had pressed his hand to his lips.
+
+"I am a newcomer in this country," said he softly. "Younger
+brother--"
+
+Then he drew himself up and pulled from the pocket of his halat a
+roll of yellowish papers.
+
+"That which I have brought here," he said, "is more precious to me
+than gold, pearls, and diamonds."
+
+"What is it?" asked the deputy.
+
+Hersh answered in a solemn voice:
+
+"It is the will of my ancestor, Michael Ezofowich, the Senior."
+
+They both sat reading through the whole night by the light of two
+small wax candles. Then they began to talk. They spoke softly, with
+heads bent together and burning faces. Then toward day-break they
+rose, and simultaneously each stretched out and shook the hands of
+the other cordially.
+
+What did they read the whole night, and of what were they talking?
+What sentiment of enthusiasm and hope united their hands as a sign of
+a pact? Nobody ever learned. It is sunk in the dark night of
+historical secrets, with many other desires and thoughts. Adversities
+plunged it there. It was hidden, but not lost. Sometimes we ask
+ourselves whence come the lightnings of those thoughts and desires
+which nobody has known before? And we do not know that their sources
+are the moments not written on the pages of the history by any
+writer.
+
+The next day a coach driven by six horses stopped before time house
+of the nobleman. The noble, with his Jewish guest, got in, and
+together they went to the capital of the country.
+
+A couple of months afterwards Hersh returned from Warsaw to Szybow.
+He was very active in the town and its environments, he spoke,
+explained, persuaded, trying to gain partisans for the changes which
+were in preparation for his people. Then he went away again, and
+again he returned--and went away. This lasted a couple of years.
+
+When Hersh returned from Ins last journey he was very much changed.
+His looks were sad, and his forehead was lined with sorrow. He
+entered the house, sat on the bench, and began to pant heavily.
+Freida stood before him, sorrowful and uneasy, but quiet and patient.
+She did not dare to ask. She waited for her husband's words and
+look. Finally he looked at her sadly, and said:
+
+"Everything is lost!"
+
+"Why lost?" whispered Freida.
+
+Hersh made a gesture, indicative of the downfall of something grand.
+
+"When a building falls," he said, "the beams fall on the heads of
+those who are within, and the dust fills their eyes."
+
+"It is true," affirmed the woman.
+
+"A great building is in the mire. The beams have fallen on all the
+great problems and our great works, and the dust covers them--for a
+long time."
+
+Then he rose, looked at Freida with eyes full of big tears, and said:
+
+"We must hide the Senior's testament, because it will be useless
+again. Come, let us hide it carefully. If some great-grandson of ours
+will wish to get it, he will find it the same as we did."
+
+From that day Hersh grew perceptibly older. His eyes dulled, and his
+hack grew bent. He sat for hours on the bench, sighing deeply, and
+repeating:
+
+"Assybe! assybe! assybe! dajde!" (Misfortune! Misfortune! Woe!)
+
+Around this sad man moved softly and solicitously a slender woman
+dressed in a flowing gown and white turban. Her dark eyes often
+filled with tears, and her steps were so careful and quiet that even
+the pearls which ornamented her neck never made the slightest noise,
+and did not interrupt her husband's thoughtfulness.
+
+Sometimes Freida looked sadly at her husband. His sadness made her
+sad also, but she did not clearly understand it. Why was he
+sorrowful? His riches did not diminish, the children grew healthy,
+and everything was as before that quarrel with Reb Nohim and the
+finding of those old papers. The loving and wise woman, whose whole
+world was contained between the four walls of her home, could not
+understand that her husband's spirit was carried into the sphere of
+broad ideas--that it was fond of the fiery world, and being driven
+out of it by the strength of events, could not be cured of its
+longing. She did not know that in this world there were griefs and
+longings which had no connection with either parents or with
+children, or with wife or with wealth, or with one's house, and that
+such griefs and longings of the human spirit are the most difficult
+to cure.
+
+Todros was rejoicing, and he called his flock to rejoice with him,
+who believed in his wisdom and sanctity. He triumphed, but he desired
+to triumph still further. To destroy the Ezofowichs would mean to
+destroy the stream which flowed into the future, striving with that
+other stream which strove to congeal into ice--into the petrification
+of the past. Who knows what may happen in the future? Who knows but
+that that cursed family may not give rise to a man strong enough to
+destroy the centuries of work achieved by the Todros. If events had
+taken another turn, Hersh, with the aid of his friend Edomits, would
+already have accomplished this!
+
+As in times of yore, his ancestor Michael was accused, so now Hersh
+was assailed with reproaches of all kinds. In the synagogue they
+shouted at him that he did not observe the Sabbath, that he was
+friendly with gojs (any man who does not follow Judaism is a goj),
+and that he sat at their tables and ate meat which is not kosher.
+That in contentious affairs he avoided Jewish courts, and went to the
+tribunals of the country; that he did not obey the superiors of
+kahal, and he even dared to criticise them that he did not respect
+Jewish authorities in general, and Reb Nohim in particular.
+
+Hersh defended himself proudly, refuting some of the objections and
+acknowledging some of the others, but justifying them by reasons,
+which, however, were not recognised as being right, either by his people
+or his superiors.
+
+This lasted quite a long time, but finally it stopped. The
+accusations were discontinued, and intrigues ceased, because the
+object of these attacks became himself silent, and morally
+disappeared. Grown prematurely old, and tired of lights, Hersh shut
+himself up in the circle of private life, and occupied himself with
+business transactions, These, however, did not go as smoothly as did
+those of others, because he did not possess--as did others--the
+sympathy of his brethren. What he felt, and about what he thought, in
+those last years of his life, no one knew, for he told no one
+anything. Only before his death he had a long conversation with his
+wife.
+
+The children were too small to be entrusted with the secret of his
+disappointed desires, wasted efforts, and smothered griefs. He left
+these as a legacy to his children through his wife. Did Freida
+understand and remember the words of her dying husband? Was she
+willing, and was she able, to remember them, and repeat them to his
+descendants? It is not known. Only this is certain--that only she
+knew the place where the Senior's will was hidden--the old writings
+which were the heritage not only of the Ezofowich family but of the
+whole Israelitic nation--a neglected and forgotten heritage, but in
+which--who knows!--were treasures a hundredfold richer than those
+which filled the chests of that wealthy family.
+
+Therefore the Senior's last thoughts and wishes slept in some
+hiding-place, waiting for a bold descendant who would be courageous
+enough to bring them into life. But in the meantime there remained in
+the town not one soul longing for the light--not one heart which
+throbbed for something more than his own wife, his own children, and
+before all, his own riches.
+
+There was plenty of noise arising from the care and haste whose only
+aim was to gain money; there was darkness because of mystic fears and
+dreams there was narrowness and suffocating because of merciless,
+grinding, dead orthodoxy.
+
+The common people of the same faith throughout the whole country
+considered the people of Szybow as powerful, both materially and
+morally, wise, orthodox, almost holy.
+
+Over the whole deep-sunk social valley hung a cloud. This cloud was
+composed of the darkest elements which exist in human kind, which
+are: respect for the letter from which the spirit has departed, dense
+ignorance, suspicious and hateful defence of self against everything
+which flows from broad, sunny, but 'foreign' worlds.
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+It happened three years ago.
+
+Damp fog was rising from the muddy streets of the town and made dark
+the transparency of a starry evening. A breath of March wind mingled
+with the odour of freshly ploughed fields, flew over low roofs, but
+could not drive out the suffocating exhalations coming in clouds from
+the doors and windows of the houses.
+
+Notwithstanding the mists and exhalations which filled it, the town
+had a gay and festive appearance. From behind gray curtains thousands
+of windows shone with bright illuminations, and from lighted houses
+came the sounds of noisy conversation or collective prayers. Whoever
+passed through the streets and looked into this or that window of
+this or that house, would see all around bright family scenes. In the
+centre of larger or smaller rooms were long tables, covered with
+white cloths, and all prepared for a feast. Around them bustled women
+in variegated dresses, carrying and leaving contributions with a
+smile on their faces, and admiring their own work in the decoration
+of the tables. Bearded husbands, holding their children in their
+arms, pressed their lips to the pink cheeks, or kissed the on the
+mouth with a loud smack. They tossed them up to the low ceilings, to
+the great mirth of the older members of the family. Others sat in
+groups on benches and talked of affairs of the past week. Others
+still, covered with the folds of their white talliths, stood
+motionless, facing the walls, rocking their figures back and forward.
+These were preparing themselves by fervent prayer to meet the holy
+Sabbath day.
+
+For it was Friday evening.
+
+In the whole town there was but one house in which reigned darkness,
+emptiness, and sadness. It was a little gray hut which seemed to have
+been clapped on to a small hill at the other end of the town--it was
+the only elevation on the waste plain. And even this hill was not
+natural. Tradition said that it was made by Karaites, who built it on
+their temple. Today there remained no traces of that temple. The
+bare, sandy hill, protected the little hut from the winds and snow
+storms, and the hut humbly and gratefully nestled in its shelter.
+Over its roof, on the side of the hill, grew a large pear tree.
+Through its branches the wind rushed sweetly--over it shone a few
+stars. A large, cultivated field separated this spot from the town. A
+deep quiet reigned here, interrupted only by muffled echoes of the
+remote noise of the town. Over the black beds thick clouds of steam
+and mist, coming from the streets of the town, crept toward the hut.
+
+The interior of the hut was dark as a precipice, and from behind its
+small windows resounded the trembling but vigorous voice of a man:
+
+"Beyond far seas, beyond high mountains,"--spoke this voice amidst
+the darkness--"the river Sabbation flows. But it flows not with
+water, nor with milk and honey, but with yellow gravel and big
+stones."
+
+The hoarse, trembling voice became silent, and in the dark room, seen
+from behind two small windows, there was deep silence for a while.
+This time it was interrupted by quite different sounds.
+
+"Zeide! speak further."
+
+These words were spoken in the voice of a girl--almost childish, but
+languid and dreamy.
+
+Zeide (grandfather) asked, "Are they not coming yet?"
+
+"I don't hear them," answered the girl.
+
+In the dark room the hoarse trembling narrative began again:
+
+"Beyond the holy river of Sabbation there live four Israelitic
+tribes; Gad, Assur, Dan and Naphtali. These tribes escaped there from
+great fears and oppressions, and Jehovah--may His holy name be
+blessed--has hidden them from their enemies, beyond the river of
+gravel and stones. And this gravel rises high as the waves of the sea
+and the stones are roaring and rushing like a big forest when it is
+shaken by a storm. And when the day of Sabbath comes--"
+
+Here the old voice stopped suddenly, and after a while he asked
+softly:
+
+"Are they not yet coming?"
+
+There was no answer for a long time. It seemed as though the other
+was listening before replying.
+
+"They are coming," she said finally.
+
+In the dark interior was heard a long, muffled moaning.
+
+"Zeide! speak further," said the girl's voice, sonorous and pure as
+before, only less childish--stronger this time.
+
+Zeide did not speak any more.
+
+From the direction of the town rushed, approaching the hut, a strange
+noise. This was caused by numerous human feet, by piercing
+exclamations and silvery laughter of the children. Soon in the
+distance appeared a big moving spot rolling on the surface of the
+fields. Soon the spot neared the hut, scattered into several groups
+and with irresistible shouting, screaming, laughing, rushed toward
+the bent walls and low windows of the hut.
+
+They were children--boys of various ages. The oldest amongst them was
+perhaps fourteen years and the youngest five. It was difficult to see
+their dresses in the darkness, but from beneath their caps and long
+curls of hair, their eyes shone with the passionate fire of mischief
+and perhaps some other excited sentiment.
+
+"Guten abend! karaime!" shouted at once the rabble, kicking at the
+locked door with their feet, and shaking the frames of the windows.
+
+"Why don't you show some light on the Sabbath? Why are you sitting in
+a black hole like the devil? Kofrim, uberwerfer!" (You unbeliever!
+heretic!) shouted the older ones.
+
+"Aliejdyk giejer! oreman! mishugener!" (rascal, beggar, mad-man!)
+howled the young ones at the top of their voices.
+
+The insults, laughter, and shaking of the door and windows increased
+every moment, when from within the hut resounded the girl's voice,
+quiet and sonorous as before, but so strong that it pierced the
+noise--"Zeide! speak further!"
+
+"Aj! aj! aj!" answered the old voice, "how can I speak when they
+shout so loudly."
+
+"Zeide! speak further!"
+
+This time the girl's voice sounded almost imperatively. It was no
+longer childish. In it could be heard grief, contempt and struggle
+for the preservation of peace.
+
+As sad singing is blended with the noise of stormy elements, so with
+the wild noise of the mob of children, insulting, mewing, howling,
+and laughing, the sobbing words were mingled.
+
+"And during the day of Sabbath, Jehovah--may His name be
+blessed--gives rest to the holy river of Sabbation. The gravel ceases
+to flow, the big waves of stones do not roar like the forest--only
+from the river, which lies quiet and does not move, a thick mist
+rises--so great that it reaches the high clouds, and hides again from
+the enemies, the four tribes of Israel: Gad, Assur, Dan and
+Naphtali."
+
+Alas! around the hut with bent walls and dark interior, the holy
+river of Sabbation did not flow; neither did high waves or gravel nor
+thick mists hide its inhabitants from the enemies.
+
+These foes were small, but they were numerous. By a last effort of
+mischievous frolic several of them pulled at the frames of the
+windows so strongly that several panes broke. A shout of joy sounded
+far over the field. Through the openings the interior of the hut
+became strewn with small clods of earth and stones. The old voice,
+from the most remote part of the room, trembling, and still more
+hoarse, cried:
+
+"Aj! Aj! Aj! Jehovah! Jehovah!"
+
+The girl's voice, always sonorous, repeated:
+
+"Zeide, keep quiet! Zeide, don't shout! Zeide, don't be afraid!"
+
+All at once, from behind the crowd of children, someone exclaimed
+threateningly and imperatively:
+
+"Shtyl Bube! What are you doing here, you rascals? Get out!"
+
+The children at once became silent. The man who caused the
+tranquillity by his loud voice was tall and well built. His long
+dress was lined with fur. His face looked pale in the dusk, and his
+eyes shone as only young eyes can shine.
+
+"What are you doing here?" he repeated, in an angry and decided
+voice. "Do you think that this house is inhabited by wolves, and that
+you can howl at them and break the windows?"
+
+The boys, gathered in one compact body, were silent. After a while,
+however, one of them, the tallest, and evidently the boldest, said:
+
+"Why do they not show some light on Sabbath?"
+
+"That's none of your business," said the man.
+
+"No! That's none of yours either," said the stubborn boy. "We come
+here every week and do the same--what then?"
+
+"I know that you do the same every week. Therefore I watched to catch
+you here . . . now go home! quick!"
+
+"And you, Meir, why don't you go yourself to your house? Your bobe
+and your zeide are eating the fish without you. Why do you drive us
+from here, and not observe the Sabbath yourself?"
+
+The eyes of the young man became more fiery. He stamped the earth
+with his foot and shouted so angrily that the younger children
+dispersed immediately, and only the oldest boy, as though he would
+have revenge for the scolding, seized a clod of earth and wished to
+throw it into the little house.
+
+But two strong hands seized him by the arms and the collar.
+
+"Come," said the young man, "I will take you back home."
+
+The boy shouted, and tried to escape. But the strong arm held him
+fast, and a quiet voice ordered him to be silent. He obeyed, dropping
+his head.
+
+Around the hut it was now deep dusk. From the dark interior came the
+sound of heavy, hoarse sighing as from some very old breast, and near
+the broken window sounded the girl's voice:
+
+"Thank you."
+
+"Rest in peace," answered the young man, and went off, leading the
+little prisoner.
+
+They passed silently through a few streets, and went toward a house
+situated at the square.
+
+The house was low and long, with a piazza, and a long corridor ran
+through the whole building. All this announced an inn. The windows in
+the part of the house assigned to guests were dark. In the others,
+situated opposite the piazza, and not higher than half-an-ell from
+the ground, which was covered with straw and hay and all kinds of
+rubbish, the lights of Sabbath shone forth from behind the dirty
+panes.
+
+The young man, still leading the boy--who, as it seems, was not only
+not afflicted by his situation, but was jumping joyfully--passed the
+rubbish-covered ground, entered the deep corridor, where in the
+darkness some horse was stamping with his feet, and, groping, found
+the door Having half-opened it, he pushed the youngster into the
+room. Then he put his head in the door and said:
+
+"Reb Jankiel, I have brought you Mendel. Scold him or punish him. He
+roams in the darkness around the town, and attacks innocent people."
+
+This speech, delivered in a loud voice, remained without an answer.
+Only the continual and fervent murmuring of a prayer came from the
+interior of the room. Through the door, which still remained half-opened,
+could be seen the whole long room, with very dirty walls, and enormous
+stove, which was black with the dust. In the centre of the room was a
+table covered with a cloth of doubtful cleanliness, but lighted with a
+copious blaze of light from seven candles burning in a great branched
+candlestick hanging from the ceiling. The Sabbath feast had not yet
+begun, and although from the remote part of the house could be heard the
+voices of women and children, announcing that the family was numerous,
+there was only one man, his face turned toward the wall, in the room where
+stood the table ready for the Sabbath supper. This man was of medium size,
+and very thin and supple. It is not exact to say that he was standing,
+because that does not express the position of his figure, but, just
+the same, it would be hard to find another expression. He was neither
+walking nor jumping, but, nevertheless, he was in continual and
+violent motion. He threw his head--which was covered with red
+hair--backward and forward with great rapidity. With these swift
+movements, the sounds which came from his mouth were in perfect
+harmony; for he was murmuring, then shouting passionately, then
+pouring forth long plaintive songs.
+
+The young man standing on the threshold looked for a long time at
+that figure, praying with all its soul, or, rather, with all its
+body. Evidently he was waiting for an interruption in the prayer. But
+it was known that the one who wished to see the end of Reb Jankiel's
+prayers would have to wait for some time. Apparently the young man
+was anxious to settle the mischief of the little Mendel quickly.
+
+"Reb Jankiel," he said aloud, after quite a long time, "your son
+wanders about during the night and assaults innocent people!"
+
+There was no answer.
+
+"Reb Jankiel, your son insults people with bad words!"
+
+Reb Jankiel continued to pray with the same fervour.
+
+"Reb Jankiel, your son breaks the windows of poor people!"
+
+Reb Jankiel turned a few leaves of a large book which he held in both
+hands, and sang triumphantly:
+
+"Sing to the Lord a new song, because he has created all marvels!
+Sing! Play, play with a loud singing! Sound the trumpets and horns
+before the King, Lord!"
+
+The last words were accompanied by the closing of the door. The young
+man left the long dark corridor, wading once more through the
+rubbish. When he passed the last lighted window he heard the sound of
+soft singing. He stopped, and anyone would have done the same, for
+the voice was pure, young and soft as a murmuring of a complaint,
+full of prayer, sadness and longing. It was a man's voice.
+
+"Eliezer!" whispered the passer-by, and stopped at the low window.
+
+These windows had far cleaner panes than the others. Through them
+could be seen a small room, in which was only a bed, a table, a few
+chairs, and a library full of books. On the table burned a tallow
+candle, and at the table sat a young man holding his head between the
+palms of his hands. He was about twenty years old, and his face was
+white, and of a delicate oval shape. From his fresh lips came the
+beautiful singing which would have attracted the attention of a great
+master of music.
+
+And no wonder. Eliezer, Jankiel's son, was the cantor of the
+community of Szybow--the singer of people and Jehovah.
+
+"Eliezer!" was repeated from behind the window in a soft, friendly
+whisper.
+
+The singer must have heard the whisper, for he sat near the window.
+He raised his eyes, and turned them toward the pane. They were blue,
+meek, and sad. But he did not interrupt his singing. On the contrary,
+he lifted his hands, white as alabastar, and in that ecstatic
+position, with an enthusiastic expression on his face, he sang still
+louder:
+
+"My people, cast from thee the dust of heavy roads. Rise, and
+take the robe of thy beauty. Hasten, ah hasten, with help to your
+people, the Only, Incomprehensible! God of our fathers."
+
+The young man at the window did not call any more to the singer
+praying for his people. He went off, stepping softly in careful
+respect, and walking through the dark, empty place toward the large
+house ablaze with lights; he looked at the few stars shining with
+their pale light through the fog, and he softly hummed, plunged in
+deep thankfulness:
+
+"Hasten! ah, hasten! with help to your people the Only,
+Incomprehensible! God of our fathers!"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+The large house, blazing with light, which stood opposite the temple,
+separated from it by the whole width of the square, was the same
+house built by Hersh Ezofowich, in which he lived with his beautiful
+wife Freida. Its hundred year old walls had become black from the
+rains and dust, but the house stood straight, and by its height
+dominated all other dwelling-places in the town.
+
+For the past hour the celebration of the Sabbath day had begun in the
+large room filled with old furniture.
+
+There were numerous people of both sexes present, and others were
+coming. Saul Ezofowich, Hersh's son, the host of the house and chief
+of the family, rose and approached the big table, above which hung
+two heavy seven-branched candelabra of solid silver. The old
+man--whose bent, but strong figure, wrinkled face, and snow-white
+beard, proclaimed that he was over eighty--took from the hand of the
+eldest son--himself a gray-headed man--a long candle, and, raising it
+toward the other candles in the candelabra, exclaimed, in a voice
+strong, but aged:
+
+"Be blessed God, Lord of the world, Thou who hast lighted us with Thy
+commandments, and ordered us to light the lights on the day of
+Sabbath."
+
+As soon as he said these words, the numerous candles were lighted in
+the candelabra, and everyone present in the room exclaimed:
+
+"Let us go! Let us meet the bride! Let us meet her with greeting on
+the day of Sabbath! Burn! burn! light of the King! Capital, rise from
+the mire! Thou hast lived long enough in the valley of tears!"
+
+"My people, shake from thee the dust of heavy roads. Take on the robe
+of thy beauty. Hasten! ah, hasten! with help to Thy people! God of
+our fathers!"
+
+"Let us go! Let us go to meet the bride! Let us greet her with the
+greeting of the song of the Sabbath!"
+
+Loud singing, and the sound of fervent prayers following each other,
+filled the large room, and sounded far out on the large empty square.
+The young man, passing the square thoughtfully, heard it, and
+hastened his steps. When, after having passed the piazza and the long
+narrow corridor dividing the house in two parts, opened the door to
+the room filled with lights, the prayers had already changed to
+conversation, and the gathered company, with traces of solemnity in
+their faces, but yet mingled with joyful smiles, was standing around
+the table spread with abundant viands.
+
+The company was composed of different faces and figures. There were
+two of Saul's sons living with the father; Raphael and Abraham,
+already gray, dark-eyed, with severe and thoughtful faces. Then
+Saul's son-in-law, light-haired, pale, with soft eyes--Ber. There
+were also daughters, sons, and grandchildren of the host of the
+house; matured women, with stately figures and high caps on
+carefully-combed wigs; or young girls, with swarthy complexions and
+thick tresses, their young eyes, brightened by the feast, shone like
+live coals.
+
+Several young men belonging to the family, and numerous children of
+different ages, gathered at the other end of the table. Saul stood at
+the head of it, looking at the door leading to the other rooms of the
+house, as though he were waiting. After a while, two women appeared
+in the doorway. One of them gleamed with rainbow-like, almost
+dazzling light. She was very, very old, but still erect, and looked
+strong. Her head was surmounted by a turban of bright colours,
+fastened with an enormous buckle of diamonds. Around her neck she
+wore a necklace composed of several strands of big pearls which fell
+on her breast, also fastened with diamonds. She wore a silk dress of
+bright colours. She also had diamond earrings, which were so long
+that they reached her shoulders, and so heavy that it was necessary
+to support them with threads attached to the turban; they gleamed
+with the dazzling light of diamonds, emeralds, and rubies, and at
+every movement they rustled, striking the pearls and a heavy gold
+chain beneath them.
+
+This hundred-year-old woman, dressed in all the riches accumulated
+for centuries, was, it seemed, a relic of the family, much respected
+by all these people. When, led by her grand-daughter--a girl with a
+swarthy face and dark hair--she stopped on the threshold of the room,
+all eyes turned toward her, and all mouths smiled and whispered:
+
+"Bobe! Elte Bobe!" (Grandmother! Great-grandmother!)
+
+The majority of those present said the last words, because there were
+present more great-grandchildren than grandchildren. Only the host of
+the house, and the head of the whole family, said to the woman
+softly:
+
+"Mamma!"
+
+This word, suitable for little children, sounded strangely, softly,
+and solemnly from the withered, yellow lips of Saul, moving from the
+midst of his milk-white beard. While pronouncing that word, his
+wrinkled forehead, surmounted by equally white hair beneath a velvet
+skull-cap, became smooth.
+
+But where were Freida's beautiful face, dark, fiery eyes, and slender
+figure? How changed was the quiet, industrious, intelligent wife and
+confidant of Hersh Ezofowich! She had outlived all her charms, as she
+had outlived her husband, lord and friend. With time, her delicate,
+slender figure increased in size, and took on the shape of the trunk
+of a tree, from which sprang many strong, fruit-bearing branches. Her
+face was now covered with such a quantity of fine wrinkles that it
+was impossible to find one smooth place. Her eyes were sunken, and
+had grown small, looking from beneath the bar of eyelashes with a
+pale, faded glow. But on her face, crumpled though it was by the hand
+of time, there was a sweet and imperturbable peace. The small eyes
+looked about with smiling tranquillity of the spirit, lulled to sleep
+by agreeable whispering, and the sweet smile of slumber surrounded
+her yellow, hardly perceptible lips, which for a long time had grown
+silent, opening more and more seldom for the pronunciation of shorter
+and shorter sentences. Now, having placed her arm about the neck of
+the pretty, young and strong girl by whose side she stood at the
+family table, and having looked on the faces of all present there,
+she whispered:
+
+"Wo ist Meir?"
+
+It was the great-grandmother who spoke, and at her words the whole
+assembly recoiled, as from the blow of a sudden gust of wind. Men,
+women, and children looked at each other, and through the room
+resounded the whisper:
+
+"Wo ist Meir?"
+
+Owing to the largeness of the family his absence had not been
+noticed. Old Saul did not repeat his mother's question, but his
+forehead frowned still more, and his eye was fixed on the door with a
+severe, almost angry expression.
+
+At that moment the door opened and a tall, well-proportioned young
+man entered. His long dress was trimmed with costly fur. He closed
+the door after him and stood near it, as though shy or ashamed. He
+noticed that he was too late and that the common family prayers had
+been recited without him, that the eyes of his grandfather Saul, of
+two uncles and several women relatives were looking at him severely
+and inquisitively. Only the grandmother's golden eyes did not look at
+him angrily. On the contrary, they dilated and shone with joy. Her
+wrinkled eyelids ceased to tremble, and the thin lips moved and
+pronounced with the same soundless whisper as before:
+
+"Ejnyklchen! Kleineskind!" (Grandson! Child!) When Saul heard that
+voice, resounding with joy and tenderness, he shut his lips, already
+opened to pronounce severe words of reproach and questioning. Both
+his sons dropped their eyes angrily to the table. The newcomer was
+greeted only by a general silence which, however, was interrupted by
+the great-grandmother repeating once more:
+
+"Kleineskind!"
+
+Saul stretched his hands over the table, and in a half-voice
+suggested the subject of a prayer to be recited before the Sabbath
+feast.
+
+"The Lord may be blessed," began he.
+
+"Blessed be," resounded in the room in a muffled whisper.
+
+For a time they all stood around the table, blessing by the prayer
+the viands and drinks spread upon it.
+
+The young man did not join the general choir, but, having retreated
+to a remote corner of the room, he recited the Kiddish prayers
+omitted by him. While praying he did not move his figure. He crossed
+his hands on his chest, and fixed his eyes steadily on the window,
+behind which was complete darkness.
+
+His delicate oval face was pale--the sign of a nervous and passionate
+disposition. His abundant dark, flowing hair, which had shades of
+gold in it, was scattered on his white forehead. His deeply set,
+large gray eyes gazed thoughtfully and a little sadly. In the whole
+expression of the young man's face there were mingled characteristics
+of deep sadness and childish bashfulness. His forehead and eyes
+betrayed some painful thought, but the thin lips had lines of
+tenderness, and they quivered from time to time as though under the
+influence of some fear. His upper up and cheeks were covered with
+golden down, indicating that the young man might be nineteen or
+twenty years old. It was the age at which the Hebrew men ripened and
+were not only allowed, but obliged to look after their family and
+other affairs.
+
+When the young man had finished the prayers and approached the table
+to take his place, there was heard a voice from among those present,
+enouncing the words in such a way that they seemed sung:
+
+"Meir, where have you been for such a long time? What were you doing
+in the town after the Sabbath had begun, and no one is allowed to
+work any longer? Why did you not celebrate Kiddish with your family
+to-day? Why is your forehead pale and your eyes sad, when to-day is
+the joyful Sabbath? In heaven the whole celestial family rejoices,
+and on earth all pious people should keep their souls mirthful."
+
+All this was said by a strange-looking man. He was rather small and
+thin; he had a large head covered with thick, coarse hair. His face
+was swarthy and round, covered with abundant hair, which formed a
+long, coarse beard. His round eyes cast sharp glances from beneath
+their thick eyelids. The thinness of the man was increased by a
+strange dress--more strange than the man himself. It was a very
+simple costume, consisting of a bag made of rough gray linen, girded
+around the neck and waist with a hemp rope, and falling to the ground
+it covered his bare feet.
+
+Who was the man in the dress of an ascetic, with fanatical eyes, with
+lips full of mystic, deep, almost intoxicated joyfulness?
+
+It was Reb Moshe, melamed or teacher of religion and the Hebrew
+language. He was pious-perfect. No matter what the weather--wind,
+rain, cold, and heat--he always went barefooted, dressed in a bag
+made of rough linen. He lived as do the birds--nobody knew
+how--probably on some grain scattered here and there. He was the
+right hand and the right eye of the Rabbi of Szybow, Isaak Todros,
+and after the Rabbi he was the next object of reverence and
+admiration of the whole community.
+
+Hearing those words pouring tumultuously from the melamed's mouth and
+directed towards himself, Meir Ezofowich, great-grandson of Hersh and
+the grandson of old Saul, did not sit at the table, but with eyes
+cast on the ground, and a voice muffled by timidity, he answered:
+
+"Reb! I was not there where they are joyful and do good business. I
+was there where there is sorrow and where poor people sit in darkness
+and weep."
+
+"Nu!" exclaimed the melamed, "and where today could there be sadness.
+To-day is Sabbath. Everywhere it is bright and joyful. . . . Where,
+today, could it be dark?"
+
+A few older members of the family raised their heads and repeated the
+question:
+
+"Where to-day could there be darkness?"
+
+And then again they asked him:
+
+"Meir, where have you been?"
+
+Meir did not answer. His face expressed timidity and inward
+hesitation. At that moment one of the girls--the same who had
+introduced the old grand mother--the girl with the swarthy face and
+dark, frolicsome eyes, exclaimed mirthfully, clapping her hands:
+
+"I know where it is dark to-day!"
+
+All looks were directed toward her, and all lips asked:
+
+"Where?"
+
+Under the influence of the attracted attention, Lija blushed, and
+answered softly, with a certain amount of bashfulness:
+
+"In the hut of Abel Karaim, standing on the hill of the Karaites."
+
+"Meir, have you visited Karaites?"
+
+The question was asked by several voices, dominated by the sharp,
+whining voice of the melamed.
+
+On the bashful young man's face there appeared an expression of angry
+and sullen irritation.
+
+"I did not visit them," he answered, more loudly than before, "but I
+defended them from an attack."
+
+"From an attack? What attack? Who attacked them?" asked the melamed
+mockingly.
+
+This time Meir raised his eyelids and his shining eyes looked sharply
+into the eyes of his questioner.
+
+"Reb Moshe," he exclaimed, "you know who attacked them. They were
+your pupils--they do the same every Friday. And why should they not
+do it, knowing--"
+
+He stopped and again dropped his eyes. Fear and anger were fighting
+within him.
+
+"Nu, what do they know? Meir, why did you not finish? What do they
+know?" laughed Reb Moshe.
+
+"They know that you, Reb Moshe, will praise them for so doing."
+
+The melamed rose from his chair, his shining eyes opened widely. He
+stretched out his dark, thin hand, as though to-say something, but
+the strong and already sonorous voice of the young man did not permit
+to do it.
+
+"Reb Moshe," said Meir, bending his head slightly before the
+melamed--which he did, evidently not very willingly--"Reb Moshe, I
+respect you--you taught me. I do not ask you why you do not forbid
+your pupils to attack these poor people living in darkness--but I
+cannot look at such injustice My heart aches when I see them, because
+I believe that from such bad children will grow bad men, and if they
+now shake the poor hut of an old man, and throw stones through the
+windows, afterward they will set fire to the houses and kill the
+people! To-day they would have destroyed that poor hut and killed the
+people if I had not prevented them."
+
+As he said the last words, he took his place at the table. On his
+face there was no longer timidity and bashfulness. He was evidently
+deeply convinced of the righteousness of his cause. He looked boldly
+around, and only his lips quivered, as is always the case with young,
+sensitive people. At that moment old Saul and his two sons raised
+their arms and said:
+
+"Sabbath."
+
+Their voices were solemn, and the looks they turned on Meir were
+severe and almost angry.
+
+"Sabbath! Sabbath!" shouted the melamed, jumping in his chair and
+gesticulating with his hands; "You, Meir, during the holy evening of
+Sabbath, instead of reciting Kiddish and filling your spirit with
+great joy and giving it into the hands of the angel Matatron, who
+defends Jacob's tribes before God, that he may give them into the
+hands of Sar-ha-Olama, who is the angel over angels and the prince of
+the world, that Sar-ha-Olama may give them to the ten serafits who
+are so strong in force that they crushed the whole world, in order
+that through the ten serafits your spirit may reach the great throne,
+on which is seated En-Sof himself, and join with him in a kiss of
+love--you, Meir, instead of doing all that, went to defend people
+from some attack--to watch their house and their life. Meir! Meir!
+You have violated the Sabbath! You must go to the school and accuse
+yourself before the people of having committed a great sin and
+scandal."
+
+This speech made an immense impression on the whole assembly. Saul
+and his sons looked threatening. The women were surprised and
+frightened. The dark eyes of Lija--she who had first betrayed her
+cousin's secret--shone with tears. Only Saul's son-in-law, blue-eyed
+Ber, looked at the accused boy with sad sympathy, and several young
+men, Meir's playmates, gazed into his face with curiosity and
+friendly uneasiness.
+
+Meir answered in a trembling voice:
+
+"In our holy books, Reb Moshe, neither in the Torah nor in the Mishma
+is there any mention of Sefirots and En-Sof. But there it is stated
+plainly that Jehovah, although he has commanded us to keep the
+Sabbath, permitted twenty people to violate the Sabbath in order to
+save one man."
+
+Such a thing as any one daring to answer the melamed--the perfect
+pious and Rabbi Todros's right hand--was unheard of and astonishing;
+it was more, because in the answer there was a negation of his
+judgment. Therefore the melamed's convex eyes nearly sprang from
+their sockets. They opened widely and covered Meir's pale face with
+deep hatred.
+
+"Karaims!" he shouted, tossing himself in his chair, and tearing his
+beard and his hair--"You went to rescue the Karaims, heretics,
+infidels, accursed! Why should one rescue them? Why do they not light
+candles on Sabbath--why do they sit in darkness? Why do they not kill
+birds and animals as we do? Why do they not know Mishma, Gemara and
+Zahor?"
+
+He choked with excitement and became silent, and in that interruption
+Meir's pure and sonorous voice resounded:
+
+"Reb, they are very poor!"
+
+"En-Sof is revengeful and merciless!"
+
+"They are much persecuted!"
+
+"The Incomprehensible persecutes them!" shouted Reb.
+
+"The Eternal does not command us to persecute. Rabbi Huna said: 'Even
+if the persecution is righteous, the Eternal will take the part of
+the persecuted one!'"
+
+Reb Moshe's cheeks were red as flame. His eyes seemed to devour the
+face of the young man, whose looks had now grown bold, and his lips
+quivered with the words that came rushing to them, but were not
+pronounced.
+
+The whole gathering was astonished--frightened--depressed. Such a
+quarrel with the melamed seemed to some of them a sin, to others a
+danger for the bold young man, and even for the whole family.
+Therefore Saul looked up sharply from beneath his bushy gray
+eye-brows into his grandson's face, and hissed:
+
+"Sh-a-a-a!"
+
+Meir bent his head before his grandfather, in token of humility and
+obedience, and one of Saul's sons, in order to pacify Reb Moshe's
+anger, asked him:
+
+"What is the difference between the authority of the books of Talmud,
+and Zahora, the Kabalistic book?"
+
+Having heard this question, the melamed put his elbows on the table,
+and fixed his eyes motionlessly and with an expression of deep
+reflection on the opposite wall. Then he began to speak slowly, and
+in a solemn voice:
+
+"Simon ben Jochai, the great Rabbi who lived a very great while ago
+and knew everything that happened in the heavens and on the earth,
+said, 'The Talmud is a vile slave, and the Kabala is a great queen.'
+With what is the Talmud filled? It is filled up with small, secondary
+things. It teaches what is clean and what is not clean. What is
+permitted and what is not permitted. What is decent and what is not
+decent. And with what is filled Zohar--the book of light, the book of
+Kabala? It is filled with great science; it tells what is God and his
+Sefirots. The author of it knows all their names, and he teaches what
+they do and how they built the world. There is said that God's name
+is En-Sof and his second name is Notarikon and his third name is
+Gomatria and fourth name Zirufh. The Sefirots are great heavenly
+forces called: human source, fiancee, fair sex, great visage, small
+face, mirror, celestial story, lily and apple orchard. And Israel is
+call Matron, and Israel's. God is called Father, God, En-Sof. He did
+not create the world; the Sefirots, celestial forces, did it. The
+first Sefirot produced the strength of God; the second all angels and
+the Torah (Bible); the third all prophets. The fourth Sefirot
+produced God's love; the fifth God's justice, and the sixth, a power
+which ruins everything. The seventh Sefirot produced beauty, the
+eighth magnificence, the ninth, eternal cause, and the tenth, an eye
+which watches Israel continually, and follows him on all his roads
+and takes care of his feet--that they are not wounded--and his head,
+that misfortune does not fall upon him. All this is taught by Zohar,
+the book of Kabala, and it is the first book for every Israelite. I
+know that many Israelites say that the Torah is the more important,
+but they are stupid, and they do not know that the earth shall
+tremble from great pains before God and Israel, Father and Matron,
+shall be united in a kiss of love, until the slave will not retreat
+before the queen--the Talmud before the Kabala. And when shall that
+time come? It shall come when the Messiah shall appear. Then for all
+pious and scholarly people will there be a great feast of joy. Then
+God will order the boiling of the fish Leviathan which is so great
+that the whole world rests on it. And everyone will sit down and eat
+that fish--the scholarly and pious people from the head, and the
+simple and ignorant from the tail!"
+
+When the melamed finished his speech he breathed deeply, and having
+dropped his eyes on the table he suddenly fell from mystical heights
+to earthly realities. On the plate before him was an excellent
+fish--not Leviathan, but excellent nevertheless. The melamed, living
+ascetically was very fond of Sabbath feasts, because he believed that
+it was necessary, to celebrate the Sabbath properly, to keep joyful
+the body as well as the spirit. Therefore, with the remains of the
+ecstasy in his eyes, he began to put the delicious dish into his
+mouth. The whole assembly was silent for a while. His clever speech
+made a deep impression on almost everyone. Old Saul listened to it
+with great reverence. His sons cast their grateful eyes on the table
+and thought over Reb Moshe's scholarly instruction. The women piously
+placed their hands on their bosoms, inclined their heads in sign of
+admiration and with smiling lips they repeated:
+
+"Great student--perfect-pious. A true pupil of the great Rabbi
+Isaak!"
+
+The one looking attentively on the faces of those sitting around the
+table would have seen two looks which, swift as lightning and
+unperceived by all present, had been exchanged during the melamed's
+speech. They were the looks of Ber and Meir. The former looked sadly
+at the other, who answered him with a look full of restrained anger
+and irony. When the melamed spoke of the fish Leviathan, so large
+that the whole world stood on it, and which, in the day of the
+Messiah, the scholars would eat from the head and the ignorant from
+the tail, a smile appeared on Meir's thin lips. It was a smile
+similar to the stiletto. It pierced the one on whose lips it
+appeared, and it seemed as though it would like to pierce the one who
+caused it. Ber answered this smile by a sigh. But the four young men
+who sat opposite Meir noticed it, and on their faces Meir's smile was
+reflected. After a period of silence, interrupted only by the clatter
+of knives on the plates and the loud movements of the melamed's jaws,
+old Saul said:
+
+"Those are great things, scholarly and dreadful, and we thank Reb
+Moshe for having told them to us. Listen to the learned men, who by
+their great knowledge sustain Israel's strength and glory, because it
+is written that the wise men are the world's foundation. 'Who
+respects them, and questions them often about obscure things with
+which they are familiar, to that one all sins shall be pardoned.'"
+
+Reb Moshe raised his face from the plate, and stuttered with his
+mouth full of food:
+
+"Good deeds bring upon man an inexhaustible stream of blessing and
+forgiveness. They open for him the secrets of the heavens and earth
+and carry his soul among the Sefirots!"
+
+A silence full of respect was the only answer. But after a few
+seconds it was interrupted by the sonorous voice of the youth:
+
+"Reb Moshe! what do you call a good deed? What must one do in order
+to save one's life from sin and draw upon one's self a great stream
+of grace?" asked Meir aloud.
+
+The melamed raised his eyes at the question. Their looks met again.
+The melamed's gray eyes shone angrily and threateningly. The gray,
+transparent eyes of the youth contained silvery streams of hidden
+smiles.
+
+"You, Meir, you were my pupil, and you can ask me about such things.
+Have I not told you a great many times that the best deed is
+acquiring depth in the holy science? To whom does that everything
+will be forgiven, and he who does not do that will be cursed and
+thrust out from the bosom of Israel, although his hands and heart are
+clean and white as the snow."
+
+Having said this he turned to Saul and said, pointing at Meir with
+his brown finger:
+
+"He don't know anything. He has forgotten everything I have taught
+him!"
+
+The old man slightly bent his wrinkled forehead before the melamed
+and said in a conciliatory voice:
+
+"Reb, forgive him! When wisdom shall come to him, then he will
+recognise that his mouth has been very daring, and I am sure he will
+be pious and scholarly, as were all the members of our family."
+
+He drew himself up, and pride sparkled in the eyes which age had long
+dimmed.
+
+"Listen to me, children, grandchildren, and great-grandchildren. Our
+family--the family of Ezofowich--is not a common family. We--thanks
+to God, whose holy name be blessed--have great riches in chests and
+on vessels. But we have still greater riches in the records of our
+family. Our ancestor was a Senior, a superior over all the Jews
+living in this country, and very much beloved by the king himself.
+And my father Hersh, the famous Hersh, had the friendship of the
+greatest lords, and they drove him in their carriages, and for his
+surprising wisdom they took him to the king to the diet which was
+then held in Warsaw."
+
+The old man became silent and looked around with eyes brightened with
+pride and triumph. The whole gathering looked on him as on a rainbow.
+The melamed became gloomy, and slowly sipped the wine from a big
+glass. The old great-grandmother, who was already slumbering,
+awakened at once, and peered with her golden eyes from behind
+half-closed lids, exclaiming in her soundless voice:
+
+"Hersh! Hersh! my Hersh!"
+
+After a while. Saul began to talk again:
+
+"We have in our family a great treasure--such a treasure as has no
+equal in all Israel. This treasure is a long document, written by our
+ancestor Michael the Senior, and left by him, and in which there are
+written noble and wise things. If we could get that document of
+wisdom we should be happy. The only trouble is that we don't know
+where it is."
+
+From the time Saul began to talk of the document left by his
+ancestor, among the many eyes looking at him two pairs sparkled
+passionately, with, however, quite contradictory sentiments. They
+were the eyes of the melamed, who laughed softly and maliciously, and
+the eyes of Meir who drew himself up in his chair and looked into his
+grandfather's face with burning curiosity.
+
+"This writing," Saul said further, "was hidden for two hundred years
+and nobody has touched it. And when the two hundred years were ended,
+my father, Hersh, found it. Where he found it no one but our old
+great-grandmother knows."
+
+Here he pointed to his mother, and then finished:
+
+"And she alone knows where he hid that writing, but as yet she has
+told no one."
+
+"And why did she tell no one?" laughed maliciously and softly the
+melamed.
+
+Saul answered in a sad voice:
+
+"Reb Nohim Todros--may his memory be blessed--has forbidden her to
+speak of it."
+
+"And you, Reb Saul, why have you not searched for that writing
+yourself?"
+
+Saul answered still more sadly:
+
+"Reb Baruch Todros, the son of Reb Nohim and Reb Isaak--may he live a
+hundred years--the son of Reb Baruch, have forbidden me to search for
+it!"
+
+"And no one dare search for it!" exclaimed the melamed with all his
+might, raising his hand armed with a fork, "nobody dare search for
+that writing, because it is full of blasphemy and filth. Reb Saul!
+You must forbid your children, grandchildren and great-grandchildren
+to search for that writing, and in case they find it they must give
+it up to the fire to be destroyed! For the one who shall find that
+writing, and shall read it aloud to the people--upon that one shall
+the herem fall. He shall be cast out from the bosom of Israel. Thus
+spake Reb Nohim and Reb Baruch--may their memory be blessed! Thus
+spake Reb Isaak--may he live a hundred years. In that writing is
+excommunication and great misfortune to the one who shall find it."
+
+A deep silence followed those words, spoken with the greatest
+enthusiasm by the melamed, and amidst this silence was heard a long,
+trembling passionate sighing. All looked around, desiring to learn
+from whose breast proceeded that noise as of the tearing out of
+desire, but no one could discover whence it came. They only perceived
+that Meir, with rigid figure, pale face and burning eyes was gazing
+into the great-grandmother's face. She, feeling the piercing look of
+her beloved child, raised her wrinkled eyelids and said:
+
+"Meir?"
+
+"Bobe?" answered the young man, in a voice filled with caressing
+tenderness.
+
+"Kleineskind!" whispered the great-grandmother and, smiling sweetly,
+she began to slumber again.
+
+The Sabbath feast was near its end when an incident occurred which
+would have appeared very strange to any foreign eye, but was an
+ordinary sight to those gathered there.
+
+Reb Moshe, whose dark cheeks burned from the effects of several
+glasses of wine hospitably poured out for him by the hosts, suddenly
+jumped from his chair and rushed to the centre of the room.
+
+"Sabbath! Sabbath! Sabbath!"--he shouted, shaking his head and arms
+violently. "Fried! Fried! Fried!" he repeated--"the whole celestial
+family rejoices and dances in the Heavens! David danced and jumped
+before the Arch--why then should not the perfect pious gladden his
+heart by dancing and jumping?"
+
+Therefore he danced and jumped around the table.
+
+It would have been interesting for an observer to watch the different
+sentiments reflected in the faces of those present who looked at the
+ecstatic dance. Old Saul and his sons looked at the dancing figure
+with the greatest gravity and attention. Not the slightest quiver of
+a smile appeared on their lips. It seemed as though they looked on
+the melamed's crazy leaps as the believers look on the performance of
+a mystic but holy ceremony. Tallow-haired Ber sat stiff and dignified
+also, but he knit his brows almost painfully, and his eyes were cast
+on the ground. Meir leaned his head in the palms of both hands, and
+it seemed that he neither heard nor saw--or at least tried not to
+notice anything. But the women wondered at Reb Moshe's dance; they
+moved their bodies to the time beaten by the bare-footed man,
+smacking their lips and making signs of admiration with their eyes.
+At the lower end of the table, where the boys and girls sat, could be
+heard a soft noise, as of gigglings suppressed with effort.
+
+Finally Reb Moshe's strength was exhausted, his body shivering with
+enthusiasm, fell to the floor near the big green brick stove. After a
+while, however, he rose, laughed aloud, and wiped with the large
+sleeve of his shirt, the perspiration bathing his forehead and
+cheeks.
+
+Sarah, Saul's daughter, left the table and carried around a large
+silver basin filled with water, in which everyone washed his fingers.
+Whispering prayers of thanksgiving, those present dipped their hands
+in the water and wiped them on a towel suspended from Sarah's
+shoulder. The Sabbath feast was ended.
+
+A few moments afterward the table was cleared off. The whole company,
+dividing itself into small groups, filled the room with the noise of
+loud and animated conversation. Meir, who for a few moments had stood
+alone by the window gazing thoughtfully into the darkness of the
+evening, approached the group composed of the oldest people, gathered
+in the most luxurious part of the room which was ornamented by an
+antique sofa. Here Abraham and Raphael, Saul's sons, and Ber, his
+son-in-law, reported to the father in reference to the business
+transacted during the week, and asked his advice and help. Here old
+Saul was in his proper field, for, although the high and wise studies
+of mystic scholars aroused in him respect and fear, it seemed that
+secular business affairs were more suited to his mind--he was more
+familiar with them. In his eyes, which were now shining with keen and
+animated thought, there were no more signs of old age, and only his
+white hair and beard gave him the appearance of a patriarch and
+dignitary, distributing among the members of his family advice,
+praise and judgments.
+
+Meir stood indifferent before that group of people talking of losses
+and profits. It was clear that in such affairs he did not yet take a
+part, and that his fresh nature was not yet touched by the biting
+fever of profit. He looked with some surprise at the usually
+phlegmatic Ber, who at that moment seemed to be changed into another
+man. Relating to his father-in-law his business projects, and
+explaining to him the necessity of contracting a considerable loan
+with his wife's brother, he became animated, eloquent--almost
+vehement. His eyes burned, his lips moved with great rapidity, and
+his hands trembled.
+
+Meir went away and joined another group where the melamed was a
+central figure. As usual he was leaning his elbows on the table, and
+spoke solemnly to the attentive listeners.
+
+"Everything in the world--every man, every animal, every blade of
+grass, and every stone--has its roots in the country where the
+spirits live. Therefore the whole world is like a gigantic tree,
+whose roots are among the spirits. And it is like a gigantic chain,
+whose last links are suspended where live the spirits. And it is like
+a gigantic sea, which never dries up, because an inexhaustible stream
+of spirits is always pouring in and filling it up."
+
+Meir left the group listening to the melamed and approached the
+window. There two young men, leaning their foreheads in their hands
+and in deep thought, were speaking of where it is written that a man
+who walks during a clear night and does not see his shadow will die
+the same year.
+
+Meir looked around. In the next room the older women were speaking of
+their households, and how clever their children were. The young girls
+were seated in a corner, whispering, giggling, and humming.
+
+From Meir's face it could be seen that he was not attracted by any of
+these groups of people filling the house. He was among his own
+people--among those who were nearest to him in blood and
+affection--but it might be said that he was in the desert, so lonely did
+he stand in the room, and so sorrowfully did he look around him.
+He went out. Descending the stairs leading from the piazza he passed
+the dark square, and entered the little house of Reb Jankiel.
+
+After the large, clean, well-lighted, and comfortable rooms of his
+grandfather's home, the dwelling of Reb Jankiel, the possessor of the
+largest inn in Szybow, whisky merchant, and a member of kahal, seemed
+to Meir narrow, dark, dirty, and mean. The Sabbath feast was over. It
+never was long, for it was scanty and passed in gloomy silence,
+interrupted only by quarrelling and the biting remarks of the father
+of the family. It was known that Reb Jankiel was avaricious. He
+gathered much money, but he did not care for the comfort of the
+house, because he was seldom there, being busy with whisky
+distilleries, with dram-shops in the neighbouring villages, returning
+to the town only when religious affairs required his presence. His
+wife, Jenta, and two grown-up daughters conducted the business of the
+inn.
+
+The appearance of riches in his house only occurred when Reb Jankiel
+received eminent guests, as the saintly Rabbi, with whom he was a
+great favourite, the colleagues of the kahal, or wealthy merchants.
+Cleanliness and gaiety were well-known virtues.
+
+In the first room, which Meir entered through a door opening into the
+dark hall, only one little candle burned in a brass candlestick. The
+smell of the food, which was just cleared off the table, was here
+mingled with the mustiness of the dirty walls and the greasy
+exhalations from the smoky chimney. It was dark and dull here. From
+the other room, completely dark, sounded the loud snoring of the
+master of the house, who was already fast asleep. In the third small
+room, filled with beds and trunks, Meir perceived, by the light of a
+small lamp burning in the stove around which was suspended a quantity
+of cabbages, a woman who was rocking a cradle with her foot, and
+trying to lull to sleep a crying child. Meir greeted her, and she
+answered him in a friendly manner and continued to hum.
+
+Behind the closed door could be heard the muffled sound of human
+voices. Meir opened that door and entered the room of Eliezer.
+
+Eliezer the cantor and the possessor of that marvellous voice, was
+not alone. Around the table, lighted by a tallow candle, sat several
+young men, members of the Ezofowich family--the same who had eaten
+Supper with Meir. Meir breathed deeply, perhaps because the air was
+purer there than in the other apartments, or perhaps because he was
+among friendly figures, on which he liked to gaze, and which, seeing
+him, smiled in a friendly manner.
+
+Eliezer raised his turquoise-like eyes to the face of the newcomer as
+he sat at the table.
+
+"Meir!" he exclaimed in his musical voice. "Well?" answered his
+guest.
+
+"You were impatient to-day, and said to the melamed things of which
+there was no necessity to speak. They told me of your dispute with
+him."
+
+Meir looked sharply and a little ironically into the cantor's face.
+
+"Eliezer, are you in earnest when you tell me that?" he asked slowly.
+
+The cantor dropped his head.
+
+"It was honest on your part, but it may cause you much trouble."
+
+The young man laughed, but his laugh Was empty and forced.
+
+"Nu!" said he with determination, "Let it come. I can't stand it any
+longer. I can't be silent and look and listen, while we are being
+made fools of."
+
+"Child! child what can you do?" sounded from behind them in a lazy,
+drawling voice.
+
+They all turned. It was the phlegmatic Ber who had entered during the
+conversation. Having thus answered the angry exclamation of the young
+man, he stretched himself on Eliezer's bed. It seemed that those
+present were accustomed to see him among them, for they showed
+neither the slightest impatience nor confusion. On the contrary, the
+conversation was continued. One of the young men, a relative of
+Meir's, half in doubt and in smiles, half in fear and seriously,
+began to repeat to the cantor the melamed's speech about En-Sof and
+the Sefirots, about the day of the Messiah, and the gigantic fish,
+Leviathan. Another asked Eliezer what he thought of a moral which
+taught that it was sufficient to study Mishma and Zohar in order to
+obtain pardon for evil deeds.
+
+Eliezer listened silently. He did not answer for a long time; then he
+slowly raised his head and said:
+
+"Read the Torah! There it is written: 'God is one, Jehovah! He is not
+satisfied with your sacrifices, singing, and incense, but he requires
+from you a love of the truth, to defend the oppressed, to teach the
+ignorant, and heal the sick, because these are your first duties.'"
+
+The two young men opened their eyes. "Well!" they exclaimed, "then
+the melamed did not tell the truth!"
+
+Eliezer was silent for a long time again. It was evident that he
+preferred not to answer, but the young impatient hands pulled him by
+the sleeve, asking for a reply.
+
+"He did not tell the truth," he finally exclaimed timidly.
+
+At that moment Meir put his hand on his shoulder. "Eliezer," said he,
+"you gave me the same answer two years ago, when you came back from
+the great city where you studied singing. Then you opened my eyes,
+which alone began to search for the truth, and you taught me that we
+are not true Israelites; that our faith was not the same that was
+given to us on Mount Sinai; that Judaism has grown muddy like water
+when a handful of earth is thrown into it--and that mud has blackened
+our heads and our hearts. Eliezer, you have told me this, and I have
+seen the light. Since that time I have loved you as a brother who
+helped me out of obscurity, but Since that time, I feel in my heart a
+great oppression and a great loneliness."
+
+"Meir, Eliezer taught you, and Eliezer is silent--you, his pupil,
+commence to talk," said her, whose lazy words were tinged with irony.
+
+"I wish I knew how to talk," exclaimed the young man, with sparkling
+eyes, "and what to do!"
+
+And after a while he added, more softly:
+
+"But I know neither how to speak nor how to act--only in my heart I
+bear a great hatred toward those who deceive us, and a great love
+toward those who are deceived."
+
+"And a great audacity," drawled Ber, negligently stretched on the
+bed.
+
+"Until now I have not had the audacity, but--but if I knew what to
+do, I would have it."
+
+There was a silence for a few moments which was finally broken by
+Meir.
+
+"Eliezer, you are happier!"
+
+"Why?"
+
+"You have been out into the broad world--you have seen its
+wisdom--you have listened to clever people. Ah! if I could but go out
+into the world!"
+
+"Eliezer, tell us something of the great world," said one of the
+young men.
+
+And in the eyes watching the cantor there was curiosity and a strange
+longing.
+
+Of the youth of Szybow, Eliezer alone had been out into the world.
+This was because of his marvellous voice, to cultivate which he had
+been sent to a large city. Everything he had to say had been told to
+his friends long ago. It was not much, but such as it was they were
+willing to listen to it every day. How does a large city appear? How
+high are the houses there? What kind of people live in those houses,
+and how many among them are Israelites? Who are rich, and wear
+beautiful dresses, and are greatly respected among the people? And
+why are they respected? Is it because they are rich? No--in Szybow
+there are also rich merchants, and the Purices (nobles) care for them
+only when they need their money, and when they do not need money they
+despise them. The Israelites in the great city are respected because
+they have a great deal of knowledge, and they have studied not only
+Mishma and Gemara, but other different, beautiful, and necessary
+things. And why in Szybow is there not such a school where these
+things could be studied, and why do Rabbi Isaak and Reb Moshe say
+that these sciences are the wine-garden of Sodom and infidel flames,
+and that every true Israelite should avoid them?
+
+"Eliezer, how do those big carriages run without horses, and who
+invented them so cleverly?"
+
+"Eliezer, do all Israelites there live kosher?"
+
+"Eliezer, what is said there of the Rabbis Todros?"
+
+"They speak ill of them."
+
+A great surprise! The Israelites in the broad world speak ill of the
+Todros; and they believe neither in En-Sof nor in the Sefirots and
+the whole Kabalistic science!
+
+"And what do they say of the Talmud?"
+
+"They say that this beautiful book, full of wisdom, was written by
+clever and saintly people, but it should be shortened and many things
+left out because these are quite different times, and that which was
+formerly necessary is now harmful."
+
+Again great surprise! The Talmud should be shortened, because it is
+difficult to study Gemara, and it dulls the minds and memories of the
+children!
+
+True! They remember how difficult it was for them to study Gemara,
+and how the melamed had cruelly beaten them because they could not
+remember it, and how on that account they grew weak physically and
+mentally, and the little Lejbele, the son of a poor tailor, remained
+forever stupid and sick for the same reason!
+
+"And who shortened the Talmud, and made it easier to study?"
+
+"It was done by the great and saintly Moses Majmonides, whom the
+Rabbis excommunicated."
+
+The Rabbis excommunicated the great and saintly savant! Therefore the
+Rabbis could be unjust and bad. One must not always believe what they
+teach!
+
+"What more has Moses Majmonides written?"
+
+"He has written More Nebuchim a guide for lost ones--a wise and
+beautiful book, which, when one reads one is inclined to weep with
+tenderness and laugh with joy!"
+
+"Eliezer, have you read that book?"
+
+"Yes. I have it."
+
+"Where did you get it?"
+
+"A wise Israelite gave it to me. He is a lawyer in the large city."
+
+"Eliezer, read us something from that book."
+
+In that way was revealed to those naive minds, involuntarily longing
+for the sun and broad bosom of humanity,--even though the revelation
+was partial and chaotic--the phenomena and thoughts circulating in
+the waste spaces. The result of this was not the production of firm
+convictions, nor the spinning out of a guiding thread to another
+better life; but doubt entered their consciences and desire filled
+their breasts--the young eyes veiled with the sadness of the thought
+which began to feel its fetters.
+
+It was quite late when, after a long conversation, the young men rose
+and stood opposite each other with pale faces and burning looks.
+After a time of silence, Meir said:
+
+"Eliezer, when shall we stand up and cry with a powerful voice to the
+people, that they may open their eyes? Shall we always crawl in
+darkness, like the worms, covered with earth, and look on while the
+whole nation rots and chokes?"
+
+Eliezer dropped his eyes, which were full of tears, and raising his
+white hands, he said in his harmonious voice:
+
+"Every day before God I sing and cry for my people!"
+
+Meir made a movement of impatience, and at that moment Ber, rising
+heavily from the bed, laughed in a gloomy manner.
+
+"Sing and cry!" said he to Eliezer, "your dreadful father fills you
+with such fear that you will never be able to do anything else!"
+
+Then he put his hand on Meir's shoulder and said:
+
+"Only he is daring and will swim against the stream. But the water is
+stronger than a man. Where will it carry him?"
+
+Leaving Jankiel's house, Meir perceived again in one of the rooms,
+the same as before, a woman sitting at the cradle of a sleeping baby.
+Now she was bent over, and with both elbows resting on the edges of
+the cradle, was slumbering. The light of the small lamp, burning in
+the stove, fell upon her and threw a purple glimmer on the old caftan
+which covered her bosom and shoulders. On her head she still wore the
+holiday cap with crumpled flowers, its red colour contrasting
+strangely with the yellow, wrinkled face with its low forehead and
+withered cheeks. She was not yet old but worn out, over worked, spent
+with fatigue. One glance at her was sufficient to tell that her life
+lay in the midst of work and humiliation, and that she was not
+refreshed by even one drop of happiness. Looking at her, it was not
+difficult to guess that she would not live--like Freida, wife of the
+heretic Hersh--until her hundredth birthday, and that she would not
+fall into the eternal sleep little by little, amidst those dear to
+her heart--the noise made by numerous children and grandchildren.
+Jenta, the wife of the greedy Reb Jankiel, was slain in spirit and
+worn out in body.
+
+When the steps of the departing guests, which had for some time
+mingled with the snoring of several people fast asleep, became
+silent, Eliezer stood in the low door of his room and looked for a
+few seconds at his sleeping mother.
+
+"Mother!" he called softly, "why don't you go to bed? Little Hajka is
+sleeping for a long time, and she will not cry any more. Mother, go
+to bed and rest."
+
+The whisper of her son reached the slumbering Jenta. She raised her
+eyelids, turned her sad glance toward the tall youth whose white face
+shone in the darkness like alabastar, and--what a wonder--her small,
+half-closed eyes opened, and from the colourless eyeballs shone a
+light of joy.
+
+"Eliezer, come here!" she whispered. The young man approached and sat
+on the edge of the bed.
+
+"How can I sleep?" the faded woman whispered to him, "when I feel so
+miserable! Hajka is sick and at any moment she may cry, and if she
+would cry Jankiel would waken and be very angry!"
+
+"Sleep mother," whispered back the young man. "I will sit here and
+rock Hajka."
+
+The yellow, wrinkled face, with the big red rose over the forehead,
+bent and rested--not on the high dirty pillows--but on the lap of the
+sitting youth.
+
+Eliezer put his elbow on the edge of the cradle, leaned his forehead
+on the palm of his hand and sat in thought. From time to time he
+moved the cradle with his foot, and hummed.
+
+"Oj! My head, my poor head!" whispered in her sleep the yellow-faced
+woman, slumbering with her head in her son's lap.
+
+"Oh, Israel! how poor thou art!" thoughtfully whispered the red lips
+of the young man watching by the cradle.
+
+While this was passing in Reb Jankiel's house, a small, lively human
+figure rushed through the darkness, across the large school-yard
+toward the small house of Rabbi Todros, where it disappeared behind a
+small door.
+
+The creaking of the door was answered from the interior of the house
+by a low, but pure voice:
+
+"Is that you, Moshe?"
+
+"I, Nassi! your faithful servant! the miserable footstool of your
+feet! May the angel of peace visit your sleep! May every breath of
+your nostrils be agreeable to you, as the sweet oil mixed with myrrh!
+And while you sleep, may your soul bathe with great delight in the
+streams of the spirits!"
+
+The deep voice coming from the interior of the room situated beyond
+the small dark hall, asked:
+
+"Where were you so long, Moshe?"
+
+The man, who remained in the little hall, answered:
+
+"I ate the Sabbath supper in the house of the Ezofowich. In that
+house they celebrate the Sabbath with great magnificence, and I go
+there often to keep my soul in great joy!"
+
+"You act wisely, Moshe, in keeping your soul joyful during the
+Sabbath. But what news have you?"
+
+"Bad news, Nassi! Among the roses and lilies an ugly worm crawls!"
+
+"What worm?"
+
+"A worm which is eating into our holy faith, and which may make of
+the Israelitish people a people of goims and hazarniks."
+
+"And in whose heart crawls that worm?"
+
+"It is crawling in the heart of Meir Ezofowich--grandson of the rich
+Saul."
+
+"Moshe, have you seen this worm with your own eyes, and have you
+heard with your own ears? Speak, Moshe! On my head rests the burden
+of all souls which are in this community, and I must know all."
+
+
+
+
+
+There was silence for a moment in the little hall The man who was
+humbly sitting there at the closed door of the saintly Rabbi was
+evidently gathering his thoughts and reminiscences. After a while he
+began to speak in his hoarse voice, in a sing-song manner.
+
+"I have seen with my own eyes, and heard with my own ears. Meir
+Ezofowich has not celebrated to-day the Kiddish with the whole
+family, and he came home after Sabbath had already been with us for
+some time. And I asked him what he had been doing, and he told me
+that he had been defending the cabin of Abel Karaim and his
+grandchild, Golda, from assault."
+
+He became silent, and the deep voice within the closed room said:
+
+"He defended heretics, and violated the Sabbath!"
+
+"He does not keep his soul joyful during the holy day of Sabbath."
+
+"That teaching may be excommunicated! Israel must avoid it, and the
+Lord may not forgive it!" said the deep voice behind the door.
+
+"He said that in the holy books of Israel there is nothing said of
+En-Sof and Sefirots, and that the Eternal does not command us to
+persecute heretics."
+
+"Abominations pour from the mouth of that young man! Hersh
+Ezofowich's soul--his great-grandfather's soul--has passed into his
+body!"
+
+"Nassi!" exclaimed Moshe, in a louder voice. An indistinct murmur
+from behind the door encouraged him to continue the conversation.
+
+"He is going to search for the writing of Michael the Senior. I have
+seen that in his eyes. And he will find that writing, and when he
+finds it and reads it aloud to the people, the spirit of Israel will
+rise against your teaching."
+
+There was a deep silence after those words, and then the bass voice
+resounded again:
+
+"When he shall find that writing, then my heavy hand will rest on him
+and crush him into dust. Moshe, what did he do after supper?"
+
+"He went to the house of Reb Jankiel, and talked with the cantor,
+Eliezer. I passed that way, and saw them through the window."
+
+"Moshe, who else was there?"
+
+"There were Haim, Mendel, Aryel, and Ber, Saul's son-in-law."
+
+"About what were they talking?"
+
+"Nassi, my soul entered into my ear as I stood by their window. They
+complained much that they are kept in great darkness, and that the
+true faith of Israel is troubled like water when a handful of mud is
+thrown into it. And Eliezer said that he complains of it before the
+Lord, singing and crying; and Meir said that it is not enough to sing
+and cry, but that one must shout with a great voice to the people,
+and do something so that they will become something quite different
+from what they now are."
+
+"A family of vipers!" hissed the voice from behind the door of the
+cabin.
+
+"Nassi, who are a family of vipers?" asked Moshe humbly
+
+After a moment of silence, the answer came from the darkness:
+
+"Ezofowich's family."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+A few months passed. A warm May day was ending in a bright,
+sweet-scented evening.
+
+Not long before sunset two beings were walking through the narrow
+street surrounded by the poorest houses in town. One of these beings
+was a slender girl, the other was a snow-white she-goat. The she-goat
+went before, jumping at every moment in order to catch some herb
+growing here and there. She appeared to be adroit, full of pranks,
+and happy. The girl following was grave and thoughtful. It would be
+difficult to tell how old she was. She may have been anywhere from
+thirteen to seventeen. Although she was tall, she seemed childish, on
+account of the extreme thinness of her body. But her mien and the
+expression of her face denoted gravity and premature grief and
+sadness. At first glance she appeared to be homely. What charms she
+may have possessed were not enhanced by the poor dress made of faded
+calico, from beneath which appeared her feet, only half protected by
+heavy shoes. The flowing dress was buttoned at the neck, around which
+she wore a few strings of broken corals. Her face was thin and pale,
+contrasting sharply with the red colour of the beads. From beneath
+the thick eyebrows looked velvet-like eyes, and over the narrow
+forehead curled hair as black as ebony.
+
+The whole person of this child, or woman, was a mixture of pride and
+wildness. Her walk was stiff, grave, and thoughtful, and she looked
+boldly into space. But at the more lively sound of human voices she
+stopped and dropped her eyes--not because she was afraid, but because
+it seemed that she much disliked meeting people. Only the presence of
+the she-goat did not cause her disgust; on the contrary, she looked
+after the animal attentively, and when the agile creature went too
+far, she called her with sharp, muffled exclamations. Reciprocally,
+it seemed that the goat understood her very well, and, obedient to
+her call, she returned to the girl with a questioning baa! At the end
+of the poor, narrow street, there appeared a small green meadow,
+fresh, pearled with the dew of May, and gilded with the sun. This was
+situated outside the town, surrounded on one side by a birch grove,
+the other side opening on large fields, beyond which, in the far
+distance, was seen a blue strip of the forest.
+
+The girl slackened her steps, and having seized the animal by the
+horns, she stopped, and looked on the lively scene displayed on the
+meadow. At first the outlook appeared to be merely a tumultuous and
+chaotic mass of movement, composed of snow-white animals and
+variegated children on the green background. Only after a short while
+one could distinguish numbers of little girls driving from pasture
+several herds of goats.
+
+The girls were full of play, and they hastened home. The goats were
+stubborn, and wished to remain on the meadow, so there was some
+fighting, in which the goats were victorious over the children. They
+escaped from the hands of their leaders, and jumped nimbly and
+quickly toward the hazel bushes.
+
+The girls chased them, and, reaching them, they seized the animals by
+their long, rough hair, and then they were at a loss what to do next.
+Some of them called to their friends, busy and embarrassed also, for
+help; others crossed the way of their disobedient charges, and, when
+they were opposite them, they stretched out their arms; others
+shouted, and, falling on the ground, they rolled in the soft grass,
+bursting with laughter. These exclamations, calls, and laughter,
+mingling with the m-a-a-ing of the goats, were seized by the warm
+breeze blowing over the meadow, and carried through the gloomy
+streets of the town, over the large field, and in the remote depths
+of the grove. Through the golden air the small feet flitted and
+crossed each other, trampling the grass, and above them nodded the
+little heads covered with hair of all shades, from locks black as
+ebony to the curls of copper-red and flaxen-yellow.
+
+The tall, grave girl, who passed with her frolicsome but obedient
+goat, looked indifferently at the noisy, animated scene. It was
+evident that neither the gaiety nor curiosity attracted her. As she
+had been walking, now she was standing grave and quiet. It seemed as
+though she was waiting for something. Maybe the disappearance from
+the meadow of these flitting heads and the exclamations of the
+children.
+
+After a while the exclamations were united in one choir. It announced
+joy and universal triumph. At the end of long fights, chases, and
+efforts, the goats were finally subdued by the girls, and were now
+gathered in one group. Some of the children were holding the stubborn
+and rebellious animals by their short horns, dragging them with all
+their strength; while others, clasping their necks with both hands,
+accompanied them in their jumps; others, more courageous and strong,
+sat on the goats' backs, and, carried by their strange chargers,
+holding fast by the longest hair, they went at full trot toward the
+town. This cavalcade, tumultuous and noisy, squeezed into one of the
+larger streets, and disappeared in clouds of dust.
+
+Now the green meadow was silent and deserted. Only a light wind
+rustled among the branches of birches and hazel trees, and the
+setting sun veiled it in transparent pink clouds.
+
+The girl set her goat at liberty, walked quicker than formerly, and
+after a while reached the edge of the meadow. Then she stopped and
+looked in one direction with a sudden amazement of joy. This point
+was a thick birch trunk lying at the foot of the grove, and on this
+trunk sat a young man with an open book in his lap. The girl's
+amazement was short. With her eyes fastened on the young man's face,
+which was bent over the book, she crossed the whole length of the
+meadow, straight and light, and having stopped near the trunk on
+which he was sitting, she bent, seized his hand in both her swarthy
+hands, and raised it to her mouth.
+
+Absorbed in his reading the man swiftly raised his head and looked in
+astonishment at the girl, quickly withdrawing his hand from her
+embrace and growing red with a warm blush.
+
+"You don't know me," said the girl, in a voice which was muffled, but
+which trembled not one whit.
+
+"No," answered the young man.
+
+"But I know you. You are Meir Ezofowich, rich Saul's grandson. I see
+you often when you sit on the piazza of your beautiful house, or
+when, with that book, you pass the hill of the Karaims."
+
+All this she said in a grave, steady voice, her figure drawn erect.
+In her face there was not the slightest sign of embarrassment or
+timidity nor the slightest blush. Only her large eyes became darker
+and shone with a warm light, and her pale lips assumed a soft and
+gentle expression.
+
+"And who are you?" asked Meir softly.
+
+"I am Golda, the grand-daughter of Abel Karaim, despised and
+persecuted by all your people."
+
+And now her mouth trembled and her voice took on a gloomy tone.
+
+"All your people persecute Abel Karaim and his grand-daughter Golda,
+and you defend them. Long ago I wished to thank you."
+
+Meir dropped his eyelids. His pale face flushed.
+
+"Live in peace, you and your grandfather Abel," he said softly, "and
+may the hand of the Eternal be stretched over your poor house--the
+hand of Him who loves and defends those who suffer."
+
+"I thank you for your good words," whispered the girl.
+
+In the meanwhile she slipped down to the grass at the young man's
+feet, and raising her clasped hands she whispered further:
+
+"Meir, you are good, wise, and beautiful. Your name signifies
+'light,' and I have light before my eyes every time I see you. Long
+ago I wished to find you and talk with you, and tell you that
+although you are a grandson of a rich merchant and I am a
+grand-daughter of a poor Karaim, who makes baskets, yet we are equal
+in the eyes of the Eternal, and it is permitted to me to raise my
+eyes to you and looking on your light, to be happy."
+
+And in fact she looked happy. Only now her thin, swarthy face burned
+with a flame-like blush, her lips were purple, and in her eyes raised
+to the young man's face and filled with passionate worship stood two
+silvery tears.
+
+Meir listened to her with downcast eyes, and when she was silent he
+looked up and gazed at her for a while and whispered softly:
+
+"Golda, how grateful and beautiful you are!"
+
+For the first time during her conversation with Meir, Golda dropped
+her eyes and mechanically began to pluck the high grass growing
+around her. Meir looked at her silently. The innocence of her heart
+was plainly manifested in her confusion, which caused him to blush,
+and a timid joy shone with double light from his gray eyes, which
+remained cast down.
+
+"Sit beside me," said he finally, in a soft voice.
+
+The girl rose from the ground and sat in the place indicated by him.
+She had recovered all her boldness and gravity. She was silent and
+looked at the youth who did not look at her. They were silent a long
+time. Silence was around them; only above their heads the tall
+birches rustled softly, and around the pond near by, which was grown
+up with osier, the whistling and carolling of the marsh-dwelling
+birds was heard.
+
+Meir, who kept looking at the grass spread at his feet, was the first
+to speak:
+
+"Why do you bring your goat so late to the pasture?"
+
+Golda answered:
+
+"Because I don't wish to meet the other girls here."
+
+"Do they also persecute you?"
+
+"They laugh at me when they see me, and call me ugly names, and drive
+me from them."
+
+Meir raised his eyes to the girl, and in his glance there was deep
+pity.
+
+"Golda, are you afraid of those girls?"
+
+Golda gravely shook her head in negation.
+
+"I have grown up together with fear," she answered. "It's my brother,
+and I am accustomed to it. But when I return home the old zeide asks:
+'Have you met anybody? Have they annoyed you?' I can't lie, and if I
+tell the truth the old zeide is very sad and he weeps."
+
+"Did zeide alone bring you up?"
+
+She nodded her head affirmatively.
+
+"My parents died when I was as small as that bush. Zeide didn't have
+any children, so he took me to his home and took care of me, and when
+I was ill he carried me in his arms and kissed me. When I was older
+he taught me to spin and read the Bible, and told me beautiful
+stories which the Karaims brought from the far world. Zeide is good;
+zeide is a dear old man--but so old--so old, and so poor. His hair is
+snow-white from great age and his eyes are red as corals from
+weeping. When he is making baskets I often lie at his feet and keep
+my head in his lap, and he caresses my hair with his old, trembling
+hand, and repeats: 'Josseyme! Josseyme!' (orphan)."
+
+While thus speaking she sat a little bent over, with her elbow
+resting on her knee. She balanced herself softly, looking into space.
+
+Meir was now gazing in her face as on a rainbow, and when she
+pronounced the last word, he repeated after her in a soft voice,
+filled with pity:
+
+"Josseyme!"
+
+At that moment, quite a distance behind them in the grove, was heard
+the bleating of the goat. Meir looked back.
+
+"Your goat--will it not be lost in the forest?" he asked.
+
+"No," answered the girl quietly. "She never goes too far, and when I
+call her she returns to me. She is my sister."
+
+"Fear is your brother, and a she-goat your sister!" said the young
+man, smiling.
+
+The girl turned her head toward the grove, and gave voice to a few
+short exclamations. Immediately there came from the thicket the
+sound of quick, racing steps, and among the green birch branches
+appeared the snow-white hairy animal. It stood still and looked at
+the two people sitting beside each other.
+
+"Come here!" called Golda.
+
+The goat approached and stood near her. Golda caressed the animal's
+neck, and Meir did the same smiling. The goat gave a short bleat,
+jumped aside, and in the twinkling of an eye was biting at one of the
+birches.
+
+"How obedient she is," said Meir.
+
+"She is very fond of me," said Golda gravely. "I brought her up in
+the same way that zeide did me. She was a little kid when zeide
+brought her home and made me a present of her. I used to carry her in
+my arms and feed her with my hands, and when she was sick I sang to
+her, as zeide used to sing to me."
+
+In speaking thus she smiled, and the smile gave her a childish
+appearance. She looked not more than fourteen years old.
+
+"Would you like to have another little kid?" asked Meir.
+
+"Why not?" she answered. "I would like it very much. When zeide shall
+sell a great many baskets, and I shall spin much wool we will buy
+another little kid."
+
+"For whom do you spin the wool?"
+
+"There are some good women who help me in that way. Hannah,
+Witebski's wife, your aunt Sarah, Ber's wife, give me wool to spin
+and then they pay me with copper--sometimes with silver money."
+
+"Then you sometimes come to our house to take the wool for spinning
+from Sarah, Ber's wife?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"And why have I never seen you?"
+
+"Because they wish me to come secretly. Ber and his wife Sarah are
+very good-hearted people, but they don't wish anyone to know that
+they help us. I come to see them when there is nobody in the house
+except Lijka, your cousin, and I try to slip in in such a way that
+the black man could not see me."
+
+"Whom do you mean by the 'black man'?" asked Meir in astonishment.
+
+"Rabbi Isaak Todros!" answered Golda softly--almost in a whisper.
+
+At the sound of that name pronounced by Golda, Meir's face, formerly
+beaming, full of pity, blushing with emotion, quivered nervously. He
+grew suddenly silent and looked into space with eyes filled with
+gloomy lights. He became so thoughtful that a deep line appeared on
+his white forehead. It seemed to him that he had forgotten that he
+was not alone.
+
+"Meir," sounded in a soft voice, close to his shoulder, "of what are
+you thinking, and why have your eyes become so sad? Your name means
+'light.' The sun of joy--does it not shine always for you?"
+
+The young man, without changing the direction of his glance, shook
+his head.
+
+"No," he answered, "there is a deep sorrow in my heart."
+
+The girl bent toward him.
+
+"Meir," she exclaimed, "and from where does this sorrow come to your
+heart?"
+
+He was silent for a while, and then answered softly:
+
+"From the fact that there are black people among us, and such
+darkness--such darkness!"
+
+The girl dropped her head, and repeated like a sad echo:
+
+"Ah! Such darkness!"
+
+Meir continued to look into space, toward where a long strip of the
+forest separated the golden valley from the purple sky.
+
+"Golda!" he said softly.
+
+"What, Meir?"
+
+"Did you never wish to see and know what there is beyond that thick,
+high forest--what is going on in the broad world?"
+
+The girl was silent. From her attitude--her body bent toward the
+young man, her wide-open eyes full of fire--it could be seen that
+when she could look at him she did not wish to see anything else in
+the broad world.
+
+But Meir spoke further:
+
+"I would like to borrow wings from a bird, in order to go beyond that
+forest--to fly far away!"
+
+"Don't you like the beautiful house of the rich Saul? Don't you like
+the faces of your brothers, relatives, and friends, that you wish for
+the wings of a bird to fly away?" whispered the girl, with stifled
+grief or fright.
+
+"I like the home of Saul, my grandfather," whispered the thoughtful
+youth, "and I love my brothers and all my relatives; but I would like
+to fly beyond that forest in order to see everything and become very
+wise, and then return here and tell to those who are walking in
+darkness and wearing chains, what they should do in order to leave
+the darkness and throw off the chains."
+
+After a time of silence he spoke further.
+
+"I should like to know how the stars are fixed and how the planets
+grow, and how all the nations of the world live, and what kind of a
+sacred book they have. I would like to read their books, and learn
+from them God's thought and human lot, in order that my soul might
+become filled with science as the sea is filled with water."
+
+Suddenly he stopped, and his voice broke with a sigh of inexpressible
+longing and insatiable desire. Again he was silent for a while, and
+then added softly:
+
+"I would like to be as happy as was Rabbi Akiba."
+
+"And who was Rabbi Akiba?" asked Golda shyly.
+
+Meir's thoughtful eyes lit up and shone.
+
+"He was a great man, Golda. I read his story often, and I was reading
+it again when you came."
+
+"I know a great many beautiful stories," said Golda; "they grow in my
+soul, like red, fragrant roses! Meir, give me one more such rose that
+it may shine for me when I may not see you."
+
+Their looks met and a soft smile played about Meir's mouth.
+
+"Do you understand Hebrew?"
+
+She hastily nodded in the affirmative.
+
+"Yes, I understand. Zeide taught me." Meir turned a few pages of the
+book which his lap and read aloud:
+
+"Kolba Sabua was a rich man. His palaces were high as mountains and
+his dresses shone with gold. In his gardens grew fragrant cedars,
+palms with large leaves, and there bloomed sweet scented roses of
+Sharon."
+
+"But more beautiful than the high palaces, than the fragrant cedars
+and crimson roses, more beautiful than all the maidens in Israel was
+his daughter, young Rachel."
+
+"Kolba Sabua had as many herds as there were stars in the heavens,
+and these herds were watched by a poor youth who was tall, like a
+young cedar, and his face was pale and sad, as it is with a man who
+wishes to free his soul from the darkness, but cannot."
+
+"The name of that youth was Joseph Akiba, and he lived on a high
+mountain on which the herds of his master grazed."
+
+"And it happened once upon a time, that the beautiful Rachel came to
+her father, threw herself on the ground before him, kissed his feet,
+and wept bitterly; then she spoke: 'I want to marry Akiba and live in
+that little cabin which stands on the summit of the mountain, and in
+which he lives.'"
+
+"Kolba Sabua was a proud man, and his heart was hard. He became very
+angry with his daughter, the beautiful Rachel, and forbade her to
+think of that young man."
+
+"But the beautiful Rachel left the high palace, and taking with her
+only her dark eyes, which shone like big diamonds, and her dark
+tresses, which were raised over her head like a crown. And she went
+on the high mountain to the little cabin, and said, 'Akiba, behold
+your wife, who enters into your house!'"
+
+"Akiba was joyful, and he drank from Rachel's eyes her diamond-like
+tears, and then began to tell her many beautiful things. Wise words
+poured like honey from his lips, and she listened and was happy, and
+said, 'Akiba, you shall be a great star, which shall shine over
+Israel's roads.'"
+
+"Kolba Sabua was a proud man, and his heart was hard. He sent to his
+daughter on the high mountain neither food nor clothing, and said,
+'Let her become acquainted with hunger, and let her see misery.'"
+
+"And the beautiful Rachel saw misery, and became acquainted with
+hunger. There were days when she had nothing to put into Akiba's
+mouth, and thought that her husband must go hungry."
+
+"Akiba spoke, 'No matter that I am hungry,' and then he told her wise
+things, but she descended the high mountains, went to the town, and
+cried, 'Who will give me a measure of millet-seed for the dark crown
+which I wear on my head?' And they gave her a measure of millet-seed,
+and took her dark crown from her forehead, which was more beautiful
+than diamonds."
+
+"She returned to the mountains, to the little cabin, and said, 'Akiba,
+I have some food for your mouth, but your soul is hungry, and
+for it I cannot get food! Go into the world and nourish your soul
+with great wisdom which flows from the mouths of wise people. I will
+remain here. I will sit at the threshold of the house; I will spin
+wool, and take care of the herds, ad look on the road by which you
+will return, like the sun which returns to the sky to chase away the
+darkness of the night.'"
+
+"And Akiba went."
+
+Here the voice of the young man became silent, and he cast his eyes
+on the leaves of the book, for near his shoulder was heard a voice
+full of astonishment.
+
+"Akiba went?" asked Golda, and her eyes were widely opened, and the
+breath seemed to stop in her breast.
+
+"Akiba went," repeated Meir, and began to read farther.
+
+"The beautiful Rachel sat at the threshold of the house, span the
+wool, took care of the herds, and looked at the road by which he must
+return, shining with great wisdom."
+
+"Seven years passed, and there came an evening when the moon at her
+full pours on the earth a sea of silvery light, and the trees and
+herbs stand still and do not move, as though the spirit of the
+Eternal breathed on them, and brought to the world peace and
+tranquillity."
+
+"That evening, from behind the mountains, a tall pale man appeared.
+His feet trembled like leaves when the wind shakes them, and his
+hands from time to time were raised to the heavens. And when he saw
+the small, poor cabin, a stream of tears flowed from his eyes--for it
+was Akiba, the husband of the beautiful Rachel."
+
+"Akiba stopped at the open window, and listened to the talk that was
+going on within. His wife, Rachel, was talking with her brother, whom
+her father sent to her. 'Return to Kolba Sabua's house,' spoke her
+brother, and she answered, 'I am waiting for Akiba, and taking care
+of his house.' The brother spoke, 'Akiba will never return--he has
+left you, and he is a disgrace to you.' She answered, 'Akiba has not
+left me. I, myself, sent him to the fountain of wisdom, that he might
+drink from it.' 'He drinks from the fountain of wisdom, and you bathe
+yourself in tears, and your flesh dries from misery!' 'Let my eyes
+flow out with my tears, let my flesh be eaten with misery, I shall
+watch the house of my husband. And if that man, for whom I fed love
+in my heart, shall come back to me and say, 'Rachel, I come back to
+you that you may not weep any more, but I have not drunk enough from
+the fountain of wisdom,' I would say to him, 'Go and drink more.''"
+
+"The pale traveller, who stood at the window, which was open, became
+still paler, and trembled still more when he heard what Rachel said.
+He left the small cabin, and returned whence he came."
+
+"Again seven years passed by. And there came a day when the sun pours
+streams of golden brightness, and the trees rustle, and the flowers
+blossom, and the birds sing, and the people laugh, as though the
+spirit of the Eternal breathed on them, and brought to them life and
+joy."
+
+"On the road which led up the mountain to the shepherd's little cabin
+a great crowd of people was roaring. Amidst them a tall man was
+walking. His face shone like the sun with great wisdom, and from his
+mouth fell words sweet as honey and fragrant as myrrh. People bowed
+low before him, seizing every word, and crying with great love to
+him, 'Oh, Rabbi!'"
+
+"But through the crowd of people a woman rushed, and falling on the
+ground, she seized the master's knees. She still held a spindle in
+her hand. She was covered with rags; her face was thin and her eyes
+deeply sunken, for during fourteen years they had flowed with tears."
+
+"'Go away, you beggar!' the people shouted to her, but the master
+raised her from the ground and pressed her to his breast; for the man
+was Joseph Akiba, and the woman was his wife Rachel."
+
+"'Behold the fountain which supplied my sad heart with the drink of
+hope, when my head was in the depths of great loneliness and work.'"
+
+"Thus spake the master to the people, and wished to place on Rachel's
+head a crown of gold and pearls."
+
+"'Thou, Rachel,' said he, 'hast taken from thy head thy beautiful
+hair, in order to nourish my hungry mouth. Now I will ornament thy
+forehead with a rich garland.'"
+
+"But she stopped his arm, and raising to him her eyes, which had
+again become as beautiful as of yore, she said to him, 'Rabbi, your
+glory is my crown.'"
+
+The young man finished the story, and turned his eyes on the girl
+sitting beside him.
+
+Golda's face was all aflame, and her eyes were full of tears.
+
+"Do you find my story beautiful?" asked Meir. "Yes; beautiful
+indeed!" she answered, and with her head leaning on the palm of her
+hand she balanced her slender figure to and fro for a while, as if
+under the influence of ecstasy and drowsiness. Suddenly she grew
+pale, and drew herself up.
+
+"Meir," she exclaimed, "if you were Akiba, and I the daughter of the
+rich Kolba Sabua, I would do for you the same as the beautiful Rachel
+did for him!"
+
+She seized her superb tresses, black as ebony, which hung carelessly
+down her back, and twisting it around her head, she said:
+
+"I have exactly the same black crown as Rachel!" Then she raised her
+deep, fiery eyes to Meir, and said boldly, gravely, without a smile,
+blush, or exaltation:
+
+"Meir, for you I would take my eyes out of my head! I would not have
+any use for them if I could not look at you."
+
+A strong flush covered the young man's face, but it was not mere
+bashfulness, but emotion. The girl was so naive--so wild, and at the
+same time so beautiful, with her luxuriant, dishevelled tresses piled
+above her forehead, and with passionate words on her grave and daring
+lips.
+
+"Golda," said Meir, "I will come to your house and pay a visit to
+your old grandfather."
+
+"Come," said she; "with you there will enter into our house a great
+light."
+
+The sun had almost set behind the high scarlet and purple clouds. A
+little pond shone from beyond the high osiers. In that direction
+Golda's looks went, and stopped at the water and surrounding bushes.
+
+"Why are you looking at the pond?" asked Meir, who could no longer
+keep his eyes from the girl's face.
+
+"I would like to get as many as I could of those branches growing
+over there," answered the girl.
+
+"What for?"
+
+"I would carry them home. Zeide makes baskets of them, then he sells
+them in the market and buys bread, and sometimes fish. For a long
+time zeide has had no willow to make baskets, and he grieves."
+
+"Why don't you take them if you need them?"
+
+I am not permitted.
+
+"Why not? Everyone from the town may cut the branches. This meadow
+and that grove belong to the whole community of Szybow."
+
+"It doesn't matter; I am not permitted. We don't believe in the
+Talmud; we don't light candles on the Sabbath--nothing is allowed
+us."
+
+Meir rose suddenly.
+
+"Come," said he to Golda, "I will be with you, and you may cut as
+many branches as you like. Don't be afraid of anything."
+
+Golda's face shown with joy. She took from Meir's hand a jack-knife
+and rushed toward the pond. Now, when she felt safe under the
+protection of a strong arm, when there was hope of giving pleasure to
+the old grandfathers she lost the gravity which gave her the
+appearance of a matured woman. She ran along, looking from time to
+time at Meir who followed her, calling her she-goat, who turned
+toward her from the opposite side of the meadow. They stopped on the
+shore. The most flexible willow grass grew in the water, a few steps
+from the bank. In the twinkling of an eye Golda threw off her low
+shoes, and rolling up her dress she entered the water. Meir remained
+on the shore and watched the girl, as raising her arms, she began to
+swiftly cut the pliable branches. In the mean time she laughed, and
+her parted lips disclosed rows of teeth as white and beautiful as
+pearls. The glare of the last dazzling rays bathed her swarthy face
+with a pinkish light, and gilded the black crown of hair twined above
+her brow.
+
+Meir did not lose sight of her, and smiled also. Suddenly Golda set
+up a cry.
+
+"What is the matter?" asked Meir.
+
+From the green thicket, in which the girl's figure was hidden, a
+joyful voice resounded.
+
+"Meir, what beautiful flowers are here!"
+
+"What flowers?"
+
+The tall figure thrust aside the green bushes, bent toward the shore,
+and stretching out her arm handed the young man a broad-leaved yellow
+pond lily. Meir bent over a little in order to reach the flower, but
+all at once Golda's arm trembled, her pink, face grew pale, and her
+eyes dilated with dread.
+
+"The black man!" she whispered, dropping the flower, and with a soft
+exclamation of fear she retreated and hid herself in the willow
+copse.
+
+Meir looked behind him. Some distance off he saw emerging from the
+grove, and passing swiftly across the meadow, a strange figure walked
+swiftly. It was a medium-sized man, very thin, with a dark face, gray
+hair and a dark, dullish beard falling to his waist. He was robed in
+a long dress made of rough woven cloth, and his yellow, bare neck was
+thrust from an open shirt of rough material. He stooped in the
+shoulders and his steps were noiseless, as he wore low, woven
+slippers. In either hand he carried a big bunch of variegated herbs.
+When that man, without looking at Meir, passed him at a distance, the
+youth mechanically bent low his head in sign of humility and
+reverence Soon, however, he raised it. His face was pale, and
+expressed suppressed grief. He looked gloomily at the black figure
+passing swiftly across the meadow, and through his teeth set in
+either grief or anger, he said:
+
+"Rabbi Isaak Todros!"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+Rabbi Isaak Todros' appearance, and also his spiritual development,
+perhaps, were expressive characteristics of several centuries of long
+sojourn of his ancestors in Spain.
+
+Wandering people, although astonishingly perseverant and conservative
+of marks distinguishing them from other nations, still by the
+inevitable influence of nature, draw here and there something from
+the different skies under which the lot of the exile scattered them.
+
+Among the common characteristics of Israelites, however, there can be
+seen great differences. There are among them people but recently
+arrived from the South and West, and again there are others over
+whose head a pale sky has stretched and a cold wind has blown for
+centuries. There are among them phlegmatic natures, and also ardent
+mystical ones, and others redolent of reality. Some of them have hair
+black as the darkest raven wing--others have eyes the colour of the
+sky. There are among them white and also swarthy foreheads; strong,
+hardy natures, and others nervous, quivering with passion, imbued
+with dreaming, and consumed with fanciful ideals.
+
+The swarthiest among the swarthy faces, the darkest of dark hair, the
+most passionate among the fiery spirits belonged to Isaak Todros.
+
+What precise position did he occupy in the community, and on what was
+it based? He was not a priest; rabbis are not priests, and perhaps
+there is no other nation, as distant by its nature from theocratic
+government as are the Israelites. Neither was he the administrator of
+the community, because the members of the kahal took charge of its
+civil affairs; rabbis, while being members of the kahal, possessed
+only the role of warden of religion in respect to its rules and
+rites. He possessed a dignity higher than that, however. He was the
+descendant of an old princely house and among his ancestors he
+counted many scholars, pious and revered rabbis, and he was perfectly
+pious himself--consequently cadek and hahamen, ascetic, almost a
+miracle-worker, and a deeply, supernaturally learned man. Of course,
+saying that he was a learned man refers only to religious erudition,
+but in the eyes of the community of Szybow this was the only
+learning.
+
+This scholarship embraced the incomparable knowledge of sacred books;
+Torah or the Bible, as little as possible--more of the Talmud, and
+most of Kabala.
+
+Isaak Todros was the most able Kabalist of modern times, and it
+constituted the corner-stone upon which was built his greatness.
+Someone not familiar with the faith of the plebeian Israelites would
+suppose that the population of Szybow was a branch of a numerous
+gloomy sect of Hassid, which puts at the head of all religious and
+secular learning, the Kabala. No; the inhabitants of Szybow did not
+consider themselves heretics. On the contrary, they were proud of
+being orthodox Talmudists and Rabbinists. But they belonged to those,
+numerous in the lowest stratum of Talmudists, who joined Kabala to
+the Torah and Talmud, recognised it as a holy book, and became
+passionately fond of it, setting it in the shadow of the two first
+books.
+
+And then Hassidism touched the Hebrew population of Szybow and left
+deep traces. In fact the greater part of the population was Hassidish
+without knowing it. Tradition said that Isaak Todros' ancestor, that
+Reb Nohim who had waged a battle of ideas with Hersh Ezofowich, was
+for some time a pupil of Besht, the founder of that curious sect. He
+saw him often, and although he did not join the sect entirely, he
+grafted some of its ideas into the community of which he was the
+spiritual leader.
+
+The principal characteristics of the sect were: a boundless respect
+for Kabala, an almost idolatrous worship of Cadeks and a deep, pious
+and unshakeable aversion toward Edomites (foreign nations) and their
+lores.
+
+These principles multiplied and branched out under the teaching of
+Nohim's son, Baruch, and his grandson Isaak seized the dignity held
+by his ancestors during the period of their rule. Therefore the
+religion of the inhabitants was neither Mosaism, nor Talmudism, nor
+Hassidism, but it was a chaotic mixture of all three which prevailed
+for the space of a number of miles around Szybow, and the highest
+expression of which was found in the person of the Rabbi of Szybow.
+
+Rabbi Isaak had a swarthy forehead, furrowed deeply by lines of
+strained thought in trying to penetrate the mystery of Heaven and
+earth by a combination of letters, composed of the name of God and
+the Angels. Therefore in his coal-black eyes were gloomy lights which
+sometimes became ecstatic when they contemplated the incomparable
+delights of the supernatural world. His back was bent from the
+continual reading of books, arid his hand shook with excitement
+caused by the perpetual state of emotion in which his mind was kept;
+his body was thin from spiritual torments and physical mortifications.
+
+Celibacy, fasting and sleepless nights were written in the dark face
+of the man, as well as his mystical ecstasies, secret dread and
+merciless hatred of everyone who lived, believed and desired
+differently from himself.
+
+When he was young he had married--or rather they had married
+him--before the slightest sign of a beard had appeared on his cheeks,
+but he soon divorced his wife, because, by her continual bustling
+activity she troubled his pious thought and spiritual raptures. His
+three children were brought up in his brother's house, and he himself
+lived the life of an anchorite in the little cabin--a life of fancy
+strained to the utmost, of passionate prayers and unfathomable mystic
+contemplations. Such was his spiritual life.
+
+His physical life was sustained by gifts sent him by his zealous
+admirers. But those gifts were small and common. Rabbi Isaak did not
+accept great and costly presents--he even refused to accept
+remuneration for the advice, medicines and prophecies which he gave
+to the faithful who came to him.
+
+But every day before sunrise some bashful figures glided through the
+school-yard, and placed on the wooden bench standing near the window
+of the house some earthen dishes with food--slices of bread or
+holiday cake.
+
+At that time the Rabbi usually recited his morning prayers, for it
+was that moment at which white could be distinguished from blue,
+which is the time that every faithful Israelite should recite the
+morning Tefils and Shems.
+
+Then he opened his window and contemplated the pink glow of the dawn.
+In one direction was the far Orient, Jerusalem, the invisible ruins
+of Solomon's Temple, Palestine weeping for her sons and the withering
+palms of Zion.
+
+Sometimes the fire shining in the Rabbi's eyes was quenched by a
+tear, cooling his cheeks which burned with the heat of interior
+fires. Sometimes they were cooled also by the cold winds and misty
+fogs, but Isaak Todros looked every morning through the mists and
+fogs, toward the Orient. Then he bent and took from the bench the
+food prepared for him by pious hands. He did not eat it alone. He
+broke the bread and cake into crumbs and threw it in handfuls to the
+birds which came to his window in great flocks. Some of them seized
+the food and carried it to their nests, chirping joyfully. Others
+after having eaten enough flew in through the window and perched on
+the bent shoulders of their friend. Then the Rabbi's dark face grew a
+little less dark, and sometimes--though very seldom--a smile played
+about his close shut lips. He was very well known, not only to the
+birds living in the town, but also to those who filled the birch
+grove.
+
+Isaak Todros often went to the grove, and sometimes penetrated the
+neighbouring pine forest. What did he do there? He fed the birds,
+who, on seeing him, immediately flew to him, and accompanied him in
+his walk. Sometimes he prayed in a loud voice, raising his trembling
+hands, and awakening by the sounds of his passionate cries the choir
+of wood echoes. He also gathered different herbs and plants, which he
+brought in great bunches to his hut. These plants possessed curative
+properties, whose knowledge was a heritage in the Todros family. All
+the members of this family belonged to that class of primitive
+physicians with which the Middle Ages was filled, and who learned
+their art of healing not from academies, but from wild nature,
+studied more with fantastical inquiring, than with learned thought.
+One of Isaak Todros' ancestors was, however, a very learned physician
+in Spain at the time when there was a short interval in prosperity in
+the bad fortunes of the Hebrew nation, and they were permitted to
+draw with the other nations all possible good from every source.
+However, the interval was but a short one, and after it the
+world-famous and really scholarly Hebrew physicians disappeared from
+the world; but one, by the name of Todros Halevi, transmitted his
+knowledge to his sons, and so it passed from generation to
+generation.
+
+Isaak Todros searched for diligently, and gathered carefully, these
+precious plants of the ancient knowledge and traditions of his
+family. He carried them with him, and laid them on the dirty floor of
+his cabin in order to dry them.
+
+On this account the air of his cabin was saturated during the summer
+and fall with the pungent, choking scent of drying herbs and wild
+flowers.
+
+His cell was a vivid reminder of the bare cells of anchorites and
+hermits. Its only furniture consisted of a hard bed, a white table,
+standing near one of the windows, a couple of chairs, and a few
+planks fastened to the wall piled up with books. Among these books
+were twelve enormous volumes bound in parchment. They constituted the
+Talmud. There were also the "Ozarha-Kabod," a work written by one of
+Isaak's ancestors--that Todros Halevi who was the first Talmudist to
+believe in the Kabala; "Toldot-Adam," an epic poem, telling the
+history of the first man and his exile; "Sefer-Jezira," (Book of
+Creation), telling by pictures of the origin of the world; "Ka-arat
+Kezef," in which Ezobi warns the Israelites against the pernicious
+influence of secular science; "Schiur-Koma," a plastic description of
+God, instructing the reader regarding his physical appearance--the
+gigantic size of the head, feet, hands, and especially God's beard,
+which, according to the book, is ten thousand five hundred parasangs
+long. But the place of honour was occupied by a book showing much
+thumbing. It was the Book of Light--Zohar--the greatest, and, at the
+same time, the deepest dissertation on Hohma-Nistar (Kabala), which
+was published in the thirteenth century by Moses Leon, in the name of
+Symeon-ben-Jochai, who lived several centuries before.
+
+Such was the library of Isaak Todros, in the reading of which he
+spent his nights, drawing from it all his learning and wisdom,
+consuming in its perusal all the forces of his body. From that
+library emanated an odour which intoxicated his mind with mystical
+emotions and the bitter, sharp venom of aversion to everything which
+was a stranger to, or bore ill-will to the world, shut up in those
+books, filled with supernatural lights and shadows. In reading them,
+he exhausted many hours a week--even holy days and nights. But
+through the holy nights there sat at his feet his pupil and
+favourite, Reb Moshe, the melamed, who snuffed the yellow candle, for
+a pious man reading Holy Books during holy nights was not permitted
+to snuff the candle, and he must have beside him some attentive
+person to perform this office.
+
+During the holy nights the Rabbi read Schiur-Koma and Zohar, and the
+little man, sitting beside him, raised himself from time to time in
+his low chair, reviving the flame of the dying candle, and with his
+round eyes looking into the face of his master, waiting for the
+moment when his hand would arrange a word from the names of God,
+Notarikon and Gomatria, which would perform great miracles, and
+disclose to the people all the secrets of the heavens and of the
+earth.
+
+Returning home after sunset one day with a big bunch of herbs, Isaak
+Todros found his faithful worshipper seated in a corner of the dark
+hall, plunged in deep thought.
+
+"Moshe," said the Rabbi, passing swiftly and quietly through the
+hall.
+
+"What is your order, Nassi?" humbly asked Moshe.
+
+"Go at once to old Saul, and tell him that Rabbi Isaak Todros will
+visit his house to-morrow."
+
+The cramped, gray figure in the dark corner jumped as though moved by
+a spring, and rushed across the square to the house of Saul. Passing
+quickly the piazza and long hall, the melamed opened the door, and,
+thrusting his head into the room, he exclaimed triumphantly:
+
+"Reb Saul, a great honour and happiness is coming to you! Rabbi Isaak
+Todros, the perfect pious, and the first scholar in the world, will
+visit your house to-morrow!"
+
+From the depths of the large parlour the voice of the old merchant,
+dried by age, but still strong, answered:
+
+"I, Saul Ezofowich, my children, grandchildren and
+great-grandchildren will await Rabbi Isaak's visit with great joy and
+great desire in our hearts. May he live a hundred years!"
+
+"May he live a hundred years!" repeated the dark figure, and
+disappeared.
+
+The door was closed. Old Saul was sitting on the sofa, reading from
+Zohar, but he could not understand its deep explanations in spite of
+the utmost mental strain, for his mind was accustomed to secular
+business affairs. Suddenly his wrinkled forehead became gloomy and
+uneasiness shone in his eyes. He turned to his elder son, Raphael,
+who sat at a table near by, balancing his books, and asked:
+
+"Why is he coming here?"
+
+Raphael shrugged his shoulders, as a sign that he did not know.
+
+"Has he any reason for picking a quarrel?" asked the old man again.
+
+Raphael, raising his face from his books, said:
+
+"He has."
+
+Saul shivered.
+
+"Nu!" he exclaimed, "And what reason can he have? Has someone of the
+family sinned?"
+
+Raphael answered shortly:
+
+"Meir."
+
+The faces of both father and son grew sad and disquieted. Isaak
+Todros visited the members of the sect very seldom--only when there
+was a question of some important religious matter or transgression of
+rules. And even such rare calls were only paid to the most prominent
+and influential members of the community. Poor people surrounded the
+Rabbi's cabin, ready to rush in at a sign from him in inexpressible
+joy or fear.
+
+Rabbi Isaak Todros was an ascetic and he despised mammon, but he did
+not reject all possible signs of respect the people desired to show
+him, and they who were familiar with his thoughts and sentiments knew
+that he was very fond of these signs, and would even demand them
+imperiously in case anyone thought to dispense with or diminish them.
+For that reason all the poor population, and everyone who wished to
+win his special favour, called him "Prince," addressing him as
+"Nassi." Therefore his passage through the town on all occasions was
+an important and curious event for the population, and was performed
+with quiet, dignified ceremony. A couple of hours before noon Saul
+Ezofowich, standing before the window of his parlour, looked with a
+certain amount of trouble at the retinue passing slowly across the
+square. All the members of his family, robed in holiday dresses, with
+a solemn expression on their faces, looked also, holding themselves
+in readiness to welcome this high dignitary of the community at the
+threshold of their residence. Through the square, from the school, a
+throng of people dressed in black advanced toward the house of the
+Ezofowich. In the middle, bent as always, in shabby clothes, with his
+rough shirt unbuttoned showing the yellow neck, marched Isaak Todros,
+with his usual swift, noiseless quiet pace.
+
+On either side was an official of the Kahal--the small, lithe Reb
+Jankiel, with his white, freckled face and fiery red beard, and David
+Calman, one of the dignitaries of the town. Morejne, a rich cattle
+merchant, tall, stiff, and dignified, with hands in the pockets of
+his satin halat and a sweet smile of satisfaction on his fat lips,
+walked near. Behind these three people, and on both sides, were
+several others more or less humble and smiling. The whole crowd was
+preceded by Reb Moshe, in such a way that he faced the Rabbi and had
+his back in the direction in which they walked. Consequently he could
+not be said to walk, but draw back, in the meantime jumping and
+clapping his hands, bending low to the ground, stumbling, and jumping
+again, raising his face to the sky and shouting for joy. Finally, a
+certain distance behind, a throng of children followed them and
+looked with great curiosity at the retinue, and on seeing the
+melamed's jumping and dancing, they began to imitate him, jumping and
+gesticulating also and filling the air with wild noise.
+
+After a while the door of the Ezofowich house was violently opened
+and through it rushed the melamed--he was red, out of breath, bathed
+in perspiration and beaming with great joy. He rejoiced heartily,
+loudly, passionately. What for? Poor melamed!
+
+"Reb Saul!" he said with a hoarse voice, "meet the great happiness
+the great honour coming to you."
+
+From Saul's face it would be seen that a secret fear was fighting
+with the great joy within him. But his family evidently rejoiced
+exceedingly, for their faces beamed with pride and satisfaction
+except Ber, who was always silent and apathetic if the question was
+not one of business and money. Old Saul stood near the threshold of
+the parlour. On the piazza Rob Jankiel and Morejne Calman seized the
+Rabbi under either arm, lifted his thin body above the ground, and
+having carried him through the hall and over the threshold they
+placed him opposite Saul. Then they bowed profoundly, left the house,
+sat on the piazza waiting for the moment to reconduct the Rabbi.
+
+In the meanwhile Saul bent before the guest his grave and reverent
+head. Everyone present followed his example.
+
+"He who greets a sage greets the Eternal," said he.
+
+"He who greets a sage . . ." the choir of male and female voices
+began to repeat after Saul, but at that moment Isaak Todros raised
+his index finger, looked around with his fiery eyes, and said:
+
+"Sh-a-a-a!"
+
+In the room there was the silence of the tomb.
+
+The finger of the guest made a large circle, taking in the row of
+people standing near the wall.
+
+"Weg!" (get out) shouted he.
+
+Within the room the rustling of dresses and the sound of swift steps
+were heard; faces grew frightened and sorrowful, and crowding
+together the inmates squeezed through the door leading to the
+interior of the house, and disappeared.
+
+In the larger room only two men remained--the silver-haired,
+broad-shouldered patriarch, and the thin, fiery-looking sage.
+
+When the Rabbi imperatively drove out his host's family--the
+gray-headed sons, dignified matrons, and beautiful girls, Saul's gray
+eyebrows quivered and bristled for a moment. Evidently his pride rose
+within him.
+
+"Rabbi," said he, in a muffled voice, and with a bow that was not as
+low as the first one, "deign to take under my roof the place you
+think the most comfortable."
+
+He did not call his guest "prince"; he did not give him the name of
+Nassi.
+
+Rabbi Isaak looked t him gloomily, crossed the room, and sat on the
+sofa. At that moment he was not bent; on the contrary, he sat bolt
+upright, looking sharply into the face of the old man who sat
+opposite to him.
+
+"I have driven them out," said he, pointing to the door through which
+the patriarch's family had made their exit. "Why did you gather them?
+I wished to talk with you alone."
+
+Saul was silent.
+
+"I bring you news," again said the Rabbi quickly and gloomily. "Your
+grandson Meir has not a clean soul. He is a kofrim (infidel)."
+
+Saul still sat silent, only his frowning brows quivered nervously
+above his faded eyes.
+
+"He is a kofrim!" the Rabbi repeated loudly. "He speaks ugly words of
+our religion, and he does not respect the sages. He violates the
+Sabbath, and is friendly with the heretics."
+
+"Rabbi!" began Saul.
+
+"You must listen when I speak," interrupted the Rabbi.
+
+The old man tightened his lips so that they disappeared under his
+gray moustache.
+
+"I came to tell you," continued Todros, "that it's your fault that
+your grandson is bad. Why did you not permit the melamed to whip him
+when he was in the heder, and did not want to study German, and
+laughed at the melamed, and instigated the others to laugh at him?
+Why did you send him to Edomita, living there among the gardens to
+make him study the reading of the Gojs and also their writing and the
+other abominations of the Edomites? Why did you not punish him when
+he violated the Sabbath, and contradicted the melamed at your table?
+Why did you spoil his soul with your sinful love? Why don't you force
+him to study holy science? And why do you look on all his
+abominations as though you were a blind man?"
+
+This vehement speech tired the Rabbi, and panting, he rested.
+
+Then old Saul began to talk:
+
+"Rabbi, your soul must not be angry with me. I could not act
+otherwise. This child is the son of my son--the youngest among my
+children, and who disappeared very quickly from my eyes. When his
+parents died I took this child to my home, and I wished that he might
+never remember that he was an orphan. I was then already a widower,
+and I carried him in my own arms. His old great-grandmother took care
+of him also, and she would give her soul for the happiness of his
+soul. In her crown he is the first jewel, and now her old mouth opens
+only for him. These are, Rabbi, the reasons why I have been more
+indulgent with him than with my other children; these are the reasons
+why my soul was ill when the melamed scolded and whipped him in the
+heder, as the other children. I sinned then. I rushed into the heder
+like a madman, spoke ugly words to the melamed, and took the boy away
+with me. Rabbi, I sinned, because the melamed is a wise and saintly
+man; but this sin will disappear from your mind, Rabbi, if you will
+but think that I could not bear to look at the bruises on the body of
+the son of my son. When such bruises appeared on the bodies of the
+children of my son Raphael, and my son Abraham, and my son Ephraim, I
+was silent, for their fathers were living--thanks be to God!--and
+could look after their children. But when I saw the black-and-blue
+marks on the back and shoulders of the orphan, Rabbi, then I
+cried--then I shouted, and I sinned."
+
+"That is not your only sin," said the Rabbi, who listened to Saul's
+speech with the motionless severity of a judge, "and why did you send
+him to Edomit?"
+
+"Rabbi," answered Saul, "and how could he go through the world if he
+did not understand the tongue of the people of this country, and
+could not write his name to a contract or a note? Rabbi, my sons and
+grandsons conduct large business transactions, and he will do the
+same when he is married. His father's wealth belongs to him. He will
+be rich and will have to talk with great lords, and how could he so
+talk if I had not sent him to study with an Edomit?"
+
+"May Edom perish with his abominable learning, and may the Lord not
+forgive him!" grumbled the Rabbi, and after a while he added: "and
+why did you not make of him a scholar instead of a merchant?"
+
+"Rabbi," answered Saul, "the Ezofowich family is a family of
+merchants. We are merchants from father to son--that is our custom."
+
+Saying this, he raised his bent head. The mention of his family
+caused him to grow proud and bold. But nothing could be compared with
+the disdain with which, repeating after Saul, the Rabbi hissed:
+
+"The Ezofowich family! It was always a grain of pepper in Israel's
+palate!"
+
+Saul raised his head higher.
+
+"Rabbi!" he exclaimed, "in that family there were diamonds which
+caused the Edomites themselves, in looking on them, to respect the
+whole of Israel."
+
+The ancient hatred between the Ezofowichs and Todros began to bubble
+up.
+
+"In your family," spoke the Rabbi, "there is one ugly soul which
+passes from one Ezofowich to another, and cannot be cleansed. For it
+is written that all souls which flow from the Seraphim flow like
+drops of water from an inclined bottle, carrying Ibur-Gilgul--travel
+through bodies, from one to another, until they are cleansed from all
+sin, when they return to the Seraphim. If a man is pious and saintly
+his soul returns to the Seraphim, and when the soul returns there
+another soul goes into the world and enters a body. Misery and
+sadness, sorrow and sin will dwell upon the earth as long as all
+souls taken from the Seraphim have not fulfilled the Ibur-Gilgul and
+pass through the bodies. And how will they be able to pass all the
+bodies if on the earth there are many which are abominable, unclean,
+and do not respect the holy teachings? These unwholesome ones keep
+the souls in their bodies, and there above the other souls are
+waiting. And they must wait, because there are not as many bodies in
+the world as there are souls among the Seraphim. And the Messiah
+himself is waiting, because he will not come until the last soul
+enters the body and Ibur-Gilgul begins. These abominable ones,
+occupying one body after another, do not permit the waiting souls to
+enter in, and postponing to a remote period the Jobelha-Gabel, the
+day of the Messiah,--the great festival of joy! In your family there
+is such an abominable soul. It entered first into the body of Michael
+the Senior, then it entered Hersh's body, and now it sits in the body
+of your grandson Meir! I recognised the proud and rebellious soul in
+his eyes and face, therefore my heart turned from him!"
+
+While Todros explained to the old man sitting opposite him this
+doctrine of the migration of souls, and its consequences, in the old
+man a striking change took placer Before he had grown bolder, and
+even raised his head with a certain pride and dignity. Now he bent it
+low, and sorrow and fear appeared among the wrinkles of his face.
+
+"Rabbi!" said he humbly, "be blessed for having disclosed to my eyes
+your holy learning. Your words are true and your eyes can recognise
+the souls which dwell in bodies. Rabbi, I will tell you something.
+When my son Raphael brought little Meir, I took the child and began
+to kiss him, for it seemed to me that he looked like my son Benjamin,
+his father; but the old great-grandmother took him from me, put him
+opposite her on the floor and began to look at him very attentively,
+and then she exclaimed: 'He does not look like Benjamin, but like my
+Hersh!' The tears flowed from her old eyes and her lips repeated:
+'Hersh, Hersh! my Hersh!' and she pressed the child to her boom and
+said: 'He is my dearest Kleineskind! He is the eyes of my head and
+the diamond in my crown, made for me by my grandsons and
+great-grandson, for he looks like my Hersh.' And she is fond of him.
+Now she knows only him and calls him to her because he looks like her
+husband, Hersh."
+
+"Michael's soul entered Hersh's body, and from his body it passed
+into your grandsons Meir's," repeated the Rabbi, and added: "It's a
+proud rebellious soul! There is no peace and humility in it."
+
+It seemed that Todros was softened by Saul's submissiveness, and the
+respect shown in his words.
+
+"Why don't you marry him? He has already long hair on his face," said
+the Rabbi.
+
+"Rabbi, I wished to marry him to the daughter of the pious Jankiel,
+but the child lay at my feet and begged me not to force him."
+
+"Why then did you not put your feet on his back, and make him obey
+you?"
+
+Saul dropped his eyes and was silent. He felt that he was guilty.
+Love for the orphan made him sin always.
+
+Todros spoke further:
+
+"Marry him as soon as you can, because it is written that when on a
+young man's face the hair is growing, and he has not a wife, then he
+will fall into uncleanliness. Your grandson's soul has already fallen
+into uncleanliness. Yesterday I saw him with a girl--"
+
+Saul raised his eyes.
+
+"I saw him," continued the Rabbi, "talking with Karaim's girl."
+
+"Karaim's girl?" repeated Saul, in a voice full of surprise and
+fright.
+
+"He was standing on the edge of the pond and took from her hand some
+flowers, and I read in their faces that the unclean fire was
+embracing them."
+
+"With Karaim's girl," repeated Saul once more.
+
+"With a heretic!" said the Rabbi.
+
+"With a beggar!" said Saul energetically, raising his head.
+
+"Rabbi," continued he, "now I will act differently with him! I don't
+wish to have shame eat up my eyes in my old age, because my grandson
+has an unclean friendship with a beggar. I shall marry him!"
+
+"You must punish him," said the Rabbi, "I came here to tell you to
+put your foot on his neck and bend his pride. Don't spare him, for
+your indulgence will be a sin which the Lord will not forgive you.
+And if you will not punish him, I will lay my hand on his head and
+there will be great shame for you, and for him such misfortune that
+he will grovel in the dirt, like a miserable worm!"
+
+Under the influence of these words, pronounced in a threatening
+voice, Saul trembled. Different emotions fought continually within
+the old man; a secret hatred for Todros and a great respect for his
+learning, pride and fear, fierce anger toward his grandson and tender
+love for him. The Rabbi's threat touched that last chord.
+
+"Rabbi," he said, "forgive him. He is still a mere child. When he is
+married and starts in business he will be different. When he was born
+his father wrote to me: 'Father, what name do you wish your grandson
+to be given?' and I answered, 'Give him the name of Meir, which means
+light, that it may be a light before me and all Israel!'"
+
+Here emotion choked his voice and he was silent. Two tears rolled
+slowly down his cheeks.
+
+The Rabbi rose from the sofa, lifted his index finger and said:
+
+"You must remember my commands. I order you to set your foot on his
+neck, and you must listen to my orders, because it is written that
+'the sages are the world's foundation.'"
+
+Having said this, he advanced toward the door, at which Reb Jankiel
+and Morejne Calman seized him again, and carried him through the hall
+and across the threshold and set him on the ground.
+
+And again the black throng of people advanced through the square
+toward the school-yard; again the melamed, retreating before the
+Rabbi, jumped, clapped his hands, danced and shouted; and again the
+crowd of children, following the retinue at a distance, imitated
+their teacher, jumping, howling, Clapping their hands. And in
+Ezofowich's parlour old Saul sat with his face covered with his
+hands, while at the opposite door Freida appeared. The sun rays,
+falling through the window, kindled into rainbow colours the diamonds
+with which she was covered. She looked around the room with her
+half-closed eyes, and pronounced, in her customary soundless whisper:
+
+"Wo ist Meir?"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+Meir was absent during the Rabbi's visit. He left the house early in
+the morning and went in the direction of the poorest quarter of the
+town. The houses there were very small and very low and exceedingly
+dismal, none of them having more than two windows. In front of the
+houses were evil-smelling sloughs. From the black chimneys of the
+tenements arose thin streaks of smoke, indicating by their thinness
+the scarcity of fuel, and the food cooked by it. Fences, rotten and
+tumble-down, surrounded the small courtyards, which were covered with
+sweepings. Here and there could be seen in the rear of the houses,
+tiny tracts of land with meagre vegetables growing in them. At the
+low doors, miserable looking women with dark sickly faces, wearing
+blue caftans and carroty wigs, washed their gray, coarse linen in
+buckets. The old and bent women sat on the benches, knitting blue or
+black wool stockings, while young sunburned girls, in dirty dresses
+and dishevelled hair, milked the goats.
+
+It was the quarter of the town inhabited by the poorest population of
+Szybow, the nursery of poverty--even of misery, dirt, and disease.
+The houses of the Ezofowichs, Calmans, Witebskis and Kamionkers,
+standing at the square, were luxurious palaces when compared with
+those human dwellings, the mere exterior aspect of which made one
+think of earthly purgatory. And no wonder. There, on the square,
+lived merchants and learned men, the aristocracy of every Jewish
+community; here lived the population of working men and
+tradesmen--the plebeians earning their daily bread with their hands
+and not with brains.
+
+In spite of the fact that it was yet early morning, the daily work
+had generally begun. From behind the dirty windows could be seen the
+rising and falling arms of the tailors and cobblers. Through the thin
+walls resounded the tools of tinsmiths and the hammers of
+blacksmiths, and from the houses of the manufacturers of tallow
+candles rose unbearable, greasy exhalations. Some of the inhabitants,
+taking advantage of the sunrise, looked into the street, opened their
+windows and a passer-by could see the interior of, the small rooms
+with black walls, crowded with occupants which swarmed like ants.
+Through the windows came the mixed noise of singing and praying in
+male voices, the quarrelling of women and the screaming of children.
+All the smaller children rent the sultry air of the black, crowded
+rooms with their cries, while the older ones trooped out into the
+street in great crowds, chasing each other noisily or rolling on the
+ground. Growing boys, dressed not in sleeveless jackets like the
+children, but in long, grey halats, stood on the thresholds of the
+huts leaning against the walls, pale, thin, drowsy, with widely
+opened mouths, as though they wished to breathe into their sickly,
+cold breasts the warm rays of the sun and the fresh breeze of the
+morning.
+
+Meir approached one of these youths.
+
+"Nu, Lejbele," said he, "I have come to see you. Are you always sick
+and looking like an owl?"
+
+It was evident that Lejbele was ill and moping, for, with hands
+folded in the sleeves of his miserable halat, and pressed to his
+chest, he was shivering with cold, although the morning was warm; he
+did not answer Meir, but opened his mouth and great, dull, dark eyes
+more widely, and looked idiotically at the young man.
+
+Meir laid his band on the boy's head.
+
+"Were you in the heder yesterday?" he asked. The boy began to tremble
+still more, and answered in a hoarse voice:
+
+"Aha."
+
+This meant an affirmative.
+
+"Were you beaten again?"
+
+Tears filled the boy's dark eyes, which remained raised to the face
+of the tall young man.
+
+"They beat me," he said.
+
+His breast began to heave with sobs under the sleeves of the halat,
+which were still pressed by the boy's folded bands.
+
+"Have you breakfasted?"
+
+The boy shook his head in the negative.
+
+Meir took from the nearest huckster's stand a big hala (loaf of
+bread), for which he threw a copper coin to the old woman. He then
+gave the bread to the child. Lejbele seized it in both bands, and
+began to devour it rapaciously. At that moment a tall, thin, lithe
+man rushed out from the cabin. He wore a black beard, and bad an old,
+sorrowful face. He threw himself toward Meir. First be seized his
+band and raised it to his lips, and then began to reproach him.
+
+"Morejne!" he exclaimed, "why did you give him that hala? He is a
+stupid, nasty child. He don't want to study, and brings shame upon
+me. The melamed--may he live a hundred years--takes a great deal of
+trouble to teach him; but he has a head which does not understand
+anything. The melamed beats him, and I beat him, too, in order that
+the learning shall enter his head, but it does not help at all. He is
+an alejdyc gejer (lazy)--a donkey!"
+
+Meir looked at the boy, who was still devouring the bread.
+
+"Schmul," said he, "he is neither lazy nor a donkey, but he is sick."
+
+Schmul waved his hand contemptuously.
+
+"He is sick," shouted he. "He began to be sick when he was told to
+study. Before that he was healthy, gay, and intelligent. Ah, what an
+intelligent and pretty child he was! Could I expect such a
+misfortune? What is he now?"
+
+Meir continued to smooth the dishevelled hair of the pale child with
+his hand. The tall, thin Schmul bent again and kissed his hand.
+
+"Morejne," said he, "you are very good if you pity such a stupid
+child."
+
+"Schmul, why do you call me Morejne?" asked Meir.
+
+Schmul interrupted him hastily.
+
+"The fathers of your father were Morejnes; your zeide and your uncles
+are Morejnes, and you, Meir, you will soon be Morejne also."
+
+Meir shook his head with a peculiar smile.
+
+"I shall never be a Morejne!" said he. "They will not confer such an
+honour upon me, and I--don't wish for it!"
+
+Schmul thought for a while, and then said:
+
+"I heard that you have quarrelled with the great Rabbi and the
+members of the kahal."
+
+Meir, without answering, looked at the horrible proofs of deep
+destitution around him.
+
+"How poor you are," said he, not answering Schmul directly.
+
+These words touched the very sensitive string of Schmul's life. His
+hands trembled, and his eyes glared.
+
+"Aj, how poor we are," he moaned; "but the poorest of all living on
+this street is the hajet (tailor) Schmul. He must support an old,
+blind mother, and wife, and eight children. And how can I support
+them? I have no means except these two hands, which sew day and night
+if there is something to sew."
+
+Speaking thus, he stretched toward Meir his two hands--true beggar's
+hands, dark, dirty, pricked with the needle, covered with scars made
+by scissors, and now trembling from grief.
+
+"Morejne," he said more softly, bending toward the listener, "our
+life is hard--very hard. Everything is very expensive for us, and we
+have so much to pay. The Czar's officers take taxes, we must pay more
+for our kosher meat, and for the candles for Sabbath, we must pay to
+the funeral society, pay to the officers of the kahal, and for what
+do we not pay? Aj, vaj! From these poor houses flow rivers of
+money--and where does it come from? From the sweat of our brows, from
+our blood and the entrails of our children who grow thin from hunger!
+Not a long time ago you asked me, Morejne, why my room was dirty. And
+how can we help it when eleven of us must live in one room, and in
+the passages there are two goats, which nourish us with their milk.
+Morejne, you asked me why my wife is so thin and old, although she
+has not yet lived many years, and why my children are always sick!
+Morejne, kosher meat costs us so much that we never eat it. We eat
+bread with onion, and we drink goat's-milk. On Sabbath we have fish
+only when you, Morejne, come to see us and leave us a silver coin.
+All in this street are poor--very poor, but the poorest is hajet
+Schmul, with his blind mother, thin wife and eight children."
+
+He shook his head piteously and looked into Meir's face with his dark
+eyes which expressed stupefied astonishment at his own misery. Meir,
+with his hand still on the head of the sickly child, who was
+finishing his bread, listened to the speech of the miserable fellow.
+His mouth expressed pity, but the frowning brows and drooped eyelids
+gave to his face the expression of angry reverie.
+
+"Schmul," he said, "and why are you so often out of work?"
+
+Schmul became plainly confused, and raised his hand to his head,
+disarranging his skull cap which covered his long dishevelled hair.
+
+"I will tell you," continued Meir; "they don't give you work because
+from the stuff which they give you to make dresses you cut large
+pieces and keep them."
+
+Schmul seized his skull cap in both hands.
+
+"My poor head," he groaned. "Morejne, what have you told me? Your
+mouth said a very ugly thing against me."
+
+He jumped, bent nearly to the ground, and then jumped again.
+
+"Nu, it's true, Morejne, I will open my heart to you I used to cut
+off and keep pieces of the stuff, and why did I do it? Because my
+children were naked. I clothed them with it. And when my blind mother
+was sick I sold it and bought a piece of meat for her. Morejne, your
+eye must not look angrily on me! Were I as rich as Reb Jankiel and
+Morejne Calman--had I as much money as they make from the work of our
+hands and the sweat of our brows, I would not steal!"
+
+"And for what are Reb Jankiel and Morejne Calman taking your money?"
+began Meir thoughtfully, and he wished to continue, but Schmul
+stretched himself and interrupted suddenly:
+
+"Nu, they have a right to it. They are elders over us. What they do
+is sacred. When one listens to them it is as if one listened to God
+himself."
+
+Meir smiled sadly and put his band into his pocket.
+
+Schmul followed the movement with his eyes, which were animated with
+cupidity.
+
+Meir placed on the open window a few silver coins. Schmul seized his
+hand and began to kiss it.
+
+"Morejne, you are good. You always help poor people. You pity my
+stupid child."
+
+When the enthusiasm of his gratitude had cooled a little, he
+stretched himself and began to whisper in Meir's ear.
+
+"Morejne, you are good and generous and the grandson of a very rich
+man, and I am a poor and stupid hajet, but you are as honey in my
+mouth, and I must open my heart to you. You are wrong in quarrelling
+with our great Rabbi and with the members of the kahal. Our Rabbi is
+a great Rabbi and there is no other like him in the whole world. God
+revealed to him great things. He alone understands the Kabala Mashjat
+(the highest part of the Kabala, teaching how, by a combination of
+letters and words, miracles are performed and the mysteries
+penetrated). All the birds fly after him when he calls them. He knows
+how to cure all human diseases and all human hearts open to him.
+Every breath of his mouth is holy, and when he prays then his soul
+kisses God himself. And you, Morejne, you have turned away your heart
+from him."
+
+Thus gravely spoke poor Schmul, raising in solemn gesture his black,
+needle-pricked index finger.
+
+"And the members of the kahal," continued he, "they are very pious
+men and very rich. One should respect them and listen to them also,
+and even close one's eyes if they do something wrong. They could
+accuse one before God and the people. God will be angry if he hears
+their complaint, and will punish you, and the people will say that
+you are very bold, and will turn away their faces from you."
+
+It would be difficult to guess the impression made on Meir by
+Schmul's humble and at the same time grave, warning. He continually
+kept his hand on little Lejbele's head, and looked into the beautiful
+fine-featured face of the pale, sick, idiotic and trembling child,
+where he saw the personification of that portion of Israel, which,
+devoured by misery and disease, nevertheless believed blindly and
+worshipped humbly, timidly, and everlastingly.
+
+Then he gave Schmul a slow and friendly nod, and went away. Schmul
+followed him several steps.
+
+"Morejne," he moaned, "don't be angry with me for having opened my
+heart to you. Be wise. May the learned and rich not complain of you
+to God, for the man who is under the ground is better off than he on
+whom they shall turn their angry hands."
+
+Then he returned to his hut, and did not notice that Lejbele was not
+standing at the wall of the house. When Meir departed, the pale child
+followed him. With hands still muffled in the sleeves of his ragged
+gown, and with wide opened mouth, the child of Schmul the tailor
+followed the tall, beautiful man. At the end of the street only, as a
+being afraid to go further, the poor boy said, in a hoarse, guttural
+voice:
+
+"Morejne!"
+
+Meir looked back. A friendly smile brightened his face when he saw
+the boy. The dark, dull eyes of the child were raised to his face,
+and from the gray sleeve a small, thin hand was stretched toward him.
+
+"Hala," said Lejbele.
+
+Meir looked around for a huckster's stand. Along the street stood
+several miserable barrows, by which the women, their thin bodies
+scantily clad in rags, were selling loaves of bread, hard as stone,
+and some heads of onion, as well as a black, unappetising preparation
+made of honey and poppy-seed.
+
+From Meir's white hand to the dark, thin hand of the child again
+passed a big hala. Lejbele raised it to his mouth with both hands,
+and, turning, he walked slowly and gravely down the middle of the
+street toward his home.
+
+After a while Meir reached the square of the town. It seemed to him
+that he came back to the light of day from a dark cavern. The
+sunlight flooded everything around, dried the mud, and kindled golden
+sparks in the windows of the houses. In the yard of the pious. Reb
+Jankiel, some large, new structure was being erected. The red-haired
+owner inspected the workmen personally, evidently satisfied with the
+increase of his wealth. The noise of axes and the gnashing of the
+saws filled the air, and in front of the low inn stood a couple of
+carriages belonging to passing guests. Further along the street stood
+Morejne Calman in the piazza of his house, shining in his satin
+halat. With one hand he held to his smiling mouth a cigar, and with
+the other he caressed the golden hair of a two-year-old child, who
+sat on a bench holding a loaf of bread abundantly spread with honey,
+which he had smeared all over his plump face, casting the while
+admiring glances at his magnificent father.
+
+In the court-yard of the Ezofowich mansion there was plenty of noise,
+sunlight, and gaiety. In the centre two broad-shouldered workmen were
+sawing wood for the winter, and in the soft sawdust several
+cleanly-dressed children were playing. At the well a buxom and merry
+servant girl was drawing water, joking with the workmen, and through
+the open windows of the house could be seen Raphael's and Abraham's
+grave heads--they were talking over business affairs with great
+animation--and Sarah, standing by the fireplace, and pretty Lija, who
+stood before a mirror smoothing her luxuriant tresses.
+
+When Meir entered the gate, the workmen stopped sawing, and smiled
+and nodded to him. They came from the same poor, dirty street he had
+just left, and evidently knew him very well.
+
+"Scholem Alejhem!" (peace to you) they exclaimed.
+
+"Alejhem & Scholem!" answered Meir, merrily.
+
+"Will you not help us to-day?" asked one of the workmen jokingly.
+
+"Why not?" answered Meir, approaching them.
+
+Meir was fond of physical work. He practised it very often, and his
+grandfather's workmen were accustomed to it. One of them was about to
+give him his place at the log of wood, but at that moment. Lija
+appeared in the open window. She was just finishing braiding her
+hair, and said.
+
+"Meir! Meir! where have you been so long? Zeide wishes to see you."
+
+Hardly a quarter of an hour had passed since the Rabbi's visit. Saul
+still sat with his head between his hands, lost in half angry and
+half sad musing. A few steps from him sat Freida, bathed in golden
+sunlight and sparkling with diamonds. A very complicated process was
+going on in Saul's old breast. He disliked Isaak Todros. Without
+having deeply understood the real meaning of the action and position
+of either his ancestor Michael, or his father Hersh, he knew that
+they had great influence among their "own people," and enjoyed the
+general esteem of the mighty, although 'stranger' people. Therefore
+he was proud of these reminiscences of his family, and the knowledge
+of the wrong done to these two stars of his family by ancestors of
+Isaak Todros excited toward the latter a mute and not very
+well-defined dislike. Besides this, being rich, and proud of so
+being, he resented the misery and--as he said at the bottom of his
+soul--the sluttishness of the Todros. But all this was as nothing
+compared with the respect felt for the holy, wise, and deeply-learned
+man, who was the representative of all that was holiest, wisest, and
+most learned. Saul himself read with great zeal the holy books, but
+he could not become familiar with them, because for a long time his
+brain had been occupied with quite different matters. He read them,
+but understood very little of their obscure and secret sense, and the
+less he understood the more he respected them, and the deeper was
+his humility and dread. And now that dread and humility stood
+opposed to the true, tender love for his grandson, and he struggled
+between them.
+
+"What profit can he draw from it?" thought Saul, and he met his
+grandson with angry looks.
+
+Meir entered the parlour timidly. He already knew of the Rabbi's
+visit, and he guessed at the aim of it; he was afraid of his
+grandfather's anger and grief.
+
+"Nu," said the old man, "come nearer. I am going to tell you
+beautiful things, at which you will rejoice greatly."
+
+And when Meir had come to within a couple of steps from him, Saul
+looked at him sharply from beneath his bushy eyebrows, and said:
+
+"I am going to betroth you, and in two months you must be married."
+
+Meir grew pale, but was silent.
+
+"I am going to betroth you to Jankiel Kamionker's daughter."
+
+After these words there was quite a long silence, which Meir at last
+interrupted.
+
+"Zeide," said he, in a low but determined voice, "I am not going to
+marry Kamionker's daughter."
+
+"Why?" asked Saul, smothering his anger.
+
+"Because, zeide," growing bolder and bolder, "Kamionker is a bad and
+unjust man, and I don't wish to have anything to do with him!"
+
+Then Saul's anger burst out. He reproached his grandson for the
+audacity of this judgment, and praised Rob Jankiel's piety.
+
+"Zeide," interrupted Meir, "he wrongs the poor!"
+
+"Is that any of your business?" exclaimed the grandfather.
+
+This time the young man's eyes shone warmly. "Zeide," he said, "he
+pockets a great deal of the money produced by the sweat
+and work of these miserable people who live at the other end of the
+town, and through him they are thieves. While their children are
+naked, Reb Jankiel builds new houses! In the dram-shops and
+distilleries which he rents from the nobility be carries on evil
+acts. His dram-shop keepers make the peasants drunk, and cheat them,
+and his distilleries produce more vodka than is permitted by the
+Government. Zeide, you must not look at the way he prays, but the way
+he acts, for it is written: 'I do not need prayers, nor your
+sacrifices! The one who wrongs the poor man wrongs the Creator
+Himself!'"
+
+Saul was very angry, but his grandson's quotation mollified him, for
+he very much desired to see him a scholar, and expert in the
+knowledge of the holy books.
+
+"Well," muttered he angrily, but without vehemence, "it does not
+matter that Jankiel makes the peasants drunk, and that he produces
+more vodka than the law permits. You don't know yet that business is
+business! When you are married to Reb Jankiel's daughter, and go into
+partnership with him, you will do the same."
+
+"Zeide," answered Meir quickly, "I shall neither produce nor sell
+vodka. I have no inclination for it."
+
+"And what are you going to do--"
+
+He did not finish, for Meir bent forward and seized his knees with
+his hands, and pressing his lips to them, he began to talk.
+
+"Zeide, let me go hence! Let me go into the broad world! I will
+study! I wish to study, and here my eyes wander in darkness. Two
+years ago I made the same request, but you became angry, and ordered
+me to remain. I remained, zeide, because I respect you, and your
+commands are sacred to me. But now, zeide, let me go hence! If I go
+into the world with your permission and blessing, I shall become a
+learned man. I shall come back here and take my stand against the
+great Rabbi, and I shall know how to show him that he is a small man.
+Now--"
+
+Saul did not permit him to speak further.
+
+"Sha-a-a!" he exclaimed.
+
+He was seized with fear at the mere mention of a strife between his
+grandson and the great Rabbi.
+
+But Meir drew himself up, and with fire in his face and tears on his
+eyelashes, he spoke again:
+
+"Zeide, remember the history of Rabbi Eliezer. When he was young his
+father did not let him go into the world. He ploughed the field, and
+looked into the dark forest which hid him from the world, and
+curiosity and longing ate into his heart as now they are eating into
+mine. He could not stand that yearning, and he escaped. He went to
+Jerusalem, to a great, world-famed scholar, and said to him: 'Let me
+be your pupil, and you shall be my master!' And it was as he said.
+And when, several years after, his father Hyrkanos came to Jerusalem,
+he saw there on the square a beautiful youth, who talked with the
+people, and the people listened to him, and their souls melted like
+wax before the great sweetness of his words, and all heads bent low
+before the youth and shouted: 'Behold our master!' Hyrkanos wondered
+much at the wise words of the man who stood on the heights, and at
+the great love which all the people bore him. And he asked of the man
+who stood beside him: 'What is the name of the youth who stands on
+the heights, and where does his father live? for I wish to bow before
+him, whose entrails have brought into the world such a son.' And the
+man whom he questioned made answer: 'That youth's name is Eliezer, a
+star over Israel's head, and his father's name is Hyrkanos.' When
+Hyrkanos heard this he shouted with a great voice, rushed toward the
+youth, and opened his arms. And then there was ecstatic joy in the
+hearts of both father and son, and the whole nation bowed before
+Hyrkanos, because his entrails brought into the world such a son."
+
+Saul listened attentively to the story, half gloomy and half joyful.
+He cherished the traditions of his nation, and was delighted to
+listen to them, especially when they were spoken by the mouth of his
+much-loved grandson. He did not hesitate, however, in his answer. He
+half closed his eyes and began:
+
+"If in Jerusalem there was to-day teaching such a famous learned man
+of Israel, I would send you to him at once, but the avenging hand of
+the Lord is laid on Jerusalem--she is no longer ours. When the day of
+the great Messiah shall come, she will again be ours. It is pleasant
+and sweet for a son of Israel to die there, but there is no one there
+to teach him. And I shall not send you into a foreign world to learn
+strange sciences. They are useless to an Israelite. From Edomit you
+have already learned as much as it is necessary for you to transact
+business in the foreign world, and even for that the great Rabbi has
+reproached me. And his reproaches are a shame and a sorrow, for,
+although the Rabbi is a wise man, my soul suffers when he comes to my
+house to scold me like the melamed scolds the little children in the
+heder."
+
+Speaking thus, the old man became morose, and looked gloomily on the
+ground. Meir stood before him as though petrified, but in his eyes,
+looking into space, there was reflected a bottomless precipice of sad
+and rebellious sentiments.
+
+"Zeide," he said finally, half in prayer and half abruptly, "then
+permit me to be an artisan. I will live in the same street with the
+poor. I will work with them and guard their souls from sin, And when
+they ask me something I will always answer them 'Yes' or 'No' When
+they lack bread I will divide with them all the bread I have in my
+house!"
+
+Again his face burned and the tears shone on his eyelids. But Saul
+looked at him in the intensest amazement, and after a while he said:
+
+"When you are two or three years older you will see how stupid you
+are in telling me such things. There has been no artisan in the
+Ezofowich family and, please God, there never shall be. We are
+merchants, from father to son; we have enough money, and each
+generation brings more. You shall be a merchant also, because every
+Ezofowich must be one."
+
+The last words he spoke in an imperative voice, but after a while he
+continued a little more softly:
+
+"I want to show you my favour. If you do not wish to marry Reb
+Jankiel's daughter, I will permit you not to marry her. But I shall
+betroth you to the daughter of Eli Witebski, the great merchant. You
+are longing for learning--flu! I am going to give you a very well
+educated wife. Her parents keep her in a boarding school at Wilno;
+she speaks French and plays the piano. Nu! if you are so difficult to
+please, that girl ought to suit you. She is sixteen years old. Her
+father will give her a big dowry, and immediately after the wedding
+will make you his partner."
+
+From the expression of Meir's face it could be seen that his blood
+was boiling.
+
+"I don't know Witebski's daughter. I never saw her," said he
+gloomily.
+
+"Why do you need to know her?" exclaimed Saul; "I give her to you! In
+a month she will be back from Wilno and in two months you will be
+married! That is what I am telling you, and you, be silent and obey my
+commands. Up to the present I have given you too much liberty, but
+from now on it will be different. Isaak Todros told me to set my foot
+on your neck."
+
+A flush appeared on Meir's pale face and his eyes flashed.
+
+"Rabbi Isaak may put his feet on the necks of those who, like dogs,
+lick his feet!" he exclaimed. "I am an Israelite, as he is. I am no
+one's slave, I."
+
+The words died on his quivering lips, for old Saul stood before him,
+drawn up to his full height, powerful, inflamed with anger, and
+raised his hand to strike him. But at that moment between the old
+man's thin hand and the burning face of the younger man, appeared a
+small hand, dried, wrinkled, trembling with old age, separating them.
+It was the hand of Freida, who was present during the whole
+conversation between the grandfather and grandson, and had seemed to
+doze in the sun and not hear anything. But when the room resounded
+with Meir's passionate exclamation, and Saul had risen, angry and
+threatening, she rose also, and silently advanced a few steps, until
+with her poor old hand she shielded her great-grandson. Saul's hand
+dropped. Having exclaimed to Meir in an already softened voice,
+"Weg!" (Get out) he fell into a chair, panting deeply.
+
+The great-grandmother again sat down by the window in the sunlight.
+Meir left the room.
+
+He went out with bent head and a gloomy expression on his face. At
+that moment he felt all the impotency of youth against age,
+influence, and authority. He felt that the fetters of the
+patriarchial organisation of his family were growing heavy on him.
+And the mere thought of that small, thin, trembling woman's hand,
+which had shielded him from a rough act of force, caused a touching
+smile of tenderness to appear on his lips. It was also a smile of
+hope.
+
+"If I could only get that writing," he said to himself, passing his
+hand over his forehead.
+
+He was thinking of the writing of Michael the Senior, of which the
+old great-grandmother alone knew the whereabouts. He thought also
+that if he could only find it he would know what to say and how to
+act.
+
+In the meantime Saul sat for a long time, breathing heavily from
+weariness, and sighing from grief. He looked several times at his
+mother and smiled. The intervention of this silent, continually
+dozing, hundred-year-old-woman for her great-grandson, seemed strange
+to him, and perhaps in the bottom of his heart he was grateful to her
+for not permitting him to wrong his orphan grandson in a moment of
+anger.
+
+After a while he called: "Raphael."
+
+The call was answered by a dignified dark-eyed man, already growing
+gray--his oldest son. After Saul he was the oldest of the family. He
+himself had grown-up grandchildren and was doing a very large
+business. On hearing his father call him he left his office and came
+to him immediately.
+
+"Do you know if Eli Witebski is home?" asked Saul.
+
+"Yes, he returned home yesterday," answered his son.
+
+"Someone must go there at once and tell him that I wish to see him,
+and talk with him about an important matter."
+
+"I will go myself," said Raphael; "I know about what you are going to
+talk with Witebski. You have an excellent idea, and it must be
+executed immediately. Meir may go astray if he is not married soon."
+
+Saul's eyes searched his son's face inquiringly. "Raphael, do you
+think he will change when he is married?"
+
+Raphael nodded his head affirmatively.
+
+"Father," said he, "remember Ber. He was on the same road which Meir
+is travelling, but then he married Sarah, and you, father, took him
+into partnership and when the children began to come, one after
+another, all these stupid ideas left his head."
+
+"Go! Call Witebski to me," concluded Saul.
+
+Raphael left the room, and was soon walking in the direction of the
+house which stood at the corner of the two largest streets. On the
+piazza sat a plump woman in a silk gown, and a mantilla buckled with
+a gold brooch. On her ears were long earrings, and a carefully-combed
+wig was on her head. She was about forty, and looked fresh and
+healthy. Her mouth wore a smile of satisfaction and pride, and in her
+hands she held some fancy embroidery. When Raphael ascended the
+stairs she rose, and with the most exquisite bow ever made in Szybow,
+she extended her hand in welcome to the guest. Except Pani (Mrs.)
+Hannah Witebska, there was not another woman in Szybow who shook
+hands with a man. The English hand-shake, popular in the whole
+civilised world, evidently did not meet with the approval of the
+dignified Raphael, for he touched the plump Pani Hannah's hand a
+little reluctantly, and after a short greeting he asked for her
+husband.
+
+"He is home," answered the woman, smiling continually, with
+chronic satisfaction and equally chronic pride; "he came back
+yesterday, and is now taking a rest."
+
+"I came to talk with him," said Raphael
+
+"Come in! come in!" exclaimed the woman, opening with hasty
+amiability the door leading into the house. "My husband will be much
+pleased to receive such a guest."
+
+Raphael answered Pani Hannah's fashionable civilities by a swift nod
+of the head, and entered the house. Pani Hannah again sat down on the
+bench, and half closed her eyes disdainfully, whispering to herself:
+
+"Nu! what people there are in this Szybow! They don't want to talk
+with women. They are like wild bears."
+
+She sighed, moved her head several times, and added:
+
+"Am I accustomed to such people? In our city of Wilno the people are
+civil and educated, not savages as here. Pfe!"
+
+She sighed once more, continued her work mechanically, looking on the
+town and swarming people with the same smile of satisfaction and
+pride. Soon two men appeared in the door of the house. They were in
+conversation, and passed swiftly by the piazza and without looking at
+Pani Hannah they went in the direction of the Ezofowich house. Eli
+Witebski, walking with Raphael across the square, did not at all
+resemble his companion. Although a merchant, he represented quite a
+different type of the Hebrew trader. He was evidently fashionable and
+a dandy. His coat, although not entirely short, was a great deal
+shorter than the halat which Raphael wore, and it was cut quite
+differently. Across his silk waistcoat shone a thick gold chain, and
+he wore a big diamond ring on his finger. His face was serene, his
+eyes keen and penetrating. He had a small, yellowish beard to which
+he often raised his diamond-ornamented hand by a slow and deliberate
+movement.
+
+He walked beside Raphael rapidly and with evident pleasure. At any
+rate, there was not a merchant in all Szybow who would not make equal
+haste if he were called by Saul Ezofowich. For ten years Saul had
+retired from business, and, except to go to the synagogue, he never
+left his house. But everyone who wished to draw from the treasures of
+his great experience and equal keenness in business transactions came
+to see him. Saul never refused advice, and even help, as far as he
+was able to give it, without wronging his children And when he wished
+to speak to some dignitary of the community, he called them to him
+through his sons or grandsons and they hastened to him willingly.
+Therefore, on being called by the old patriarch, Eli Witebski
+hastened naturally. Smiling and radiant he entered the parlour, and
+greeted the host:
+
+"Scholem Alejhem!" (Peace to you). He did not greet anyone outside of
+Szybow in such an old-fashioned way. On the contrary, he could say
+very correctly, Gut morgen (Good morning), but his unshaken rule was
+to accommodate himself to those with whom he had to deal.
+
+Raphael wished to leave them, but Saul signed him to remain. They
+carefully closed all the doors, and spoke together for quite a while.
+But no matter how low they spoke, the frolicsome Lija, Raphael's
+daughter, put her little nose to the closed door, and her dark eye to
+the keyhole, and often heard repeated the names of Meir and Mera,
+Witebski's daughter first, and then her own name and that of a
+certain Leopold, Pani Hannah's cousin. She sprang from the door
+covered with blushes, half-confused, and half-seized with a secret
+joy, and then she constantly looked through the window to see as soon
+as possible when her cousin returned.
+
+The sun had begun to set when Witebski left the Ezofowich's house,
+beaming, smiling, and evidently very much pleased with the
+transaction, or, perhaps, two transactions closed at the same time.
+
+Almost at the same moment Meir returned home. Lija rushed to meet
+him, and, in the gate of the court-yard, placing her arm about his
+neck, she whispered in his ear:
+
+"Do you know, Meir, a great thing has happened to-day in our house.
+Our zeide and my father spoke a long time with Eli Witebski, and they
+came to an agreement about us. Witebski has promised his daughter to
+you, and my father has promised me to Paul Hannah's nephew, who is
+very well educated."
+
+She whispered all this, blushing, and too confused to dare to raise
+her eyes to her cousin's face. At once she felt that, by a sudden
+movement, he slipped from her embrace, and, when she raised her eyes,
+she saw Meir again leaving the gate of the house.
+
+"Meir!" exclaimed the girl, in surprise, "where are you going? Are
+you not going to have supper with us?"
+
+The departing young man did not answer the girl's voice calling him
+to the family table. A deep wrinkle angrily cut his forehead. Now he
+understood the nothingness of his exclamation in the presence of his
+grandfather: "I am no one's slave!" They disposed, without the
+slightest regard for his will, of his future, of his family, and he
+knew that the commands of the elders must be obeyed.
+
+No! He shuddered to think that it must be so. Why? He did not know
+the young girl Mera, who, somewhere in the world, was studying the
+same things which he himself desired so much. But, walking through
+the town and the empty fields separating it from the Karaim's Hill,
+walking slowly, with hands behind him, and bent head, he thought
+obstinately, almost mechanically, and incessantly, "I am no one's
+slave!" Pride and the desire for freedom boiled in his heart, aroused
+by some unknown source, probably those secret breaths of nature sown
+in the fields by noble and strong spirits thirsting for liberty,
+righteousness, and knowledge.
+
+At the foot of the Karaim's Hill, in the hut which clung closely to
+its sandy side, there burned a small, yellow light. Over it, through
+the forked branches of the willow tree, shone many small stars, and
+further on, over the great fields, lay the gray shadows of the dusk.
+
+In the interior of the hut, against the low wall, was seated an old
+man, working with the flexible willow branches. His figure was gray
+in the dusk of the hut, and the features of the bent face could not
+be seen. The tall, straight figure of a girl, with a thin face, sat
+in a wooden chair near the flame of the candle. In one dropped hand
+a spindle was softly twirling, and over her head was a board with a
+big bunch of wool fastened to it. From the wall, where the old man
+sat, came a hoarse, trembling voice:
+
+"In the midst of the desert, so large that one could not see its end,
+rose two mountains so high that their summits were hidden in the
+clouds. The names of these mountains were Horeb and Sinai."
+
+The voice became silent, and the girl, who listened gravely while she
+spun, said:
+
+"Zeide, speak further."
+
+But at that moment a manly voice was heard at the open window.
+
+"Golda!"
+
+The spinner was neither frightened nor surprised at this sudden
+pronunciation of her name by a strange voice. It might almost be said
+that at any moment she expected to hear that voice, so gravely, and
+with so little emotion did she rise and go to the window. Only her
+eyes shone warmly under: the dark lashes, and her voice was
+inexpressibly sweet when, standing at the lattice, she said softly:
+
+"Meir! I knew that you would keep your promise and come."
+
+"Golda," said the muffled voice from behind the window, "I came to
+see you because to-day there is a great darkness before my eyes, and
+I wished to look at you, that the world might become brighter to me."
+
+"And why is it so dark to-day before your eyes?" asked the girl.
+
+"A great sorrow has befallen me. Rabbi Todros has accused me of
+wrongdoing before my zeide, and my zeide wishes to marry me."
+
+He became silent and dropped his eyes. The girl did not move. Not the
+slightest movement of her face or figure betrayed emotion--only her
+swarthy and sun-burned face grew white.
+
+"To whom does your zeide wish to marry you?" she asked, and her voice
+had a gloomy sound.
+
+"To Mera, the daughter of the merchant Witebski."
+
+She shook her head.
+
+"I don't know her."
+
+Then she asked suddenly:
+
+"Meir, are you going to marry her?"
+
+The young man did not answer. Golda, however, did not ask him again.
+Her swarthy forehead was bathed in a blush and an expression of great
+bliss filled her eyes, for Meir's sweet, deep and at the same time
+fiery look, rested on her face.
+
+Both were silent, and amidst the tranquillity, interrupted only by
+the rustling of the branches overhanging the roof, there was heard
+again the hoarse and trembling voice of the old man sitting by the
+wall.
+
+"When Moses descended Mount Sinai, the thunders were silenced, the
+lightning was quenched, the wind lay down, and all Israel rose as one
+man and exclaimed with a great voice: 'Moses, repeat to us the words
+of the Eternal!'"
+
+Meir listened attentively to the old voice relating the history of
+Israel. Golda looked at her grandfather.
+
+"He always tells the different stories," she said. "I spin or lie at
+his feet and listen."
+
+"Meir," she added, with gravity in her look and her voice, "enter our
+house and greet my grandfather."
+
+In a few moments the door of the small hall creaked. Old Abel raised
+his head from the willow branches, which his trembling but active
+hand continually plaited, and seeing in the dark, the handsome figure
+of the young man, he said:
+
+"Who is there?"
+
+"Zeide," said Golda, "Meir Ezofowich, son of the rich Saul, has come
+to our house to greet you."
+
+At the sound of that name pronounced by Golda, he shrunk against the
+wall, suddenly raised himself and leaning with both hands on the
+straw sheaf on which he sat, he stretched forward his yellow neck,
+swathed in rags. This brought near the flame a head covered with
+long, abundant white hair, and a small shrivelled face which was
+almost hidden by an enormous beard. Golda spoke the truth when she
+stated that her grandfather's hair had become white as snow from old
+age, and coral-like red were his eyes from weeping. Now, from beneath
+these swollen eyelids, the quenched pupils looked with an amazement
+of fear at first, and then with a sudden lighting of indignation or
+hatred.
+
+"Ezofowich!" he exclaimed in a voice which was neither so hoarse nor
+so trembling as before, "why have you come here and passed the
+threshold of my house? You are a Rabbinit--foe--persecutor. Your
+great-grandfather cast an anathema at my ancestors and turned their
+temple into dust. Go from here. My old eyes shall not be poisoned by
+looking at you."
+
+While speaking the last words he stretched his trembling hand toward
+the door through which the young man had entered.
+
+But Meir stepped forward slowly, and bending his head before the
+angry old man said:
+
+"Peace to you!"
+
+Under the influence of those sweet words, pronounced with sonority
+and expressing a prayer for a blessing and concord, the old man
+became silent, fell back on his seat, and only after a long while did
+he begin to speak in a plaintive, pitiful voice:
+
+"Why did you come here? You are a Rabbinit, and the great-grandson of
+the powerful Senior. Your people will curse you if they see you pass
+my threshold, for I am the last Karaite who remained here to watch
+the ruins of our temple and the ashes of our ancestors. I am a
+beggar! I am cursed by your people! I am the last of the Karaites!"
+
+Meir listened to the old man's words in respectful silence.
+
+"Reb," said he after a while, "I bend my head low before you because
+it is necessary that justice be done in the world, and that the
+great-grandson of the one who cursed should bow before the
+great-grandson of the accursed."
+
+Abel Karait listened attentively to these words. Then he was silent
+for a while, as though he was pondering in his tired mind, over the
+meaning of them. Finally he understood them entirely, and whispered:
+
+"Peace be to you!"
+
+Golda stood with her arms crossed on her bosom, looking on Meir as
+pious people look on a holy image. Having heard the words of peace
+from her grandfather's lips, she pushed toward Meir one of two
+chairs, took as mall, shining pitcher and went into the hall.
+
+Meir sat near the old man who was again busy with his work and
+whispered something. After a while this whispering became louder
+until it changed into a hoarse and trembling narrative. It seemed
+that was his habit. He had plenty of stories in his head and heart,
+and with them he brightened his miserable life.
+
+Meir could not hear the first whispers, and only understood their
+meaning when the old man began to speak louder:
+
+"On the shores of Babylon they sat weeping, and the wind moaned in
+their lutes, brought by them from their country, and in sadness they
+hung them on the trees."
+
+"And their masters came to them, and said: 'Take to your hands your
+harps; play, and sing!' And they answered: 'How can we play and sing
+in the land of exile, when our tongues are dried with great
+bitterness and our hearts only know how to cry! Palestine!
+Palestine!' But unto them their masters said: 'Take from the trees
+your harps. Play and sing!'"
+
+"Then Israel's prophets looked at one another and said: 'Who of us is
+sure? Who will stand torture that we may not be made to play and sing
+in the land of exile!'"
+
+"And when their masters came to them the next day and said: 'Take
+from the trees your harps; play and sing!' the prophets of Israel
+raised their bloody hands and exclaimed: 'How can we take them, when
+our hands are cut in two, and we have no fingers!'"
+
+"The rivers of Babylon rustled aloud with great amazement and the
+wind cried in the harps hanging on the trees, because the prophets of
+Israel had cut their hands in two rather than be forced to sing in
+the land of exile."
+
+When Abel finished the last words of the old legend, Golda entered
+the room. In one hand she held a tray made of straw, on which there
+were two earthen cups. In the other hand she held a shining pitcher
+filled with milk. In the door, which remained open behind her,
+appeared the goat, whose whiteness stood out against the blackness of
+the hall. The girl was dressed in a faded skirt, and her long black
+tresses were thrown over the shoulders of the gray shirt which she
+wore. She poured the milk into the cups and handed it to the guest
+and her grandfather. She walked into the room quietly and lightly,
+with a smile on her lips. Then she sat down and began to spin. The
+room was in complete silence, and old Abel began to whisper some old
+story. But soon his mouth closed, his hands dropped on the sheaf of
+willow branches and his head rested motionlessly against the wall.
+The goat disappeared from the threshold and for a while could be
+heard her tramping in the little hall. Then everything became quiet.
+The young people remained alone in the presence of the slumbering old
+man and the stars which looked in through the low window, The girl
+was spinning, gazing into the face of the young man who sat opposite
+to her. He, with dropped, eyelids was thinking.
+
+"Golda," said he, after a long while, "the prophets of Israel, who
+cut their hands in two rather than be forced to play and be the
+slaves of their masters, were great men."
+
+"They did not wish to act against their hearts," answered the girl
+gravely.
+
+They were silent again. The spindle still turned in Golda's hand, but
+less and less swiftly and more quietly. Gusts of wind blew through
+the chinks in the wall and caused the yellow flame of the candle to
+flicker.
+
+"Golda," said Meir, "is it not frightful for you in this solitary
+cabin, when the long fall and winter drop black darkness over the
+earth, and great winds enter through the walls and moan about the
+house?"
+
+"No," answered the girl, "it is not frightful for me, because the
+Eternal watches the poor huts standing in the darkness, and when the
+winds enter here and moan, I listen to the stories zeide tells me,
+and I do not hear their moaning."
+
+Meir gazed pityingly into the face of the grave child. Golda looked
+at him with motionless eyes, which shone like black, fiery stars.
+
+"Golda," said Meir again, "do you remember the story of Rabbi Akiba?"
+
+"I shall never forget it to the end of my life," she answered.
+
+"Golda, could you wait fourteen years, like the beautiful Rachel?"
+
+"I could wait until the end of my life."
+
+She said this quietly and gravely, but the spindle slipped from her
+hand and dropped.
+
+"Meir," said she, so softly that the whispering of the wind almost
+deafened her words, "you must promise me one thing. When you have a
+sorrow in your heart, then come to our house. Let me know your every
+grief, let zeide console you with his beautiful stories."
+
+"Golda," said Meir, in a strong voice, "I would rather cut my hand in
+two, as did the prophets of Israel, than act against my heart."
+
+Having said this he rose and nodded to the girl.
+
+"Peace to you!" he said.
+
+"Peace to you," she answered softly, nodding to him slowly.
+
+He went out, and after a while the girl rose, blew out the yellow
+flame of the burned-out candle, and having wrapped herself in some
+gray cloth, she lay down on the straw beside the sleeping old man.
+She lay down, but for a long time she watched the shining stars.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+Eli Witebski possessed in his mind and character many
+diplomatic qualities. He was neither born nor brought up in Szybow,
+as were without exception all the inhabitants of the town; but three
+years ago had settled there on account of business matters as well as
+for various family reasons. Among the population who lived there for
+generations he was therefore almost a stranger, and in addition to
+that, having spent his whole life in a large city, he brought with
+him many new customs which astonished and shocked the ultra-conservative
+inhabitants of this lost corner of the world. Among these differences were
+the different cut and material of his clothing, the wearing of the
+diamond ring, the rejection of the skull cap on his head, the short
+clipping of his beard, and the absolute lack in his house of Talmudistic
+and Kabalistic books, and, principally, the possession of such a wife
+as Pani Hannah, of a daughter who was studying somewhere in a
+boarding school, and besides this daughter Mera, only two more
+children. These innovations, never seen nor heard of before, should
+have been the cause of drawing on the elegant merchant a general
+dislike of the population of Szybow. But they did not. It is true that
+at first so-and-so whispered to so-and-so that he was a misnagdim,
+progressive and indifferent in matters of religion. But these suspicious
+notions soon disappeared, stopped chiefly by Eli's extraordinary
+affability, amiability, and the power of adapting himself to any
+and all circumstances. Always good-natured smiling, and serene,
+he never argued with anybody, stood out of the way for everybody,
+affirmed nothing, avoided quarrels in order not to be obliged to
+take sides with the participants and thus offend the other, and
+when he could not avoid so doing, spoke so sweetly and convincingly
+that the antagonists, enraptured with his eloquence, became
+reconciled, bearing in their hearts gratitude and admiration for him,
+and speaking of him with enthusiasm. Ein kluger Mensch! As to rites
+and religious rules, Witebski proved to be perfectly orthodox. He
+observed the Sabbath, and kept kosher house with the minutest
+punctuality. Every time he met the great Rabbi he bowed very low,
+and he as no other before could make bright the eyes of the learned
+man, by telling him merry stories--taken no one knew whence, and
+he always told them in such a way that they possessed something
+of a mystic and patriotic character, and pleased even the most
+severely religious listeners. He did not spend much time at home,
+but continually travelled for business purposes, but every time
+he was seen in Szybow he was seen in the Bet-ha-Midrash, listening
+with due respect to the learned preaching of Rabbi Todros, or smiling
+when numbers of old and young scholars of the community passionately
+discussed Pilpul, or spoke of different commentaries, or commentaries
+on commentaries, with which twenty-five hundred printed sheets of
+Helaha, Hagada and Gemara were filled. He was also always to be seen
+in the synagogue, whenever there was occasion for a general
+attendance, and although he could not be counted among the most
+zealously praying ones, nor the most vehemently swaying ones, his
+attitude and the expression of his face were perfectly decent.
+
+But it must not be thought that Witebski was a hypocrite; not at
+all--he was sincerely fond of peace and good understanding, and did
+not wish them disturbed for himself nor for others. He was successful
+in life; he felt happy and satisfied, and consequently he loved
+everybody, and it was a matter of absolute indifference to him
+whether the man with whom he had to deal was a Talmudist, a Kabalist,
+Hassyd, orthodox, heretic, or even Edomit, provided he was not
+obnoxious to him. He learned of the Edomits for the first time in his
+life when he came to Szybow, for in the circle in which he lived
+Christians were called gojem and that only seldom, and under the
+influence of exceptional sentiments of anger or offence. But when he
+came to Szybow and learned of the Edomits, he thought, "Let them be
+Edomits!" and from that time he spoke of Christians by that name when
+in conversation with the inhabitants of Szybow. But in the use of
+that name he felt not the slightest hatred nor even dislike. Until
+now the Edomits had done him no wrong--then why should he dislike
+them? Outside of Szybow he was friendly with them--he was even very
+fond of them--but in Szybow he did as everyone else did. He had
+received his religious education when he was young, but he afterward
+forgot everything amidst entirely secular occupations and cares. He
+believed in Jehovah and worshipped him profoundly; he knew the
+history of Moses and also something about the Babylonian captivity
+and the later history of the Jewish people, but he did not know much
+of the deeper meaning of these things. In the main be did not care
+what Tanait or some Rabbi said or commanded. But he did not
+contradict anything either by word or deed--not even by thought. He
+did everything that was commanded, thinking to himself: "There is no
+harm in it. Maybe it's only a human invention, but again it may be
+God's command--why should I anger Him against me." Thus, acting
+diplomatically with the people and with God, he was not afraid of
+anything, and he was happy. He would have been completely happy if he
+had not brought with him to Szybow that greatest and, for the
+inhabitants of Szybow, most astonishing novelty, his wife Hannah. In
+the same degree that it was his object while living in the small town
+to act as did everyone else there, it was the greatest desire of Pani
+Hannah to act differently from everyone else. When they had lived in
+a large city there was celestial harmony between them based on mutual
+attachment and similarity of taste. Here, however, Pani Hannah became
+to her husband the cause of perpetual embarrassment and occasional
+fear.
+
+Pani Hannah was in love with civilisation, which for her assumed the
+form of beautiful dresses, her own hair on her head, elegantly
+furnished rooms, polite relations with her fellow-men, the French
+language and music. Music was her craze. When they dwelt in a large
+city she went to the public gardens to listen to it, where, walking
+with her friends, clad in a rustling silk gown and plumed bat, gazing
+at handsome men and chatting with amiable women, she felt perfectly
+happy, and still more proud of her social position. Certain products of
+civilisation especially caused her rapture. Once, perceiving in a public
+garden a fountain, she admired it for a couple of hours with inexpressible
+delight, and on returning to her city, which did not possess a fountain,
+she talked to her friends during the whole year of that beautiful
+phenomenon. She was also very fond of mirrors, and when she found
+herself opposite a large mirror she could not tear her eyes away from it,
+and especially from the reflected image of herself, which she found
+very handsome, with her big golden earrings, a hat with flowers on it,
+and a charming gown. As for religion, she knew still less about it than
+her husband. She believed in God, and at the bottom of her heart she
+was even very much afraid of Him, and she believed also in the devil,
+fearing him even more than God. She also believed that a person who
+did not see his shadow on a holiday night would die within a year, and
+even that a person who moved a candle on the Sabbath table would
+meet with a great misfortune. On the other hand, however, she did not
+believe many similar things--calling them superstitions. Being a good
+housekeeper, she acknowledged in the depths of her soul that it would
+be better if the Jews ate the same meat as the Christians, both because
+it would be a great deal cheaper, and because there would not be the
+need in the household of having so many kitchen dishes, which every
+orthodox household must have in order to keep the food properly
+kosher. As for the woven stuffs containing a mixture of wool and flax,
+Pani Hannah closed her eyes and ears to all interdictions, and used
+them without hesitation, because they were pretty and cheap. When
+she came to Szybow she was perfectly horrified. There was not one
+sign of civilisation--no public garden no music, no fountain, not even
+the shadow of beautiful women and handsome men chatting amiably,
+no echo of the French language. Good Heavens! Pani Hannah betook
+herself to bed, and buried herself in feather bolsters for two whole
+days and nights, lamenting and screaming that she could not stand it,
+that she would die and make orphans of her children. She did not die,
+however. She left the bed, because it was necessary to unpack things,
+to look after the household and dress the children prettily so that when
+they went into the streets they should astonish by their beauty and fine
+clothes that--as Pani Hannah expressed it, with a gesture of
+contempt--"rabble." The children were dressed, went out, and in truth
+they did astonish everyone. It was the first consolation which the
+unhappy exile from civilisation received in her place of banishment.
+Then came other similar consolations. Pani Hannah tried to amaze in
+everything she was able--dresses, furniture, manners, speech--and in
+doing so, she felt extremely happy. In the main, perhaps she was
+happier than in a large city. There she only looked on civilisation
+and its products and was proud of being one particle of it. Here she
+was civilisation itself--the whole sum of the civilisation existing
+in Szybow.
+
+This love for amazing the people which, after the care of the
+children and the household, was the first occupation of Pani Hannah's
+mind, and the source of her greatest happiness caused her husband
+considerable uneasiness and fear. In the beginning he had heard some
+murmurs that he was a misnagdim be learned that the popular
+indignation had been aroused against his wife for wearing woven stuff
+of mixed flax and wool, and for using a samovar on Sabbath, and for
+saying that; "Szybow was not on the earth, but under it." When he
+learned of all these things he quaked with fear, and began to war
+with his better-half about the stuff of flax and wool, about the use
+of the samovar on the Sabbath, and about the situation of Szybow. His
+better-half fought for a long time, but the diplomatic husband was
+finally victorious regarding the samovar and the stuff. But he could
+do nothing regarding the situation of Szybow, because Pani Hannah
+could not but respect the place where she herself lived, in spite of
+all efforts of her will. Even if she was silent, her disdainfully
+half-closed eyes, her proudly smiling mouth, always elaborate dress,
+and her manners full of such exquisite courtesy, made it impossible
+to find anyone in the whole world more civil than she was, all that
+was protesting. In the main, Pani Hannah was perfectly happy with her
+meek, though at times decided husband, with pretty, always
+beautifully dressed children, and with the sentiment always in her
+soul that she was superior to everything surrounding her. She had
+only one great sorrow, and that; was the thought that she would never
+be able to amaze the inhabitants of Szybow by wearing her own hair;
+in the first place, because it was too late to make it grow now, and
+then Eli would never permit such a public scandal. Therefore she was
+obliged to wear a very pretty wig on her sorrowful head, and she
+consoled herself with the thought that the occasion of her daughter
+Mera's return from Wilno would be her greatest triumph. Eli was very
+uneasy about this, for he feared that he would be accused of being
+quite different from all the fathers in Szybow. As for Pani Hannah,
+she was beside herself with joy at the thought that she would be
+considered a quite different mother from all the other mothers in
+Szybow.
+
+Finally it was accomplished. In a month after Eli's conversation with
+Saul there were assembled in Witebski's parlour five persons--two men
+and three women. And it was not a common parlour! it was ornamented
+with a sofa, having springs and upholstered in green rep--the only
+sofa of its kind in Szybow--several armchairs to match it, and a
+piano. It is true, it was not very new. In several places the varnish
+had been rubbed off, and the narrowness of the keys and the
+yellowness of the ivory betrayed its great antiquity. In fact, it was
+the only piano in the whole of Szybow. When a year ago it had been
+bought for the exclusive use of Mera, it caused a small revolution in
+the town and Pani Hannah's heart filled with joy and great pride.
+This parlour was also not lacking in lace curtains and several
+jardinieres in which grew several--to tell the truth--very ugly and
+badly kept cacti and geraniums. But it happened that a year ago one
+of the cacti had by some accident bloomed. Pani Hannah immediately
+placed it in the window looking on the street, and all the children
+in town came to her house to look at the red flower.
+
+So, then, on the green sofa with springs, sat Pani Hannah and her
+sister, the wife of a merchant in Wilno, in whose house Mera had
+boarded during her three years of study at the college. She escorted
+her niece home personally, bringing with her, in the meanwhile, her
+son Leopold. Her figure was imposingly like Pani Hannah's. She wore a
+velvet mantilla, much gold jewellery and her own hair. On either side
+of the table which stood opposite the sofa, sat the host and Pani
+Hannah's young nephew Leopold. Mera, a pretty girl, with yellow hair
+and pale complexion, was hovering about the piano, wishing to touch
+the keys as soon as possible, and fill the whole house with merry
+music, but not daring to because it was Sabbath.
+
+Mera knew that it was forbidden to play any musical instrument on
+Sabbath, but she would not have minded such prohibition had it not
+been for the glance of her father which followed her and warned her
+against committing a sin. Neither was it allowed to smoke on the
+Sabbath, but Leopold, a good-looking, slender youth of about twenty
+years, sat in the armchair in a very careless position smoking a
+cigarette, from which thin threads of smoke arose and floated through
+the open window; Eli rose and shut the window. On Leopold's lips a
+disdainful smile appeared, Mera shrugged her shoulders, and Pani
+Hannah blushed with shame.
+
+On a table, on a silver tray, were different dainties prepared from
+honey--gingerbread, made with honey and poppy-seeds, sweet wine, and
+various other things. Pani Hannah served her guests with these
+tit-bits, which completed the dinner, composed of fish cooked the day
+before, and a cake also baked the day before. But her sister, the
+wife of the merchant from Wilno, was busy with something quite
+different from eating sweetmeats. With great admiration she was
+looking at the beautiful and precious brooches, rings, bracelets, and
+earrings, shining in their satin boxes. All these jewels were
+presents of betrothal sent by Saul, in Meir's name, to Mera,
+immediately following her home-coming. For two days the mother and
+aunt of the betrothed girl had been looking at them, and they were
+not yet satisfied. But Leopold's mother was sorry that her son had
+brought to Lija, his promised wife, presents which were a great deal
+more modest than those received by Mera from Meir.
+
+"Nu! She is a lucky girl!" she said, tossing her head. "God-gives her
+true happiness. Such presents! Such nice people. But why does he not
+come here?" she asked her sister.
+
+"Iii!" exclaimed Pani Hannah, with a disdainful smile, "they are
+common people. It is not customary that the bridegroom should visit
+his fiancee!"
+
+"He is young," said Eli, "he is bashful." At that moment Mera sat
+down by the table, and leaning her head on her hand became sadly
+thoughtful. Leopold, on the contrary, laughed loudly.
+
+"To be sure, I will not send my presents of betrothal before I have
+seen the girl," he said.
+
+"Nu, you shall see her," said his mother. "We are all going to pay
+them a visit."
+
+"What kind of a girl is she?" asked Pani Hannah's sister.
+
+"Iii!" answered Pani Hannah, as before, "she is a common girl."
+
+"Her father, Raphael, gives her fifteen thousand roubles as dowry,"
+said Eli.
+
+Leopold frowned.
+
+"That's not much," he said. "I cannot live on fifteen thousand."
+
+"You will start some business," remarked the merchant.
+
+But the mother of the good looking boy turned angrily to her
+brother-in-law.
+
+"Business!" she exclaimed, "he is not brought up for business! Did we
+give him a fine education for business? He was through five classes
+in the gymnasium (college) and he is now an official. It is true that
+he has as yet only a small salary, but who knows what may happen! He
+may be appointed to a governorship! Who can tell?"
+
+Leopold raised his eyebrows significantly, indicating that he was
+satisfied at having been born for such honours and that he did not
+object to the likelihood of receiving a governorship.
+
+Eli nodded and said nothing. "It does not matter," he thought, "that
+they talk nonsense. Let them talk!" At that moment pretty Mera raised
+her head and said to her cousin.
+
+"Cousin! comme c'est ennuyant ici!"
+
+"Oui, cousine! cette vilaine petite ville est une place tres
+ennuyante!" answered he, whistling.
+
+The two mothers, seated on the sofa, did not understand a word, but
+they looked at each other and blushed for joy, and Pani Hannah
+stretched her plump hand across the table and caressed her daughter's
+hair.
+
+"Fischele!" (little fish) said she, with an indescribable smile of
+beautitude and love on her lips.
+
+Even on Eli the French language made some impression. His face, which
+had been a little sorrowful, became serene again. He rose and said
+cheerfully:
+
+"Nu, let us be going. It's time."
+
+In a few minutes they descended from the piazza into the street.
+Eli's face had again become sorrowful. Nothing could be more
+unorthodox than the dress of his relative. It consisted of a short,
+fashionable coat, shining shoes and very widely-open waistcoat, which
+showed the entire snowy shirtfront. On his head he wore a small cap,
+with the official star, and before going out he had lighted a
+cigarette.
+
+It was a hard thing for Eli to contradict anyone--much more his guest
+and the pet of the two women whom he at any rate respected. But when
+he went out on the piazza and saw the crowds of people--whom the
+Sabbath day brought out in swarms--he could not refrain from warning
+the lad.
+
+"Leopold, listen!" said he, quietly and gently, "you had better throw
+that cigarette away. The people are stupid here, but you had better
+not irritate them. And perhaps," he added immediately, "God himself
+forbad smoking on the Sabbath. Who can tell?"
+
+Leopold laughed aloud.
+
+"I am not afraid of anything!" said he, and springing down the steps
+of the piazza be offered Mera his arm.
+
+Leopold and Mera then walked ahead arm in arm. They were followed by
+the magnificent mothers in balloon-like dresses, velvet mantillas,
+and enormous hats covered with flowers. Eli brought up the retinue,
+walking slowly and with a conspicuously sorrowful face and hands
+folded behind him.
+
+If attracting the attention of the numerous crowd could be called a
+triumph, the march of the Witebski family across the square of the
+town was certainly a triumphal one. In the twinkling of an eye a
+crowd of children of all ages and both sexes were following them,
+and, in the beginning with muffled exclamation, but finally with loud
+shouting, they began to run after them. Soon older people joined the
+children, and even more prominent families appeared on the piazzas of
+their houses surrounding the square. In the gate of the school-yard
+stood the melamed, in his usual primitive dress and as though he
+could not believe the evidence of his own widely-open eyes. He looked
+at the astonishing show passing the square.
+
+The greatest attention was drawn by the young couple walking ahead;
+Leopold, clad in his elegant coat, and with a cigarette in his mouth,
+and Mera, in her very balloon-like bright dress, leaning on her
+cousin's arm and drawing herself up in order to show off to advantage
+her society manners.
+
+Eli walked as though on live coals, but Pani Hannah strode forward as
+though crowned with laurels. Her sister looked around the dark crowd
+with half-closed eyes and head carried high.
+
+"Zi! Zi! a shejne puryc! a shejne panienkies!" shouted the children,
+running, jumping, pointing with their fingers, and raising clouds of
+dust with their feet.
+
+"Who are they? Are they Jews?" asked the older people, pointing at
+Leopold's short coat and Cigarette.
+
+"Misnagdim!" suddenly shouted some voice in the crowd, and a small
+stone, thrown by an unknown hand, passed close to Leopold's head. The
+young man grew pale and threw away the cigarette--the cause of the
+general scandal. Eli frowned. But Pani Hannah raised her head still
+higher and said quite loudly to her sister:
+
+"Nu, we must forgive them. They are so ignorant!"
+
+Leopold, however, did not forgive the stone thrown at him. This could
+be seen by his frightened eyes and tightened lips when he entered the
+Ezofowichs' parlour.
+
+There on the sofa--the place of honour--sat old Saul surrounded by
+his sons, sons-in-law, and several older grandchildren. At one of the
+windows, as usual, sat the always slumbering great-grandmother. At
+the other window stood Meir.
+
+When Witebski's family entered the parlour, Meir merely glanced at
+Mera, as though she was perfectly indifferent to him, but he looked
+sharply, inquisitively, at Leopold. He evidently desired to approach
+as soon as possible the man who came from the broad world, and
+penetrate him through and through.
+
+For a while only preliminary conversation and loud greetings were
+heard Saul did not leave his place on the sofa. His daughter Sarah,
+Ber's wife, received the guests, serving them with dainties, loudly
+admiring the beauty of the hats and dresses of the ladies.
+
+Mera sat graciously on the edge of a chair, amused by the bashful,
+embarrassed, and at the same time joyful Lija, and glancing askance
+at the young man standing at the window, guessing that he must be her
+intended husband. But she did not once meet his glance. Meir
+seemingly ignored her existence. He looked constantly at Leopold.
+Pani Hannah was telling with great animation, and still greater pride
+to the women surrounding her, of the fountain which she had once seen
+in a large city, and about the music which was played every Sunday in
+the public garden in Wilno. In the meantime she was examining the
+Ezofowichs' parlour. In fact, the large, clean room with its simple
+furniture, possessed an air of thrift and riches, which was a great
+deal more attractive than Pani Hannah's speckled salon. There was
+also a library filled with large volumes, which, according to the
+traditions of the Ezofowich family, were formerly the property of
+Michael the Senior. There was a cupboard filled with silver and
+china, and on the top of it stood a large samovar, shining like gold.
+When Pani Hannah saw this a blush of shame appeared on her face. A
+samovar in the parlour of the family of her future son-in-law! It was
+contrary to all rules of civilisation of which she knew anything.
+Soon, however, from this highly indecent object her glance passed on
+to the great-grandmother slumbering in her arm-chair. At that moment
+a ray of the setting sun fell on the motionless figure, lighting up
+the jewels with which she was covered. Like fiery stars over her
+forehead shone the rich gems ornamenting her turban, while her
+earrings threw out thousands of sparks, and the pearls on her bosom
+took on a faint pink glow.
+
+Pani Hannah elbowed her sister slightly.
+
+"Zi," whispered she, indicating the old women by a motion of her
+head, "what splendid diamonds!"
+
+The wife of the merchant of Wilno half closed her eyes in admiration.
+
+"Aj! Aj!" exclaimed she, "a true treasure. But why does such an old
+woman wear so many precious stones?"
+
+Saul heard the exclamation, and with dignified civility he said,
+bending toward his guests:
+
+"She deserves our respect, and to be covered by us with all the
+precious stones in the possession of our family. She was her
+husband's crown, and all of us as branches from a tree, take our life
+from her."
+
+He closed his eyes a little and continued:
+
+"Now she is very old, but she once was young and very beautiful, And
+where has her beauty disappeared to? It was erased by the years--by
+months and days passing over her like birds flying one after the
+other, pick one berry after another, until they have picked them all.
+It is true, she has now many wrinkles on her face. But whence come
+these wrinkles? I know; for looking at her I see some picture in each
+one. When I look at the wrinkles in her eyelids, and around her eyes,
+I remember that when I was small, and was ill she sat by my cradle
+and sang to lull me to sleep, and the tears poured from her eyes. And
+when I look at the wrinkles so numerous on her cheeks, I remember all
+the sorrows and griefs she has passed through, when she became a
+widow, refused to marry again, conducting business affairs personally
+and increasing the wealth of her children. And when I look at the
+wrinkle which appears in the middle of her forehead, it seems that I
+live again the moment that my father's soul left its body, and my
+mother fell to the floor like one dead. She did not cry nor moan, but
+only sobbed sweetly, 'Hersh! Hersh! My Hersh!' It was the greatest
+sorrow of her life, and left on her forehead that deep line."
+
+Thus spoke old Saul, with his index finger raised solemnly and a
+thoughtful smile on his yellow lips. The women listening to him shook
+their heads, half sadly, half affirmatively, and looking at each
+other they repeated softly:
+
+"Hohr! Hohr!" (Listen! Listen!)
+
+Pani Hannah was moved to tears. She dried them with a lace
+handkerchief which she held in her hand, and stretching this hand
+toward Saul she said:
+
+"Danke! Danke!" with a smile of gratitude on her lips.
+
+"Danke!" (Thanks!) the majority of those present repeated after her.
+Then Pani Hannah's sister, Witebski, and two or three other people
+not belonging to the family, said in a hushed voice:
+
+"Ein kluger mensch! Ein ehrlicher mensch!" (A clever man! An honest
+man!)
+
+The filial love and respect manifested by Saul, and his picturesque
+narrative, made a pleasant impression on all hearts and minds.
+
+Only young Leopold, who until now sat silent and gloomy, or spoke in
+French with Mera, rose from his chair and went toward the window
+where Meir stood. Around the sofa a lively conversation had been
+recommenced by Pani Hannah, who expressed a regret that it was
+Sabbath, and that there was no piano, for her daughter was thus
+prevented from playing such music as melted all hearts, and brought
+before the mind's eye the botanical garden of Wilno, where the band
+of music played, and different other things which belonged to her
+lost paradise of civilisation.
+
+The two young men remained completely isolated. No one could hear
+their conversation. It seemed that Leopold had no intention of
+starting a conversation with Meir. He went toward the window with
+quite a different motive, which was betrayed by his taking from his
+pocket a silver cigarette case. But Meir, when he saw the young man
+approach him, advanced a few steps. His face beamed with joy.
+
+"I am Meir, Saul's grandson," said he, extending his hand to the
+guest. "I wish very much to make your acquaintance, to tell you many
+things, and ask you many things."
+
+Leopold bowed to him elegantly but ceremoniously, and barely touched
+Meir's warm hand. Meir's eyes, which had been bright with joy, now
+saddened.
+
+"You don't care to know me," said he, "and I don't wonder at it. You
+are an educated man, and I--am a simple Jew, who knows the Bible and
+Talmud well, but nothing more. But listen to me, at any rate! I have
+thoughts of many things, but they are not yet in order. Perhaps you
+can tell me how to become wise?"
+
+Leopold listened to these words, vibrating first with youthful
+enthusiasm, with anxiety in which there was a shade of irony.
+
+"Willingly," said he, "if you wish to learn something from me I will
+be glad to tell you. Why not? I can tell you many things, sir!"
+
+"Leopold, don't call me 'sir.' It hurts me, for I love you very
+much."
+
+Leopold was surprised at this simplicity of sentiment.
+
+"I am glad of it!" said he; "but it's the first time we have met."
+
+"It doesn't matter!" exclaimed Meir; "for a long time I have wished
+to meet such an Israelite as you are, and say to him, as Rabbi
+Eliezer said to the sage in Jerusalem, 'Let me be your pupil, and be
+you my teacher.'"
+
+This time surprise was clearly expressed in the face of the young
+fashionable, and his irony increased. It was evident that he did not
+at all understand Meir's speech, and that he considered him as being
+half a savage. Meir, absorbed in his enthusiasm, did not notice the
+impression he had made.
+
+"Leopold," he began, "how many years did you study in that foreign
+school?"
+
+"What foreign school?" asked Leopold.
+
+"Nu, in that school where they do not teach Jewish studies."
+
+Leopold understood now. He half closed his eyes, pursed his mouth,
+and answered:
+
+"Well, I went to the gymnasium for five years."
+
+"Five years!" exclaimed Meir, "then you must be a very learned man,
+if you have gone to school for such a long time."
+
+"Well," answered the guest, with an indulgent smile, "there are
+people in the world who are more learned than I."
+
+Meir approached his companion still nearer, and his eyes shone more
+brightly.
+
+"What do they teach in the school?" he asked.
+
+"Different things."
+
+"What are those different things?"
+
+Leopold, with an ironical smile, began to enumerate all the subjects
+taught in public schools.
+
+Meir interrupted him, saying with animation:
+
+"And you know all these subjects?"
+
+"Yes, I do," answered the guest.
+
+"And what are you doing now?"
+
+This question was asked with great anxiety, and astounded the
+good-looking chap.
+
+"What do you mean?" he asked.
+
+"Nu, I wish to know, I wish to know the thoughts with which these
+studies have filled your head, and what you are doing in the world."
+
+"What I am doing? I am an official in the office of the governor
+himself, and I copy important papers."
+
+Meir thought for a while.
+
+"That is not what I wished to know about. You copy those papers for
+money. Every man must earn. But I wish to know what you think about
+when you are sometimes alone, and what those thoughts impel you to
+accomplish in the world."
+
+Leopold opened widely his eyes.
+
+"Well," he exclaimed impatiently, "what should I think about? When I
+leave my office I return home, smoke a cigarette, and think of the
+time when I shall marry and get a dowry, and my father will give me
+my share, and I shall purchase a house. On the ground floor I shall
+fix pretty stores, the second floor I shall let to some rich people,
+and I shall live on the third floor."
+
+This time it was Meir's turn to be amazed. "And you, Leopold, don't
+you think of anything else?"
+
+"Well, of what else should I think? Thank God I have no sorrows. I
+live and board with my parents and my salary is sufficient to buy my
+clothes."
+
+Meir looked at the floor, and a deep wrinkle appeared on his
+forehead, as was customary with him when he was hurt.
+
+"Leopold, listen," he said, after a few moments of deep thought, "are
+there not many poor and ignorant Jews in your great city?"
+
+Leopold laughed.
+
+"There are plenty of them everywhere."
+
+"And what are your thoughts when you see them?" asked Meir violently.
+
+"What should they be? I think they are very stupid and very dirty!"
+
+"And looking at them, do you think of nothing else?" asked Meir,
+almost in a whisper.
+
+Leopold opened his cigarette case, and selected a cigarette. Meir,
+plunged in thought, did not notice this.
+
+"Leopold," he began again, with awakened energy, "you had better not
+buy that house in the large city."
+
+"Why should I not buy it?"
+
+"I will tell you why. They have promised you, as wife, my first
+cousin. She is a good and intelligent girl. She has no education
+whatever, but she always wished to have it, and she was very glad
+when she was told that she would have an educated husband. You are
+going to marry her, and when you have married her, ask permission of
+the high officials to open in Szybow a school for the Jews, in which
+they will be made to study other things than the Bible and Talmud. I
+will help you to conduct such a school."
+
+Leopold laughed, but Meir, all aglow with the joy of his idea, did
+not notice it. He leaned towards the young man and whispered:
+
+"I will tell you, Leopold. There is great ignorance here in Szybow,
+and there are many poor people living in misery. But there are some
+people--all of them young--who regret that they do not know another
+world, and that they have not other knowledge. They wish to become
+familiar with it, but there is no one to help them out of the darkness.
+And then the great Rabbi who lives here, Isaak Todros, is very severe,
+and he is dreaded by everyone; and the members of the kahal also
+oppress the poor people. You must come here and bring with you other
+educated people, and help us out of our misery and our ignorance."
+
+All this was spoken enthusiastically, his head triumphally raised and
+his voice filled with warm prayer. But nothing could equal the
+astonishment, and in the meantime the irony, with which Leopold
+listened to him. As Meir finished he selected a match from a silver
+box, bending his head in order to hide the fact that he was laughing.
+
+"Nu," said Meir, "what do you think of what I have said? Is it a good
+idea?"
+
+Leopold lighted the match and answered:
+
+"I am thinking that if I were to speak of your plans to my family or
+my comrades they would be much amused."
+
+The light which shone in Meir's eyes was quenched at once.
+
+"Why would they laugh?" he whispered.
+
+At that moment Leopold lighted his cigarette and the fragrant smoke
+floated through the room to where the company were gathered around
+the yellow sofa. Raphael raised his head in astonishment and looked
+back at him. Saul also looked toward the window, and rising from
+the sofa he said politely but with determination:
+
+"I beg your pardon, but I cannot permit anything in my house which is
+contrary to the holy law."
+
+Having said this he sat down again looking at Leopold from beneath
+his bushy eyebrows. Leopold grew very red, threw the cigarette on the
+floor, and crushed it angrily with his foot.
+
+"Such is your civility!" said he to Meir.
+
+"And why do you smoke on the Sabbath?"
+
+"Don't you smoke?" asked the guest satirically looking Meir in the
+face.
+
+"No," answered Meir
+
+"And you wish to lead human souls out of darkness! And you believe
+that it is a holy law not to smoke on the Sabbath!"
+
+"No, I don't believe it," answered Meir, with as much determination
+as before.
+
+"You wish to cause the people to rebel against the great Rabbi and
+the kahal, and you yourself give way before the enemy."
+
+Meir's eyes shone again, but this time angrily.
+
+"If it was a question of saving a human soul from obscurity, or a
+human body from ignorance, I would not give way, because such things
+are important; but when it is a question of denying myself a
+pleasure, I give way because it is a trifle. And although I do not
+believe that such a law is holy and comes from God, I know that the
+old people believe in it, and I think that it would be rude to
+contradict them in a trifle like this."
+
+After this speech Leopold turned away from Meir and walked over to
+where Mera sat. For a while Meir followed him with a glance in which
+there was a mixture of disappointment and anger. Then he left the
+window and went out.
+
+This sudden disappearance of the young man made a great impression on
+the women. The men hardly noticed it, for they thought it very
+natural and praiseworthy that the bridegroom, through modesty,
+avoided the fiancee chosen for him by the older people. But Pani
+Hannah and her sister became gloomy, and Mera whispered to her
+mother:
+
+"Maman, let us go home!"
+
+In the meantime Meir was on the way to the house of his friend
+Eliezer, but he only looked in at the window, and went further, for
+the cantor's room was empty; but he evidently knew where to find his
+comrades, and he went directly toward the meadow situated beyond the
+town. As a few weeks ago this meadow--a true oasis of quiet and
+freshness--was all bathed in the pink light of the sunset. It is true
+that the grass was no longer so green, for it was a little burned by
+the beat of the summer sun, but the bushes were in full bloom, and
+the scent of the wild flowers filled the air.
+
+Near the grove, under the thickly growing birches, sat a group of
+young people. Some of them spoke together in low tones, while others
+mechanically plucked the wild plants growing around them, and others
+still with their faces turned to the blue sky, in which floated
+golden clouds, hummed softly.
+
+The pond, a short way off, was now surrounded with thick bunches of
+forget-me-nots and large flowers of the water-plants. On its bank was
+seated the motionless figure of a tall slender girl, and beside her,
+amid the bushes of sweet-briar, grazed the white goat, plucking the
+herbs and leaves.
+
+Meir approached the group of young people who were evidently awaiting
+his arrival with some impatience for those who lay in the grass rose
+at once on seeing him and sat looking intently into his face. He did
+not greet his comrades and did not even look at them, but threw
+himself down upon the trunk of a birch tree which had been overthrown
+by a storm. He was sad, but perhaps even more angry. The young people
+were silent, and looked at him in surprise. Eliezer, who lay in the
+grass with his elbow resting against the trunk on which Meir sat, was
+the first to speak.
+
+"Well, have you seen him?"
+
+"Have you seen him?" several voices chimed in, "and is he highly
+educated and very wise?"
+
+Meir raised his head and said emphatically:
+
+"He is educated, but very stupid."
+
+This exclamation caused great surprise among the young men. After
+quite a long silence, Aryel, the son of the magnificent Morejne
+Calman, said:
+
+"How can it be that a man is educated, and at the same time stupid?"
+
+"I don't know how it can be," answered Meir, his eyes dilating as
+though he saw before him a bottomless precipice.
+
+Then a conversation started, made up of quick questions and answers:
+
+"What did he tell you?"
+
+"What was very stupid?"
+
+"Why did not you ask him about wise things?"
+
+"I did ask him, but he didn't even know what I meant."
+
+"Did he not tell you what he thought of?"
+
+"He told me he thought of how he could best buy a beautiful house
+which would bring him an income of two thousand roubles."
+
+"He can think about the house, but about what else does he think?"
+
+"He told me he did not think about anything else."
+
+"And what is he accomplishing in the world?"
+
+"He is in an office, where he copies some papers and when he returns
+home he smokes a cigarette and thinks about the house."
+
+"And what does he think about Jews who have no education and live in
+misery?"
+
+"He thinks they are stupid and dirty."
+
+"And what did he say when you told him that we wished to free our
+souls from darkness, but could not."
+
+"He told me that if he were to tell his family and comrades of it,
+they would laugh."
+
+"Why should they laugh?"
+
+Then there was a long silence, and finally someone said angrily:
+
+"A bad man!"
+
+After a while Meir's cousin, Haim--Abraham's son--said:
+
+"Meir, that knowledge and education for which we wish so eagerly must
+be evil, if it makes people stupid and bad."
+
+Another young man said:
+
+"Meir, will you explain it to us?"
+
+Meir looked sadly at his comrades, and dropping his face in both
+bands, he said:
+
+"I don't know anything."
+
+The answer came with stifled sobs. But at that moment the cantor
+raised his white band and pulled from his friend's sorrowful face the
+hands which covered it.
+
+"Your hearts must not be sunk in sorrow," said Eliezer, "I will ask
+our master to answer that question for us."
+
+He took from the ground a large book and with a smile on his lips be
+pointed out to his comrades the first leaf of it. On this leaf was
+printed the name of Moses Majmonides.
+
+The young people drew near to him, and their faces wore an expression
+of solemn attention. The great Hebrew savant was about to speak to
+them through the mouth of their beloved cantor. He was an old master,
+forgotten by some, excommunicated by others, but dear and saintly to
+them. Since the spirit of that master in the form of several big
+volumes brought back by Eliezer on his return home from the outer
+world, had breathed upon their minds, they experienced the force of
+hitherto unknown streams of thought and rebellion--they were filled
+with sorrowful longings and desires. But they were grateful to him
+for this grief and longing, and rushed to him in all times of doubt.
+But alas! they could not find answers for all their questions-consolations
+for all their complaints! Centuries had vanished, the times had changed
+and there had passed through the world a long chain of geniuses bringing
+new truths. But of this they knew nothing, and when the large book was
+opened they prepared themselves with joy and solemnity to receive the
+breath of the old truths.
+
+Eliezer did not begin at once to read. He turned the leaves, looking
+for a paragraph appropriate to the circumstances. In the meanwhile,
+the girl who had until now remained seated on the bank of the pond,
+rose from among the forget-me-nots and white briar and advanced
+slowly toward the group of young people. Even from afar her great
+eyes could be seen looking into Meir's face. The white goat followed
+her. Both disappeared in the grove and then Golda emerged and stood
+behind Meir. She came so quietly that no one noticed her. She threw
+her arms about the trunk of a birch tree and leaning her head against
+the softly swaying branch, she caressed the bent head of Meir with
+her looks. She seemed not to see the other people.
+
+At that moment Eliezer exclaimed in his pure, crystalline voice:
+
+"Israel, listen!"
+
+With these words many psalms and sacred writings of the Hebrews
+commence. For the young people surrounding Meir this reading of the
+old master was a psalm of respect and deep spiritual prayer.
+
+Eliezer began to read in a chanting voice:
+
+"My disciples I You ask me what force attracts the celestial beings
+of the Heavens, which we call stars, and why some of them rise so
+high they are lost in mist, and others float more heavily toward the
+sky, and remain far behind their sisters?"
+
+"I will disclose to you the mystery which you seek to solve."
+
+"The force attracting the celestial bodies is the Perfection dwelling
+on the heights, and called God in the human tongue. The stars, seized
+with love and longing for this Perfection, rise continually in order
+to approach nearer and take something of wisdom and perfection from
+the Wise and Perfect."
+
+"My disciples, from those celestial beings, which long for the
+Perfection, come all changes of the moon. They cause different forms
+and images. . . ."
+
+Eliezer stopped reading, and raised his turquoise-like eyes from the
+book, and they shone with joy.
+
+But the others thought a long while, trying to find an answer to
+their doubts in that passage of the master.
+
+Meir answered thoughtfully:
+
+"There are men who, like the celestial beings of which the sage
+talks, raise their souls toward the Perfection. They know that there
+is perfection, and they try to take from it Wisdom and Goodness for
+themselves. But there are also people who, like those stars which
+float more heavily upward, do not long for the perfection, and do not
+rise through such longing. Such people keep their souls very low. . . ."
+
+Now they understood. Joy beamed from all faces. What a small crumb of
+knowledge it took to make joyful these poor, and at the same time
+rich, souls!
+
+Meir seized the book from his friend's hands, and read from another
+leaf:
+
+"The angels themselves are not all equal. They are classed one above
+the other, like the steps of a ladder, and the highest among them is
+the Spirit producing thought and knowledge. This Spirit animates
+Reason, and Hagada calls it Prince of the World--Sar-ha-Olam!"
+
+"The highest angel is the Spirit producing thought and knowledge, and
+Hagada calls it the Prince of the world," repeated the choir of young
+voices.
+
+Their doubts were scattered. Learning had reawakened respect in their
+minds, and longing in their hearts, and passed before them in the
+form of the Angel of Angels, flying over the world arrayed in
+princely purple, with a shining veil wrought by his thought. Reverie
+sat on their foreheads and in their eyes. The reverie of a quiet
+evening covered the meadow blooming around them. Before them purple
+clouds hung above the forest, hiding behind them the shield of the
+sun. Behind them the green grove, sunk in dusky shadows, was
+slumbering motionlessly.
+
+Over the meadow and fields floated Eliezer's silvery voice:
+
+"I saw the spirit of my people when I slumbered," Jehovah's pale
+cantor began to sing.
+
+And it was not known whence came that song. Who composed it? No one
+could tell. One verse was given by Eliezer to his friend after a
+state of ecstatic unconsciousness which visited him often; the second
+was composed by Aryel, Calman's son, while playing on his violin in
+the grove. Some of them had their birth in Meir's breast, and others
+were whispered by the childish lips of Haim, Abraham's son. Thus are
+composed all folk songs. Their origin is in longing hearts, oppressed
+thoughts, and instinctive flights toward a better life. Thus was born
+in Szybow the song which the cantor now began:
+
+"Once, while I slumbered, I fancied I saw My people's spirit before
+me; And I felt a strange spell stealing o'er me, As I gazed on the
+world in awe."
+
+Here the other voices joined that of the cantor, and a powerful
+chorus resounded through the fields and meadow:
+
+"Did he come toward me in royal array, In purple and gold like the
+dawn of day. Ah, no I on his brow there was no golden crown; His
+naked knees trembled, hi gray head bowed down."
+
+Here the choir of singing voices was mingled with a whisper coming
+from the birch grove:
+
+"Hush! Some people are listening!"
+
+In fact, on the road passing through the grove, several human figures
+appeared in the distance. They were walking very slowly. But the
+singer heard neither Golda's warning nor the sound of the approaching
+steps. The second verse of the song resounded over the meadow:
+
+"O, my people's spirit, say, where is thy throne? Are the roses of
+Zion all faded and gone? Are the cedars of Lebanon all broken down?
+O, my people's spirit, say, where is thy crown?"
+
+The last line of the song was still vibrating when, from the road
+passing through the grove, three men entered the meadow. They were
+dressed in long, black holiday clothes, and were girded with red
+handkerchiefs, because it was not permitted to carry them on Sabbath,
+but being used to gird the clothes were considered as part of the
+attire, and thus it was not a sin to wear them in that way.
+
+In the centre was the cantor's father, Jankiel Kamionker, and on
+either side were Abraham Ezofowich, Haim's father, and Morejne
+Calman, the father of Aryel. Notwithstanding the darkness, the
+fathers recognised their sons in the last rays of the daylight. The
+voices of the young men trembled, became quiet, and then were
+silent--only one voice sang further:
+
+"Wilt thou never emerge from the darkness, despair? Will thy sweet
+songs of thanks ne'er resound in the air?"
+
+It was Meir's voice.
+
+The dignified men, passing through the meadow, stopped and turned
+toward the group of young men, and at that moment the manly voice was
+joined by the pure, sonorous voice of Golda, who, seeing the angry
+faces of the men, began to sing with Meir as though she wished to
+join him in common courage, and perhaps in common peril.
+
+And paying no attention to either his comrades' silence or the
+threatening figures standing in the meadow the joined voices sang:
+
+"Let the wisdom of Heaven knock at thy door, And quiet the grief that
+has made thy heart sore; And bid the Angel of Knowledge come down,
+Restoring to thee thy lost glorious crown. We beseech thee to chase
+the dark shadows away, And the light of God's truth will turn night
+into day."
+
+The song had only three verses, so with the last verse the two voices
+became silent. The dignitaries of the community turned toward the
+town, and talking loudly and angrily they went in the direction of
+the Ezofowich house.
+
+Abraham, Saul's son, was quite different from his brother Raphael.
+Tall, dark-haired, and good-looking still, notwithstanding his more
+than fifty years, Raphael was dignified and careful, speaking very
+little. Abraham was small and bent. He was gray-headed, and had a
+passionate temper and sensitive disposition. He spoke very rapidly
+and with violent gestures. His eyes were very bright and generally
+looked gloomily on the ground.
+
+Both brothers were learned, and for their learning the high title
+of 'Morejne' had been bestowed upon them by the community. But
+Raphael studied especially the Talmud, and was considered one of its
+best scholars. Abraham, however, preferred the study of the
+precipice-like mysteries of the Zohar. He was a close friend of the
+two high dignitaries of the kahal, Morejne Calman and pious Jankiel
+Kamionker. They transacted business together outside the town, and
+while in town they read sacred books together, and together they
+walked every Sabbath beyond the boundaries of the place, as far as an
+Israelite is permitted to go from his house. Therefore no one saw
+them go over two thousand steps, and only very seldom, when they were
+attracted by the shadow of the grove, they bent, and on the spot
+where their feet reached the two thousandth step they buried in the
+ground a crumb of bread. That spot then represented their house, and
+they were allowed to go two thousand steps further. Usually they were
+silent while walking, for they counted their steps, but the simple
+spiritually and bodily poor people, seeing them walking slowly and
+with thoughtful faces, admired the wisdom and orthodoxy of these
+scholarly and rich men. On seeing them they rose respectfully and
+stood until they passed, for it is written: "When you see a sage pass
+by, rise, and do not sit until he is out of your sight."
+
+Moreover on their return they spoke, because it was not necessary to
+count their steps.
+
+But the poor people had never seen the three dignified men walk as
+fast as that evening, when on the meadow they had heard the song of
+the young men. Even the magnificent Calman himself had not smiled as
+usual, and as for Jankiel Kamionker, his movements were so violent
+that his long black dress floated behind him like two black wings.
+Abraham Ezofowich had ungirded his handkerchief and carried it in his
+hand. Calman noticed this sign of senseless excitement and warned his
+friend that he was sinning. Abraham was dreadfully frightened, and in
+great haste he again girded his loins. When this happened they were
+already on the piazza of the Ezofowich house. Then the three men
+entered the room in which old Saul was sitting on the yellow sofa,
+reading in a large book by the light of two candles, which burned in
+two antique silver candlesticks.
+
+Saul, seeing the entering guests was a little astonished, because it
+was already quite late and the time was not suitable for a visit. He
+greeted them, however, with a friendly nod, and pointed to the chairs
+standing near the sofa. The men did not sit in the places indicated
+to them, but stood opposite Saul. Although their faces were animated
+by anger, their mein was solemn. Evidently they had come to an
+understanding as to how the conversation was to be commenced, for
+Kamionker spoke first:
+
+"Reb Saul," said he, "we come here to complain against your grandson
+Meir."
+
+A painful shiver passed over Saul's face.
+
+"What has he done?" he asked in a low voice.
+
+Kamionker began to speak, at first solemnly, and then very violently:
+
+"Your grandson Meir spoils our sons! He causes their souls to rebel
+against the Holy Law; he reads to them excommunicated books, and
+sings worldly songs on the Sabbath! Besides this he is bound by an
+impure friendship to the Karaimian girl, and we saw in the meadow our
+sons lying at his feet as though at the feet of their master, and
+over his head the Karaimian girl stood and sang abominable songs with
+him."
+
+He stopped, out of breath from the angry speech, and Morejne Calman,
+looking at Saul with his honey like eyes, said slowly:
+
+"My son Aryel was there, and I shall punish him for it."
+
+Abraham, looking gloomily on the ground, then said:
+
+"And my son, your grandson Haim, was also there, and I shall punish
+him for it."
+
+Then all said:
+
+"You must punish Meir!"
+
+Saul bent his sorrowful face.
+
+"Lord of the world," he whispered with trembling lips, "have I
+deserved that the light of my eyes should be changed into darkness?"
+
+Then he raised his head and said with determination:
+
+"I will punish him."
+
+Abraham's eyes, fixed on his father's face, were shining.
+
+"Father," said he, "you must think the most of that Karaimian girl.
+That unclean friendship between them is a great shame to our whole
+family. You know, father, our custom--no Israelite shall know another
+woman save the one his parents have destined for his wife."
+
+It seemed that Saul's wrinkled forehead was covered with a pinkish
+flush.
+
+"I will soon marry him," he answered.
+
+Abraham continued:
+
+"As long as he sees the Karaimian girl he will not care to marry."
+
+"And what can I do to prevent him from seeing her?"
+
+The three men looked at each other.
+
+"Something must be done with her!" said one.
+
+After a long while of deep thought, the two guests bowed to Saul and
+left the house. Abraham remained in the room.
+
+"Father," said he, "how do you propose to punish him?"
+
+"I will command him to sit for a whole day in the Bet-ha-Midrash and
+read the Talmud."
+
+"It would not do any good," said Abraham, with an impatient gesture;
+"you had better order him to be flogged."
+
+Saul remained bent over.
+
+"I shall not do it," he answered. Then he added softly: "Michael's
+soul passed into the body of my father Hersh, and my father's soul is
+now dwelling in Meir's body."
+
+"And how can you know this?" asked Abraham, evidently shocked by his
+father's words.
+
+"Hersh's wife, the great-grandmother first recognised this soul, and
+then Rabbi Isaak recognised it."
+
+Saul sighed deeply, and repeated:
+
+"I will command him to sit in the Bet-ha-Midrash and read the Talmud.
+He shall neither eat nor sleep in my house for a whole week, and the
+Shamos (care-taker and messenger of the synagogue) shall announce his
+shame and punishment through the town!"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+The Bet-ha-Midrash was a large, well-lighted building standing on the
+courtyard close to the synagogue. It served for various purposes:
+people congregated there for the less solemn prayers or lectures; the
+learned used it for their discussions upon knotty points of the
+Talmud, here also were kept the books of the different brotherhoods
+or societies, of which there are many in every Jewish community; and
+lastly, it served as a place of penance in exceptional cases, when
+any of the young men had transgressed the religious or moral laws.
+The punishment was not so much a physical discomfort as a moral one,
+and left an indelible stain upon the delinquent's character.
+
+Opposite the Ha-Midrash rose a smaller but equally well-kept
+building. It was the Bet-ha-Kahol or Kahol room, where the
+functionaries of the town council and the elders held sittings. A
+little further was a more modest building, the Hek-Dosh or poor
+house, where all those who were unable to work and were hungry had
+the right to apply for food and shelter.
+
+Opposite the house of prayer was the heder or school, where the
+learned and much-respected Reb Moshe ruled. The court with all its
+buildings, from the synagogue and hospital to the tiny dwelling of
+the Rabbi was like the capital of a small realm: everything was there
+which could promote the well-being of the public.
+
+All these buildings had been raised at one time, to embody a great
+idea, either to serve God or mankind. In what manner these lofty
+ideas had been perverted and served other purposes than those first
+conceived is another thing altogether--for this we must go to
+history.
+
+Eight days bad elapsed since the memorable evening when the young men
+bad conversed and sung together on the meadow. On the ninth day,
+after sunset, Meir left the Ha-Midrash and stood in its high portico.
+
+Obedient to the order of the head of the family, he had spent the
+week in utter solitude, reading the Talmud which he knew so well
+already, and for which, in spite of all the doubts which troubled his
+mind, he never lost the reverence implanted into him from his
+childhood. The penance had not brought him any physical discomforts;
+his meals were carried to him from home, where the charitable women
+had tried to make them even more palatable than usual. Nevertheless,
+he was much changed. He looked paler, thinner, yet withal more manly.
+Neither in his expression nor bearing was there any trace of his
+former almost childish timidity. Perhaps his intelligence had
+rebelled against the injustice of the punishment; it may be the
+solitude and the study of the many volumes in the Ha-Midrash had
+called forth new ideas and confirmed him in the old ones. The nervous
+contraction of his brow and his feverish burning eyes betrayed hard
+mental work, all the harder because without help or guide. The
+penance inflicted upon him bad missed its aim. Instead of quieting
+and soothing the restless spirit, it made him bolder and more
+rebellious.
+
+When Meir descended the steps into the court another feeling took
+hold of him--that of shame. At the sight of several people crossing
+the courtyard he dropped his eyes and blushed. They were elders of
+the Kahol, who seeing Meir, pointed at him and laughed. One of them,
+Jankiel Kamionker, did not laugh, and seemingly had not noticed the
+young man. He was walking apart from his companions, and his face
+looked troubled and preoccupied. Instead of entering into the Kahol
+building with the other men, he almost stealthily approached the
+almshouse; he only passed it, but it was sufficient to exchange a few
+whispered words with a man whose shaggy hair and swollen face
+appeared at the open window. Meir knew the man, and silently wondered
+what business the rich and pious Jankiel could have with a thief and
+vagrant like the carrier Johel. But he did not think much about it,
+and directed his steps, not towards home, but to a small passage near
+the school, which would bring him out into the fields; he was longing
+for space and air. He stood still for a few minutes. An odd murmuring
+noise, rising and falling, mixed with an occasional wailing reached
+his ear; it was dominated by a thick, hoarse voice alternately
+reading, talking, and scolding.
+
+A peculiar smile crossed Meir's face; it expressed anger and
+compassion. He was standing near the school where the melamed Reb
+Moshe infused knowledge into the juvenile minds. Something seemed to
+attract him there; he leaned his elbows on the window-sill and looked
+in.
+
+It was a narrow, low and evil-smelling room. Between the blackened
+ceiling, the wall and the floor full of dirt and litter, which filled
+the air with a damp and heavy vapour, there seethed and rocked a
+compact, gray mass which produced the murmuring noise. By and by, as
+if out of a dense fog, childish faces seemed to detach themselves.
+The faces were various, some dark and coarse, as if swollen with
+disease; others pale, delicate and finely cut. As various as the
+faces were their expressions; there were those who, with mouth wide
+open and idiotic eyes stared into vacancy; others twitched and
+fretted with ill concealed impatience but most of them, though
+suffering, looked patient and submissive. Their outward appearance
+showed an equal variety, from the decent coat of the rich man's
+child, in gentle graduations to the sleeveless jackets and tatters of
+the very poorest classes.
+
+Some fifty children were crowded into that room which barely
+accommodated half that number. They sat almost one upon the other, on
+hard dirty benches, closely packed together. This was not the only
+school in Szybow but none of the others was so eagerly sought after
+by parents as the one conducted by Reb Moshe, known by his piety and
+cabalistic knowledge, the favourite of the Rabbi. It must not be
+thought that Reb Moshe initiated his scholars into the first steps of
+learning; this would have been sheer waste of his capabilities--which
+aimed at something higher.
+
+The children he received were from ten to twelve years old, who had
+already been taught in other schools to read Hebrew and the Chumesh
+or Five Books of Moses, with all their explanations and commentaries;
+after that they came under the tuition of Reb Moshe and were
+introduced to the Talmud, with all its chapters, paragraphs,
+debatable points, and commentaries above commentaries.
+
+All this would have been more than sufficient to enlarge or confuse
+the minds of those pale, miserable children; but Reb Moshe in his
+zeal did not content himself with exercising the memory of his
+scholars; he wanted also to develop their imagination, and sometimes
+treated them to extracts from the metaphysical Kabala. The reading or
+expounding of parts of those books was looked upon by him as a kind
+of rest or recreation, which sometimes it proved to be when the
+melamed was too deeply absorbed to watch his audience.
+
+The melamed was thus occupied when Meir looked through the window. He
+was bending over a heavy book with an expression of ecstatic rapture,
+and rocking his body to and fro with the chair upon which he sat. The
+scholars with their books before them were also rocking themselves
+and repeating their lessons in a loud murmur, sometimes smiting the
+edge of the bench with their fists by way of emphasis, or burying
+their hands in their already tangled manes.
+
+Suddenly the melamed left off rocking himself, took the heavy book in
+both hands and struck it with all his might on the table. It was the
+signal for silence. The scholars left off rocking and raised their
+eyes in sudden alarm, thinking the time bad come to give out their
+lessons.
+
+But the melamed was not thinking of the lessons; his spirit had been
+carried away into other spheres altogether, but he was still dimly
+conscious of his duties as a teacher, and wanted his scholars to
+share in his spiritual rapture. He raised his finger and began to
+read a paragraph from the Scheier Koma.
+
+"The great prince of knowledge thus describes the greatness of
+Jehovah: The height of Jehovah is one hundred six and thirty times a
+thousand leagues. From the right band, of Jehovah to His left the
+distance is seventy-seven times ten thousand leagues. His skull is
+three times ten thousand leagues in length and breadth. The crown of
+His head is sixty times ten thousand leagues long. The soles of the
+feet of the King of Kings are thirty thousand leagues long. From the
+heel to the knee, nineteen times ten thousand leagues; from the knees
+to the hip, twelve times ten thousand and four leagues; from the
+loins to the neck, twenty-four times ten thousand leagues. Such is
+the greatness of the King of Kings, the Lord of the world."
+
+After this last exclamation, Heb Moshe, his hands raised in the air,
+remained motionless. Motionless likewise were the children. All,
+without exception, the timid and the mischievous, the idiotic and the
+sensible ones, stared open-mouthed at the melamed The description of
+Jehovah's greatness seemed to have paralysed their minds.
+
+After a short pause the melamed woke up to the every-day business,
+and called out:
+
+"Go on."
+
+The children again resumed their murmur and rocking. It would have
+been impossible from their confused voices to get an inkling of what
+they were learning but Meir, who had passed through the same course
+and possessed an excellent memory, understood that they were at the
+eighth chapter of Berachot (about the blessing).
+
+The children, with great efforts that brought the perspiration to
+their faces, read in a singing murmur:
+
+"Mischna, 1. The disputed questions between the schools of Shamai and
+Hillel. The school of Shamai says: 'First, bless the day and then the
+wine.' The school of Hillel says: 'First bless the wine and then the
+day' (the Sabbath)."
+
+"Mischna 2. The school of Shamai says: 'To wash the hands, then fill
+the cup.' Hillel says: 'Fill the cup, then wash the hands.'"
+
+"Mischna 3. The school of Shamai says: 'After washing, put the napkin
+on the table.' The school of Hillel says: 'Put it on a cushion.'"
+
+"Mischna 4. The school of Shamai says 'Sweep the room, then wash your
+hands.' The school of Hillel says: 'Wash your hands, then sweep the
+room.'"
+
+A double knock with the heavy book upon the rickety table reduced the
+scholars to silence once more.
+
+The melamed's round and gleaming eyes wandered around the room as if
+in search of a victim. He pointed to one of the hindmost benches, and
+called out:
+
+"Lejbele!"
+
+A pale and slender child rose at the summons and fixed a pair of
+large, frightened eyes upon the teacher.
+
+"Come here."
+
+There was a great rustle among the boys, for it was no easy matter to
+pass across that dense mass of children. Lejbele at last managed to
+squeeze himself through, and holding his book with both hands, stood
+within the small space between the teacher's table and the front
+bench. He did not look at the melamed, but kept his eyes fixed upon
+the book.
+
+"Why do you look down like a brigand? Look at me!" and the melamed
+struck him under the chin.
+
+The child looked at him, his eyes slowly filling with tears.
+
+"Well! what does the school of Shamai say, and what the school of
+Hillel?" began the melamed.
+
+There was a long silence. The children of the first bench nudged his
+elbow, and whispered:
+
+"Speak out!"
+
+"The school of Shamai," began Lejbele, in a trembling voice, says,
+"bless the wine. . . ."
+
+"The day--the day, and then the wine," whispered a few compassionate
+voices from the first bench. But, at the same time, the melamed's
+hand came into contact with the ear of one of the offenders, and his
+yell reduced the others to silence.
+
+Reb Moshe turned again to the child.
+
+"Mischna the first. What says the school of Shamai?"
+
+The answer came in a still more trembling, almost inaudible, voice:
+
+"The school of Shamai says: 'Bless the wine'. The melamed's fist came
+down upon the young Talmudist's shoulder, out of whose hands the
+heavy book slipped and fell upon the floor.
+
+"You bad, abominable boy," yelled the melamed, "you do not learn your
+lessons, and you throw your book upon the floor. Did you not read
+that the school of Shamai says, 'To bless first the day and then the
+wine?'"
+
+Here a loud and sarcastic voice from the window called out;
+
+"Reb Moshe, that poor child has never seen wine in his life, and
+suffers hunger and flogging every day; it is not easy for him to
+remember whether to bless first the day and then the wine."
+
+But Reb Moshe did not hear that speech, because both his hands were
+busy belabouring the head and shoulders of his pupil, who, without
+crying out, tried to avoid the blows by ducking on the floor.
+Suddenly a pair of strong hands pushed the melamed aside, and he,
+losing his footing, fell down, carrying with him the rickety table.
+
+"Reb Moshe!" called out the same sarcastic and angry voice.
+
+"Is this not an Israelitish child that you wreak your spite upon it?
+Is it not a poor man's child and our brother?"
+
+His face burning with indignation, he bent down, and raising the
+child in his arms, turned towards the door.
+
+"Reb Moshe, you drive all intelligence out of the children's heads,
+kill all the feeling in their hearts; I heard them laughing when you
+beat Lejbele."
+
+Saying this, he disappeared with the child in his arms.
+
+Only then did Reb Moshe awaken from the stupefaction into which the
+sudden assault had plunged him, and disengaging his burly frame from
+under the table, he shouted:
+
+"Assassin! murderer!" and turning towards his scholars, yelled: "Get
+hold of him! stone him!"
+
+But he addressed empty benches; the books lay scattered about and the
+seats turned upside down. The scholars, seeing their master prostrate
+under the table, and one of their companions rescued by main force,
+had all rushed, partly from fright and partly from a wish for
+liberty, through the door and dispersed about the town like a flight
+of birds released from a cage.
+
+The school was empty and the court deserted, except for a few grave
+looking men who stood in the portico of the Bet-ha-Kahol, and towards
+them rushed the frantic melamed, panting and tearing his hair. Meir
+in the meanwhile went swiftly on, with the child in his arms, whose
+tears fell thick and fast; but the eyes which looked through the
+tears at Meir were no longer the tears of an idiot.
+
+"Morejne!" whispered Lejbele.
+
+"Morejne!" he repeated, in a still lower voice, "how good you are!"
+
+At the corner of the little street where the tailor lived, Meir put
+the child down.
+
+"There," he said, pointing at Shmul's house, "go home now."
+
+The child stiffened, put his hands into his sleeves, and remained
+motionless. Meir smiled and looked into his face:
+
+"Are you afraid?"
+
+"I am afraid," said the motionless boy.
+
+Instead of returning as he had intended, the young man went towards
+Shmul's hut, followed at a distance by Lejbele. The day was almost
+over, and so was work in the little street. The pale and ragged
+inhabitants crowded before their thresholds.
+
+Scarcely had Meir penetrated into the street, where he became aware
+of a great change in the attitude of the people towards him.
+Formerly, the grandson of Saul had been greeted effusively on all
+sides; they had come to him with their complaints, sometimes asked
+for advice; others had greeted him from their windows with loud
+voices.
+
+Now scarcely anybody seemed to notice him. The men looked away; the
+women glanced at him with curiosity, whispered to each other, and
+pointed their fingers at him. One of the woodcutters with whom he had
+worked at his grandfather's looked at him sadly and withdrew into his
+hut. Meir shrugged his shoulders impatiently.
+
+"What is it all about?" he thought. "What wrong have I done to them?"
+Strange it seemed to him also that the tailor did not rush out to
+meet him with his usual effusive flatteries and complainings;
+nevertheless he entered the dwelling. Lejbele remained outside,
+crouching near the wall.
+
+The young man had to bend his head in order to enter the low doorway
+leading into the dark entrance where two goats were dimly visible,
+thence to the room where the air, in spite of the open window, felt
+heavy and oppressive. A thin woman with a wrinkled face passed him on
+the threshold. It was Shmul's wife, who carried a piece of brown
+bread to the child outside, Lejbele's supper when he came home from
+school.
+
+The whole family were eating a similar supper, with the exception of
+the elder and grown-up people, who seasoned their bread with pinches
+of chopped raw onion, of which a small quantity was lying on a
+battered plate. Besides Lejbele, there were two younger boys sitting
+on the floor, a two-year-old child crawled about on all fours, and a
+baby a few months old was suspended in a cradle near the ceiling, and
+rocked by one of the elder girls. Another girl was busy with the
+goats, and a third was feeding a blind old woman, Shmul's mother. She
+broke the bread in pieces, sprinkled onion upon it, and put it into
+the grandmother's hand, sometimes into her mouth. The blind mother
+was the only one in the family who possessed a bed; the others slept
+on the floor or upon the hard benches. She looked well cared for, the
+crossover on her shoulders was clean and whole, and on her head she
+had a quilted cap of black satin, profusely trimmed.
+
+The grand-daughter seemed quite absorbed in task of feeding the old
+woman. She patted wrinkled hand encouragingly when she perceived
+difficulty in masticating the hard food.
+
+As in the prosperous household of Saul, so in the dirty hut of the
+tailor, Shmul, the mother occupied the first place, and was the
+object of general care and reverence. Such a thing as a son, be he
+rich or poor, neglecting those who gave him life, is never seen in
+Israel. "Like the branches of a tree, we all sprang from her," said
+the head of the house of Ezofowich.
+
+The tailor, Shmul, could not express his feelings like Saul, but when
+his mother lost her sight, he tore his long, curly hair in despair,
+fasted with his whole family for three days, and with the money thus
+saved bought an old bedstead, which he put together with his own
+hands against the wall; and when Sarah Ezofowich, Ber's wife, gave
+him an order to sew a black satin dress for her, he cut a goodish
+piece from the material to make a quilted cap for his mother.
+
+When Shmul saw Meir coming into the room, he jumped up, bending his
+flexible body in two; but he did not kiss his hand as usual, or call
+out joyfully:
+
+"Ai! what a visitor, what a welcome visitor! Morejne!", he exclaimed,
+"I have heard of what you have done. The children from school came
+running past, and said you had knocked the melamed under the table
+and rescued my Lejbele from his powerful hands. You did it out of
+kindness, but it was a rash deed, Morejne, and a sinful one, and will
+bring me into great trouble. Reb Moshe will not take Lejbele back,
+nor receive any of my other boys, and they will remain stupid and
+ignorant. Ai! Ai! Morejne, you have brought trouble upon me and upon
+yourself with your kindly heart."
+
+"Do not trouble about me, Shmul; never mind about what I have brought
+upon myself, but take pity upon your child, and at least do not whip
+him at home; he suffers enough at school."
+
+"And what if he suffers?" exclaimed Shmul. "His fathers went to
+school, and I went there and suffered the same; it cannot be helped;
+it is necessary."
+
+"And have you never thought, Shmul, that things might be different?"
+questioned Meir gently.
+
+Shmul's eyes flashed.
+
+"Morejne!" he exclaimed, "do not utter sinful words under my roof. My
+hut is a poor one, but, thanks to the Lord, we keep the law and obey
+the elders. The tailor Shmul is very poor, and by the work of his
+hands supports his wife, eight children, and his blind mother. But he
+is poor before the Lord, and before the people, because faithfully he
+keeps the covenant and the Sabbath, eats nothing that is unclean,
+says all his prayers, crying aloud before the Lord. He does not keep
+friendship with the Goims (aliens) as the Lord protects and loves
+only the Israelites, and they only possess a soul. Thus lives the
+tailor Shmul, even as his fathers lived before him."
+
+When the flexible and fiery Shmul had finished, Meir asked very
+gently:
+
+"And were your fathers happy? and you, Shmul, are you happy?"
+
+This question brought before the tailor's eyes a vision of all his
+sufferings.
+
+"Ai! Ai! Let not my worst enemy be as happy as I am. The skin sticks
+to my bones, and my heart is full of pain."
+
+A deep sigh, from the corner of the room, seemed to re-echo the
+tailor's sorrowful outburst.
+
+Meir turned round, and seeing a big shadowy figure in the corner,
+asked, "Who is that?"
+
+Shmul nodded his head plaintively and waved his hands.
+
+"It is the carrier, Johel, come to see me. We have known each other a
+long time."
+
+At the same time a tall, heavy man came into the light, and
+approached the two. Johel was powerfully built, but he looked broken
+down and troubled. His jacket, without sleeves, was dirty and ragged,
+his bare feet cut and bruised, the fiery red hair matted, and the
+mouth swollen. There was something defiant in his looks, and yet he
+seemed as if he could not look anybody straight in the face. He went
+near the table to take a pinch of onion to season the bread he was
+holding in his hand.
+
+"Meir," he said, "you are an old acquaintance. I drove your uncle
+Raphael when he went to fetch you, a poor little orphan, and I drove
+you and him to Szybow."
+
+"I have seen you since," said Meir. "You were a decent carrier then,
+and had four horses."
+
+The inmate of the poorhouse smiled.
+
+"It is true," he said; "bad luck pursued me. I wanted to make a great
+geschaft (business), but it did not turn out as I thought it would,
+and then another misfortune befell me."
+
+"The second misfortune, Johel, was a crime. Why did you take the
+horses out of the gentleman's stables?"
+
+The questioned man laughed cynically.
+
+"Why did I take them out? I wanted to sell them, and make a lot of
+money."
+
+Shmul shook his head pityingly.
+
+"Ah! ah!" he sighed. "Johel is a poor man--a very poor man. He has
+been in prison three years, and now cannot find work, but is obliged
+to seek shelter in the poorhouse."
+
+Johel sighed deeply, but soon raised his head almost defiantly.
+
+"That cannot be helped," he said. "Perhaps I shall soon see my way to
+make a big profit."
+
+The words of the vagrant recalled to Meir's mind the short interview
+he had witnessed at the window of the poorhouse between Johel and
+Jankiel Kamionker. At the same time, he was struck by the expression
+of the tailor's face, which twitched all over as if under the
+influence of great excitement. His eyes sparkled and his hands
+trembled.
+
+"Who knows," he exclaimed, "what may happen in the future? Those that
+are poor one day may become rich the next. Who knows? The poor tailor
+Shmul may yet build a house on the Market Square, and set up in
+business for himself."
+
+Meir smiled sadly. The groundless hopes of these poor outcasts
+stirred his compassion. He looked absently around, and through the
+windows at the fields beyond.
+
+"You, Shmul," he said, "will certainly not build big houses; nor you,
+Johel, make heavy profits. Is it to be thought of? You are too many,
+and there is not enough for you all. I sometimes think that if you
+left these narrow, dirty streets, and looked about in the world, you
+might find a better way of living; even if you worked like peasants
+on the soil your life would be easier."
+
+He said this in an absent way, not so much addressing the two men
+before him as the noisy crowd without. But when Shmul heard these
+words, he twice jumped into the air, and twisted his cap upon his
+head.
+
+"Morejne!" he cried out, "what ugly words come from your lips.
+Morejne, do you wish to turn Israel upside down?"
+
+"Shmul," said Meir angrily, "it is true. When I look at your misery,
+and the misery of your families, I should like to turn things upside
+down."
+
+"Ai! ai!" cried the impressible and lively Shmul, holding his head
+with both hands. "I would not believe what the people said of you,
+and called them liars; but now I see myself that you are a bad
+Israelite, and the covenant and customs of your forefathers are no
+longer dear to you."
+
+Meir started, and drew himself up.
+
+"Who dares to say that I am a bad Israelite?" he exclaimed.
+
+Shmul's excited face took a quieter but more solemn expression, and
+he came close to Meir. Nobody would hear him, as the inmates of the
+room had gone into the street, and Johel retired into his corner to
+finish his meal. All the same, he spoke in an impressive whisper, as
+if about to disclose a terrible secret.
+
+"Morejne, it is no use asking who said it. People whisper, like the
+leaves on a tree. Who is to say which special leaf has whispered, or
+which mouth? Everybody speaks ill of you. They say you break the
+Sabbath, read accursed books, sing abominable songs, and incite young
+men to rebellion, that you do not pay due respect to the learned and
+wealthy members of the community, and,"--here he seemed to hesitate,
+and added in a still lower voice--"and that you live in friendship
+with the Karaitish girl."
+
+Meir listened like one turned to stone. He had grown very pale, and
+his eyes were flashing.
+
+"Who dames to say that?" he repeated in a choking voice.
+
+"Morejne!" replied Shmul, waving both hands, "you were sent for a
+week into the Bet-ha-Midrash to do penance. When the poor people in
+this street heard of it, there was a great commotion. Some wanted to go
+to your grandfather Saul and to the Rabbi to ask them not to put you to
+shame. The woodcutter Judel wanted to go, the carrier Baruch--well, the
+tailor Shmul, too. But soon afterwards people began to talk, and we heard
+why you had been punished; then we remained quiet, and said to each
+other: He is good and charitable, never proud with poor people, and has
+helped us often in our misery; but if he keeps not the covenant, his
+grandfather Saul is right to punish him."
+
+He stopped at last, out of breath with his rapid speech, and Meir
+fixed his penetrating eyes upon him, and asked:
+
+"Shmul, if the learned and wealthy people ordered me to be stoned,
+would you also think they were right?"
+
+Shmul retreated a few steps in horror.
+
+"Ugh!" he exclaimed, "why should you think of such terrible things?"
+and then added, in a thoughtful voice: "Well, Morejne, if you do not
+keep the holy covenant--"
+
+Meir interrupted, in a louder tone:
+
+"And do you know yourself, Shmul, what is the covenant? How much of
+it is God's law, and how much people's invention?"
+
+"Hush!" hissed Shmul, in a low voice. "People can hear, and I should
+not like anything unpleasant to happen to you under my roof."
+
+Meir looked through the window, and saw several people sitting on the
+bench before Shmul's house. They did not seem to listen, but talked
+among themselves; at the last words of Meir and Shmul they had raised
+their heads and looked through the window with a half-astonished,
+half-indignant expression. Meir shrugged his shoulders impatiently,
+and without saying good-bye turned towards the door. He had almost
+crossed the threshold when Shmul rushed after him, stooped down, and
+kissed his hand.
+
+"Morejne," he whispered, "I am sorry for you. Think better of it;
+reflect in time, and do not cause scandal in Israel. Your heart is
+made of gold, but your head is full of fire. Remember what you did to
+the melamed to-day! If you were not under such a terrible cloud,
+Morejne," he went on, raising a nervous twitching face up to Meir, "I
+should have opened my heart before you, for Shmul is in sore trouble
+to-day. I do not know what to do! He may remain poor all his life, or
+he may become rich; he may be happy or very wretched. A great fortune
+is coming to him, and he is afraid to take it because it looks like
+misfortune."
+
+Meir looked in silent amazement at the poor man, who evidently was
+trying to convey some secret to him; but at the same time from beyond
+the blackened stove came Johel's deep voice:
+
+"Shmul, will you be quiet! Come here, I want you!" The tailor, with
+his face troubled, rushed towards him, and Meir, deeply musing, went
+out into the street.
+
+It was evident from the clouded mien of the men and their scanty
+greetings that he was not so welcome to them as he used to be. Nobody
+rose when he passed, or approached him with a friendly word. Only the
+child got up as he went by, pushed his hands into the sleeves of his
+garment, and followed him.
+
+Walking one behind the other, they crossed a long, narrow street, and
+found themselves in the fields which divided Abel Karaim's hut from
+the town.
+
+It was now almost dark, but no flickering light was to be seen in
+Abel's window. They were not asleep yet, as Meir could see the dark
+outline of Golda near the window.
+
+They greeted each other with a silent motion of the head.
+
+"Golda," said Meir, in a low and rapid voice, "have you met with any
+unpleasantness lately? Has anybody molested you?"
+
+The girl pondered a little over his question. "Why do you ask me
+that, Meir?"
+
+"I was afraid some injury might have been done to you. People have
+spread some foolish slander about us."
+
+"I do not mind injury; I have grown up with it. Injury is my sister."
+
+Meir still looked troubled. "Why have you no light burning?" he
+asked.
+
+"I have nothing to spin, and zeide prays in darkness."
+
+"And why have you nothing to spin?"
+
+"I carried the yarn to Hannah Witebska and Sarah, Ber's wife, and
+they did not give me any more wool."
+
+"They have not insulted you?" asked Meir angrily
+
+Golda was again silent.
+
+"People's eyes often say worse things than tongues," she replied at
+last quietly.
+
+Evidently she did not want to complain, or it may be her mind was too
+full of other things to heed it much.
+
+"Meir," she said, "you have been in great trouble yourself lately?"
+
+Meir sat down upon the bench outside and leaned his head upon his
+hand with a weary sigh.
+
+"The greatest trouble and grief fell upon me to-day when I found that
+the people had turned away from me. Their former friendship has
+changed into ill feeling, and those that confided in me suspect me
+now of evil."
+
+Golda hung her head sadly, and Meir went on:
+
+"I do not know myself what to do. If I follow the promptings of my
+heart, my people will hate and persecute me. If I act against my
+conscience I shall hate myself and never know peace and happiness.
+Whilst I was sitting in the Bet-ha-Midrash I had almost made up my
+mind to let things be, and to try and live in peace with everybody;
+but when I had left the Ha-Midrash my temper again got the better of
+me, and rescuing a poor child I offended the melamed, and through him
+the elders and the people. That is what I have done to-day. Arid when
+I come to think of it, it seems to me a rash, useless act, as it will
+not prevent the melamed from destroying the poor children's health
+and intelligence. What can I do? I am alone, young, without a wife
+and family, or any position in the world. They can do with me what
+they like, and I can do nothing. They will persecute my friends until
+they desert me; they have already begun to injure and insult you,
+because you gave me your heart and joined your voice with mine on the
+meadow. I shall only bring unhappiness to you; perhaps it would be
+better to shut my eyes and ears to everything, and live like other
+people."
+
+His voice became lower and lower, and more difficult from the
+inward struggle with doubts and perplexities.
+
+Both remained silent for a few minutes, when suddenly a strange
+noise, seemingly from the other side of the hill, reached their ears.
+First it sounded faint and distant, like the passing of many wheels
+upon a soft and sandy soil. It grew louder by degrees, till the
+grating of wheels and stamping of many human feet could be heard
+quite distinctly. All this amidst the dark silence of the night gave
+it a mysterious, almost unreal appearance.
+
+Meir stood straight up and listened intently.
+
+"What is that?" he asked.
+
+"What can it be?" said Golda, in her quiet voice.
+
+It seemed as if a great many carts were passing on the other side of
+the hill.
+
+"I thought something rumbled and knocked inside the hill," said
+Golda.
+
+Indeed, it sounded now like human steps inside the hill, and as if
+some heavy weights were being thrown down. There was fear in Meir's
+face. He looked intently at Golda.
+
+"Shut the window, and bolt your door," he said quickly; "I will go
+and see what it is!"
+
+It was evident that he feared only on her account. "Why should I
+fasten either window or door? A strong hand could easily wrench them
+open."
+
+Meir went round the base of the hill, and soon found himself on the
+other side. What he saw there filled him with the greatest
+astonishment.
+
+In a half-circle, upon the sandy furrows, stood a great many carts
+laden with casks of all sizes. Around the carts a great many people
+were moving--peasants and Jews. The peasants were busy unload-the
+carts and rolling the casks into a cavern, which either nature or
+human hands had shaped in the hill.
+
+The Jews, who were flitting in and out among the carts and looking at
+the casks, or sounding them with their knuckles, finally crowded
+round a man who stood leaning his back against the side of the hill,
+and a low-voiced, but lively discussion followed. Among the Jews,
+Meir recognised several innkeepers of the neighbourhood, and in the
+man with whom they conversed, Jankiel Kamionker. The peasants whose
+task it was to unload the carts preserved a gloomy silence. A strong
+smell of alcohol permeated the air.
+
+The astonishment of Meir did not last long. He began to see the
+meaning of the whole scene, and seemingly had made up his mind what
+to do, as he moved a few steps in Jankiel Kamionker's direction.
+
+He had not gone far when a huge shadow detached itself from a
+projection of the hill and barred the way.
+
+"Where are you going, Meir?" whispered the man.
+
+"Why do you stop me from going, Johel?" replied Meir, as he tried to
+push him aside.
+
+But Johel grasped him by the coat tails.
+
+"Do you no longer care for you life?" he whispered. "I am sorry for
+you, because you are good and charitable; take warning and go at
+once."
+
+"But I want to know what Reb Jankiel and his innkeepers are going to
+do with the casks," persisted Meir.
+
+"It does not concern you," whispered Johel. "Let neither your eyes
+see nor your ears hear what Reb Jankiel is doing. He is engaged in a
+big business; you will only hinder him. Why should you stand in his
+way? What will you gain by it? Besides, what can you do against him?"
+
+Meir remained silent, and turned in another direction.
+
+"What can I do?" he whispered to himself; with quivering lips.
+
+Passing near Abel Karaim's hut, he saw Golda still standing at the
+window. He nodded to her.
+
+"Sleep in peace."
+
+But she called out to him:
+
+"Meir, here is a child sitting on the floor asleep."
+
+He came nearer and saw, close to the bench where he had been sitting,
+the crouching figure of a child.
+
+"Lejbele!" he said, wonderingly. He had not seen the lad, who had
+quietly followed him and sat down close to him.
+
+"Lejbele!" repeated Meir, and he put his hand upon the child's head.
+
+He opened a pair of half-unconscious eyes and smiled.
+
+"Why did you come here?" asked Meir, kindly.
+
+The child seemed to collect his thoughts, and then answered:
+
+"I followed you."
+
+"Father and mother will not know what has become of you."
+
+"Father sleeps, and mother sleeps," began Lejbele, rocking his head;
+"and the goats are sleeping," he added after a while, and at the
+remembrance of those, his best friends, he laughed aloud.
+
+But from Meir's lips the slight smile had vanished.
+
+He sighed and said, as if to himself:
+
+"How shall I act? What ought I to do?"
+
+Golda, with her hands crossed above her head, looked thoughtfully up
+to the starry sky. After a while she whispered timidly:
+
+"I will ask zeide; zeide is very learned; he knows the whole Bible by
+heart."
+
+"Ask him," said Meir.
+
+The girl turned her head towards the dark interior, and called out:
+
+"Zeide! What does Jehovah command a man to do, from whom the people
+have turned away because he will not act against his conscience?"
+
+Abel interrupted his prayers. He was accustomed to his
+grand-daughter's inquiries, and to answer them.
+
+He seemed to ponder a few minutes, and then in his quavering but
+distinct voice, replied:
+
+"Jehovah says: 'I made you a prophet, a guardian over Israel! Hear my
+words and repeat them to the people. If you do this, I shall call you
+a faithful servant; if you remain silent, on your head be the woes of
+Israel.'"
+
+The old voice became silent, but Meir listened still, with glowing
+eyes. Then he pointed into the dark room and said:
+
+"He has said the truth! Through his mouth has spoken the old covenant
+of Moses, the one true covenant."
+
+Tears gleamed in Golda's eyes; but Meir saw them not, so deeply was
+he absorbed in thoughts which fired his whole being. He gently bent
+his head before the girl and went away.
+
+She remained at the open window. Her bearing was quiet, but silent
+tears one after another rolled down her thin face.
+
+"They beheaded the prophet Hosea, and drove the prophet Jeremiah out
+of Jerusalem," she whispered.
+
+At a distance from the hut, Meir raised his face to heaven:
+
+"Rabbi Akiba died in great tortures for his convictions," he
+murmured.
+
+Golda's eyes followed him still though she could see him no longer;
+and folding her hands, she murmured:
+
+"Like as Ruth said to Naomi, I wilt say to the light of my soul:
+'Whither thou goest I will go; where thou diest, I will die!'"
+
+In this way these two children, thoroughly imbued with the old
+history and legends of Israel, which represented to them all earthly
+knowledge, drew from them comfort and courage.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+The day had scarcely begun to dawn when, in Kamionker's house,
+everybody, with the exception of the little children, was awake and
+stirring. It was an important day for the landlord of the inn, as it
+was that of the principal fair, which brought crowds of people of all
+sorts to the town. Both Jankiel's daughters, two strong, plain, and
+slatternly girls, with the help of the boy Mendel, whose stupid,
+malicious face bore the traces of Reb Moshe's training, were busy
+preparing the two guest rooms for the arrival of distinguished
+customers. Next to the guest rooms was the large bar-room, where,
+during the fair, crowds of country people were wont to drink and to
+dance. The servant pretended to clean the benches around the wall,
+and made a scanty fire in the great black stove, as the morning was
+cool and the air damp and musty. In Jankiel's room, the first from
+the entrance, the window of which looked upon the still empty
+market-square, were two people, Jankiel and his wife Jenta, both at
+their morning prayers.
+
+Jankiel, dressed his everyday gabardine with black kerchief twisted
+round his neck, rocked his body violently and prayed in a loud voice:
+
+"Blessed be the Lord of the world that he hath not made me a heathen!
+Blessed be the Lord that he hath not made me a slave! Blessed be the
+Lord that he hath not made me a woman!"
+
+At the same time Jenta, dressed in a blue sleeveless jacket and short
+skirt, bent her body in short, jerky motions, and in a voice much
+lower than her husband's, began:
+
+"Blessed be the Lord of the world that he has made me according to
+his will!"
+
+Rocking to and fro, she sighed heavily:
+
+"Blessed be the Lord who gives strength to the tired and drives away
+from their eyes sleep and weariness!"
+
+Then Jankiel took up the white tallith with the black border, and,
+wrapping himself in its soft folds, exclaimed:
+
+"Blessed be the Lord who enlightened us with his law and bade us to
+cover ourselves with the tallith!"
+
+He put the philacteries, or holy scroll, upon his forehead and
+wrists, saying:
+
+"I betroth myself for ever, betroth myself unto truth, unto the
+everlasting grace."
+
+Both husband and wife were so absorbed in their prayers that they did
+not hear the quick step of a man.
+
+Meir Ezofowich crossed the room where Jankiel and his wife were
+praying, and the next, which was full of beds and trunks, where the
+two smaller children were still asleep, and opened the door of his
+friend's room.
+
+There was as yet only a dim light in the little apartment where
+Eliezer stood at the window and prayed. He recognised his friend's
+step, but did not interrupt his prayers, only raised his hands as if
+inviting him to join:
+
+"O Lord of Hosts, how long wilt thou be angry against the prayer of
+thy people?"
+
+Meir stood a few steps apart and responded, as the people respond to
+the singer:
+
+"Thou feedest them with the bread of stones, and givest them tears to
+drink in great measure."
+
+"Thou makest us a strife unto our neighbours, and our enemies laugh
+among themselves," intonated Eliezer.
+
+In this way the two friends sang one of the most beautiful complaints
+that ever rose from earth to heaven. Every word is a tear, every word
+a melody expressing the tragic history of a great people.
+
+There were as different expressions in the faces of the two young men
+as their characters were unlike each other. Eliezer's blue eyes were
+full of tears, his delicate features full of dreaminess and rapture;
+Meir stood erect, his burning eyes fixed on the sky, and his brow
+contracted as if in anger. They both prayed from the depths of their
+hearts until the end, and then their formally united souls parted.
+Eliezer intoned a prayer for the Wise Men of Israel:
+
+"O Lord of heaven! guard and watch over the Wise Men of Israel, their
+wives, children and disciples, always and everywhere! Say unto me
+Amen!"
+
+Meir did not say Amen. He was silent.
+
+The singer seemed to wait for a response, when Meir, slightly raising
+his voice, said, with quivering lips:
+
+"Guard, O Lord, and watch over our brethren in Israel that live in
+sin and darkness, always and everywhere; bring them from darkness
+into light, from bondage to freedom! Say unto me Amen!"
+
+"Amen!" exclaimed Eliezer, turning towards his friend; and their
+hands met in a hearty grasp.
+
+"Eliezer," said Meir, "you look changed since I saw you last."
+
+"And you, Meir, look different."
+
+Only a week had passed over their heads. Sometimes one week means as
+much as ten years.
+
+"I have suffered much during the week," whispered the singer.
+
+Meir did not complain.
+
+"Eliezer," he said, "give me 'More Nebuchim.' I came to you so early
+to ask for that book. I want it very much."
+
+Eliezer stood with his head hanging down dejectedly.
+
+"I no longer have the book," he said, in a low voice.
+
+"Where is it?" asked Meir.
+
+"The book which brought us light and comfort is no more. The fire has
+devoured it, and its ashes are scattered to the winds."
+
+"Eliezer!" burst out Meir, "have you got frightened and burned it?"
+
+"My hands could never have committed the deed; even had my mouth
+commanded it, they would not have obeyed. A week ago my father came
+to me in great fury and ordered me to give up the accursed book we
+had been reading on the meadow. He shouted at me, 'Have you that
+book?' I said, 'I have.' He then asked me, 'Where is it?' I remained
+silent. He looked as if he would have liked to beat me, but did not
+dare, on account of my position in the synagogue, and the love people
+bear me. He then ransacked the whole room, and at last found it under
+the pillow. He wanted to carry it to the Rabbi, but I knelt before
+him and begged him not to do so, as he would not allow me to sing any
+more, and would deprive me of people's love, and of my singing.
+Father seemed struck by my remark, for he is proud that a son of his,
+and one so young in years, holds such a position, and he thinks,
+also, that, when his son sings and prays before the Lord, the Lord
+will prosper him in his business, and forgive all his sins. So he did
+not take the book to the Rabbi, but thrust it into the fire, and,
+when it burned and crackled, he leaped and danced for joy."
+
+"And you, Eliezer, you looked on and did nothing?"
+
+"What could I do?" whispered the singer.
+
+"I should have put the book on my breast, protected it with my arms,
+and said to my father, 'If you wish to burn it, burn me with it.'"
+
+Meir said this with indignation, almost anger, against his friend.
+
+Eliezer stood before him with downcast eyes, sad, and humbled.
+
+"I could not," he whispered. "I was afraid they would deprive me of
+my office, and denounce me as an infidel. But look at me, Meir, and
+judge from it how I loved our Master; since he was taken away from me
+my face has shrunk, and my eyes are red with tears."
+
+"Oh, tears! tears! tears!" exclaimed Meir, throwing himself upon a
+chair, and pressing his throbbing temples with both hands; "always
+those tears and tears!" he repeated, with a half-sarcastic,
+half-sorrowful voice. "You may weep for ever, and do no good either
+to yourself or to others. Eliezer! I love you even as a brother; but
+I do not like your tears, and do not care to look at your reddened
+eyes. Eliezer, do not show me tears again; show me eyes full of fire.
+The people love you, and would follow you like a child its mother."
+
+Scolding and upbraiding his friend, Meir's eyes betrayed a moisture
+which, not wishing to betray, he buried his face in both hands.
+
+"Oh, Eliezer, what have you done to give up that book? Where shall we
+go now for advice and comfort? Where shall we find another teacher?
+The flames have consumed the soul of our souls, and the ashes have
+been thrown to the winds. If the spirit of the Master sees it he will
+say, 'My people have cursed me again,'" and tears dropped through his
+fingers upon the rough deal table.
+
+Suddenly he stopped his laments, and, changing his position, fell
+into a deep reverie.
+
+Eliezer opened the window.
+
+The sandy ground of the market-square seemed divided in long slanting
+paths of red and gold by the rays of the rising sun. Along one of
+these shining paths, towards Kamionker's house, came a powerful
+bare-footed man. His heavy step sounded near the window where the two
+young men were sitting. Meir raised his head; the man had already
+passed, but a short glimpse of the matted red hair and swollen face
+was enough for Meir to identify him as the carrier, Johel.
+
+A few minutes later two men dressed in black passed near the window.
+One of them was tall, stately, and smiling; the other, slightly
+stooping, had iron-gray hair and a wrinkled brow. They were Morejne
+Calman and Abraham Ezofowich. Evidently they had not crossed the
+square, but passed along the back streets almost stealthily, as if to
+avoid being seen. Both disappeared in the entrance of Kamionker's
+house, where Johel had preceded them.
+
+Eliezer looked up from the book which he had been reading.
+
+"Meir," he said, "why do you look so stern? I have never seen you
+look so stern before."
+
+Meir did not seem to have heard his friend's remark. His eyes were
+fixed upon the floor, and he murmured:
+
+"My uncle Abraham! My uncle Abraham! Woe to our house. Shame to the
+house of Ezofowich!"
+
+In the next room, divided from Eliezer's by a thin wall, loud voices
+and bustle were audible. Jankiel shouted at his wife to go away and
+take the children with her. Jenta's low shoes clattered upon the
+floor, and the suddenly-roused children began to squall. By degrees
+the noise sounded fainter and farther off. Then the floor resounded
+with the steps of men, chairs were drawn together, and a lively
+discussion in low but audible voices began.
+
+Meir suddenly rose.
+
+"Eliezer," he whispered, "let us go away."
+
+"Why should we go away?" said the young man, raising his head from
+the book.
+
+"Because the walls are thin," began Meir.
+
+He did not finish, for from the other side of the wall came the
+violent exclamation from his uncle Abraham:
+
+"I do not know anything about that; you did not tell me, Jankiel."
+
+The mirthless, bilious cackle of Jankiel interrupted. "I know a thing
+or two," he exclaimed; "I knew that you, Abraham, would not easily
+agree to it. I shall manage that without your help."
+
+"Hush!" hissed Calman. The voices dropped again to a whisper.
+
+"Eliezer, go away!" insisted Meir.
+
+The singer did not seem to understand. "Eliezer! do you want to
+honour your father, as it is commanded from Sinai?"
+
+Kamionker's son sighed.
+
+"I pray to Jehovah that I may honour him." Meir grasped him by the
+hand.
+
+"Then go at once--go! if you stop here any longer you will never be
+able to honour your father again!" He spoke so impressively that
+Eliezer grew pale and began to tremble.
+
+"How can I go now, if they are discussing secrets there?"
+
+The voice of Jankiel became again distinctly audible:
+
+"The tailor Shmul is desperately poor; the driver Johel is a thief.
+Both will be well paid."
+
+"And the peasants who carted the spirit?" asked Abram.
+
+Jankiel laughed.
+
+"They are safe; their souls and bodies and everything that belongs to
+them is pledged to my innkeepers."
+
+"Hush!" whispered again the phlegmatic, therefore cautious, Kalman.
+
+Eliezer trembled more and more. A ray of light had pierced his dreamy
+brain.
+
+"Meir! Meir!" he whispered, "how can I get away? I am afraid to cross
+the room; they might think I had overheard their secrets."
+
+With one hand Meir pushed the table from the window, and with the
+other helped his friend to push through. In a second Eliezer had
+disappeared from the room. Meir drew himself up and murmured:
+
+"I will show myself now, and let them know that somebody has
+overheard their conversation."
+
+Then he opened the low door and entered into the next room. There,
+near the wall, on three chairs closely drawn together, sat three men.
+A small table stood between them. Kalman, in his satin garment,
+looked calm and self-possessed. Jankiel and Abraham rested their
+elbows on the table. The first was red with excitement and his eyes
+glittered with malicious, greedy light; the latter looked pale and
+troubled, and kept his eyes fixed on the floor; but nothing was
+capable of disturbing the smiling equanimity of Kalman. When Meir
+entered the room, he heard distinctly his uncle's words:
+
+"And if the whole place burns down with the spirit vaults?"
+
+"Ah! ah!" sneered Jankiel, "what does it matter? One more Edomite
+will become a beggar!"
+
+Here the speaker stopped and began to quiver as if with rage or
+terror; he saw Meir coming into the room. His two companions also saw
+him. Kalman's mouth opened wide. Abraham looked threatening, but his
+eyes fell before the bold, yet sorrowful glance of his nephew, and
+his hands began to tremble.
+
+Meir slowly crossed the room and entered into the next, where Johel
+stood near the stove staring absently at his bare toes.
+
+Jankiel sent a malediction after the retreating figure; the two
+others were silent.
+
+"Why did you bring us in such an unsafe place?" asked Kalman at last,
+in his even voice.
+
+"Why did you not warn us that somebody might hear from the other side
+of the wall?" asked Abraham impetuously. Jankiel explained that it
+was his son's room, who did not know anything about business and
+never paid the slightest attention to what was going on around him.
+
+"How should I know that cursed lad was there? He must have entered
+like a thief, through the window. Well!" he said, after a while,
+"what does it matter if he heard? He is an Israelite, one of us, and
+dare not betray his own people."
+
+"He may dare," repeated Kalman; "but we will keep an eye on him, and
+if he as much as breathes a syllable of what he heard we will crush
+him."
+
+Abraham rose.
+
+"You may do what you like," he said impulsively. "I wash my hands of
+the whole business."
+
+Jankiel eyed him with a malicious expression.
+
+"Very well," he said, "in that case there will be all the more for us
+two. Those who risk will get the money."
+
+Abraham sat down again. His nervous face betrayed the inward
+struggle. Jankiel, who had a piece of chalk in his hand, began
+writing on a black tablet:
+
+"Eight thousand gallons of spirit at four roubles the gallon make
+thirty-two thousand roubles. These divided into three make ten
+thousand six hundred and sixty-six roubles sixty-six and one third
+kopecks. Six hundred roubles to each of the two, Johel and Shmul, and
+there remains for each of us ten thousand and sixty-six roubles,
+sixty-six and one third kopecks."
+
+Abraham rose again. He did not speak, but twisted his handkerchief
+convulsively with both hands, Then he raised his eyes and asked:
+
+"And when will it come off?"
+
+"It will come off very soon," said Jankiel.
+
+Abraham said nothing further, and without saying good-bye, swiftly
+left the room.
+
+The large market-square showed signs of life. Long strings of carts
+and people began to arrive from all directions. Inside the houses and
+shops everybody was busy preparing for the day's business.
+
+In Ezofowich's house the inmates had risen earlier than usual to-day.
+The part of the home occupied by Raphael and Ber with their families
+resounded with gay and lively conversation. Various objects of trade,
+with their corresponding money value, were mentioned. Sometimes the
+calculations were interrupted by remarks in feminine voices, which
+occasioned laughter or gay exclamations. Everything showed the peace
+and contentment of people who strove after the well-being of their
+families and lived in mutual confidence and harmony.
+
+The large sitting-room smelt of pine branches, which were scattered
+upon the even more than usually clean floor. On the old-fashioned,
+high-backed sofa, before a table spread with fine linen, sat old Saul
+and sipped his fragrant tea. The huge samovar had been taken down
+from the cupboard and gleamed with red coals and hissed and steamed
+in the next room, where a large kitchen fire illuminated the long
+table and white, scrubbed benches. The steaming of the samovar, the
+great kitchen fire and fresh curtains everywhere, together with the
+unusual stir of all the inmates, showed distinctly that many visitors
+were expected and preparations made accordingly.
+
+But it was yet early in the day, and Saul sat alone, evidently
+relishing the atmosphere of well-being and orderliness and the sounds
+of the busy life filling the house from top to basement. It was one
+of those moments, not by any means rare in Saul's life, when he
+realised the many blessings which the Lord had bestowed upon his
+house with which to gladden his old age.
+
+Suddenly the door opened and Meir entered. The happy expression
+vanished from Saul's wrinkled face. The sight of his grandson
+reminded him of the thorn which lurked amidst the flowers. The very
+look of the young man acted as a false or stormy discord in a gay and
+peaceful melody. Trouble was depicted on his pale face, and his eyes
+looked indignant and angry. He entered boldly and quickly, but
+meeting the eyes of his grandfather, he bent his head and his step
+became slower. Formerly he was wont to approach his father and
+benefactor with the confidence and tenderness of a favourite child.
+Now he felt that between him and the old man there arose a barrier,
+which became higher and stronger every day, and his heart yearned for
+the lost love and for a kind look from the old man, who now met his
+eyes with a stern and angry face. He approached him timidly,
+therefore, and said in a sad, entreating voice:
+
+"Zeide! I should like to speak with you about important business."
+
+The humble attitude of the once favourite child mollified the old
+man; he looked less stern, and said shortly but gently: "Speak out."
+
+"Zeide, permit me to shut the door and windows so that nobody hears
+what I have to say."
+
+"Shut them," replied Saul, and he waited with troubled face for the
+grandson to begin.
+
+After closing the door and windows Meir came close to his grandfather
+and began:
+
+"Zeide! I know that my words will bring you trouble and sorrow, but I
+have nobody to go to; you were to me father and mother, and when in
+trouble I come to you." His voice shook perceptibly.
+
+The grandfather softened.
+
+"Tell me everything. Though I have reason to be angry with you,
+because you are not what I should like to see you, I cannot forget
+that you are the son of my son who left me so early. If you have
+troubles I will take them from you; if anybody has wronged you I will
+stand up for you and punish him."
+
+These words soothed and comforted the young man.
+
+"Zeide!", he said, in a bolder tone, "thanks to you I have no
+troubles of my own, and nobody has wronged me; but I have come across
+a terrible secret, and do not know what to do with it, as I cannot
+keep it concealed. I thought I would tell you, so that you, Zeide,
+with the authority of your gray hair, might prevent a great crime and
+a great shame."
+
+Saul looked at his grandson half-anxiously, half-curiously.
+
+"It is better people should not know any secrets or trouble about
+any; but I know that if you do not speak to me, you will speak to
+someone else, and troubles might come from it. Say, then, what is
+this terrible secret?"
+
+Meir answered
+
+"This is the secret: Jankiel Kamionker, as you know, zeide, rents the
+distillery from the lord of Kamionka. He distilled during the season
+six thousand gallons of spirits, but did not sell any as prices were
+low. Now prices have risen and he wants to sell; but he does not want
+to pay the high government taxes."
+
+"Speak lower," interrupted Saul, whose face betrayed great
+uneasiness.
+
+Meir lowered his voice almost to a whisper.
+
+"In order not to pay the taxes Kamionker last night carted away all
+the spirits to the Karaite's hill, where his innkeepers from all
+parts came to bargain for it and buy it up. But he thought what would
+become of him if the government officials came down to visit the
+vaults and did not find the spirits--he would be held answerable and
+punished. Then he hired two people. Zeide! he tempted two miserable
+outcasts to--"
+
+"Hush!" exclaimed Saul, in a low voice. "Be quiet; do not say a word
+more. I can guess the rest."
+
+The old man's hands trembled, and his shaggy eyebrows bristled in a
+heavy frown.
+
+Meir was silent, and looked with expectant eyes at his grandfather.
+
+"Your mouth has spoken what is not true. It cannot be true."
+
+"Zeide!" whispered Meir, "it is as true as the sun in heaven. Have
+you not heard, zeide, of the incidents that happened last year and
+last year but one? These incidents are getting more and more
+numerous, and every true Israelite deplores it and reddens with
+shame."
+
+"How can you know all this? How can you understand these things? I do
+not believe you."
+
+"How do I know and understand it? Zeide, I have been brought up in
+your house, where many people come to see you: Jews and Christians,
+merchants and lords, rich and poor. They talked with you and I
+listened. Why should I not understand?"
+
+Saul was silent, and his troubled countenance betrayed many
+conflicting thoughts. A sudden anger toward the grandson stirred his
+blood.
+
+"You understand too much. You are too inquisitive. Your spirit is
+full of restlessness, and you carry trouble with you wherever you go.
+I felt so happy to-day until my eye fell upon you, and black care
+entered with you into the room."
+
+Meir hung his head.
+
+"Zeide," he said sadly, "why do you reproach me? It is not
+about my own affairs I came to you."
+
+"And what right have you to meddle with affairs that are not your
+own?" said Saul, with hesitation in his voice.
+
+"They are our own, zeide. Kamionker is an Israelite, and as such
+ought not to cast a slur on our race; besides, they are our own,
+still more because your son, zeide, Abraham belongs to it."
+
+Saul rose suddenly from the sofa and fell back again. Then he fixed
+his penetrating eyes upon Meir.
+
+"Are you speaking the truth?" he asked sternly.
+
+"I have seen and heard it all myself," whispered Meir.
+
+Saul remained thinking a long time.
+
+"Well," he said slowly, "you have the right to accuse your uncle. He
+is your father's brother, and from his deed shame and ignominy might
+come upon our house. The family of Ezofowich never did dishonourable
+things. I shall forbid Abraham to have anything to do with it."
+
+"Zeide, tell also Kamionker and Kalman not to do it."
+
+"You are foolish," said Saul. "Are Kamionker and Kalman my sons or my
+daughters' husbands? They would not listen to me."
+
+"If they do not listen, zeide," exclaimed Meir "denounce them before
+the owner of Kamionka or before the law."
+
+Saul looked at his grandson with flaming eyes.
+
+"Your advice is that of a foolish boy. Would you have your old
+grandfather turn informer, and bring calamity upon his own brethren?"
+
+He wanted to say something more, but the door opened to admit several
+visitors; they were Israelites from the country, respectable
+merchants or farmers from the neighbouring estates, arrived for the
+great fair. Saul half-rose to welcome his guests, who quickly
+stepping up to him, pressed his hand in hearty greeting, and
+explained that it was not so much business as the desire to see the
+wise and honoured Saul which had brought them to town. Saul answered
+with an equally polite speech, and asked them to be seated round the
+table, and without leaving his own seat on the sofa clapped his bony
+hands. At the signal a buxom servant girl came in with glasses of
+steaming tea, which filled the whole room with its subtle aroma. The
+guests thanked him smilingly, and then began a lively conversation
+about familiar subjects.
+
+Meir saw that he would have no further opportunity of seeing his
+grandfather alone, and quickly left the room and went into the
+kitchen. This also was full of visitors, but of a different class
+from those in the pitting-room. Upon the benches by the wall sat some
+fifteen men in old worn-out garments; and Sarah, Saul's daughter, and
+Raphael's wife, Saul's daughter-in-law, conversed with them and
+offered tea or mead and other refreshments.
+
+The men responded gaily, if somewhat timidly, and accepted the
+refreshments with humble thanks. Most of them were inn-keepers, dairy
+farmers, or small tradesmen from the country. Their dark, lean faces
+and rough hands betrayed poverty and hard work. The smallest expense
+for food during their stay in town would have made a difference to
+them. They went, therefore, straight to Ezofowich's house, the doors
+of which were always hospitably open on such days, as had been the
+custom of the family for hundreds of years.
+
+The two women in their silk gowns and bright caps flitted to and fro
+between the huge fireplace and the grateful guests. Outside the house
+there was another class of visitors. Those were the very poorest, who
+had not come to buy or to sell at the fair, but to obtain some wine
+and food out of the charity of their wealthier brethren. To these the
+servant carried bread and clotted milk and small copper coins. The
+murmur of their thanks and blessings penetrated to the kitchen, where
+the two busy women smiled yet more contentedly, and produced more
+small coins from their capacious pockets.
+
+In another part of the roomy kitchen stood the children of the house,
+pleased with their pretty dresses and coral necklaces, eating sweets.
+The elder boys listened to the conversation of the men, and a few of
+the younger children played on the floor. Close to this group sat the
+great-grandmother, Freida. Days like this conveyed to her clouded
+memory pictures of the past, when she herself, a happy wife and
+mother, looked after the comforts of her numerous guests. Her
+great-granddaughter had roused her earlier than usual to-day, and
+dressed her in the costliest garments, and now, before she would be
+led into the sitting-room to her chair near the window, they were
+completing her toilette. The black-eyed Lija fastened the diamond
+star into her turban; her younger sister arranged the pendants;
+another put the costly pearls around her neck and twisted the golden
+chain cunningly among the soft folds of her white apron. Having done
+this they smiled and drew back a little to admire the effect of their
+handiwork, or peeped roguishly into the great-grandmother's eyes and
+kissed her on the forehead.
+
+The men sitting round the wall nodded their heads sympathetically,
+looked reverentially at the old lady, and now and then exclamations
+of wonder and pleasure at seeing her surrounded by such tender care
+escaped from their lips.
+
+The other part of the house, which had been so lively early in the
+morning, was now silent and deserted. Meir crossed the narrow passage
+that divided the house, and opened the door of his Uncle Raphael's
+room, meeting his friend and cousin Haim upon the threshold. The
+youthful, almost childish face, surrounded by golden hair, looked
+beaming and excited.
+
+"Where is Uncle Raphael?" asked Meir.
+
+"Where should he be? He is at the fair, together with Ber, buying
+bullocks."
+
+"And you, Haim, where are you going?"
+
+But the lad did not even hear the question. Trilling a gay song, he
+had rushed off where the stir and lively spectacle of the fair
+attracted him.
+
+Meir went out into the porch and looked around. The fair had scarcely
+begun, but in the midst of some forty carts he saw Ber discussing the
+prices of the cattle with the peasants. A little further on he saw
+Raphael standing in the porch of a house, surrounded by merchants,
+evidently talking and arranging business, as all their fingers were
+in motion. To approach these two men, who, after his grandfather, had
+the greatest, authority in the family, and engage them in private
+talk was impossible. Meir saw that, and did not even try.
+
+The sight of the motley crowd, where everybody was engaged upon some
+business of his own, looked strange and unreal. His thoughts were so
+different from any of the thoughts that moved that bustling multitude.
+
+"Why should it trouble me?" he murmured. "What can I do?" And yet it
+seemed to him impossible to wait in passive inactivity until a red
+glare in the sky should announce that the nefarious design had been
+accomplished.
+
+"What wrong has the man ever done us?" he said to himself. He was
+thinking of the owner of Kamionka.
+
+His dull, listless eyes rested on the porch of Witebski's house, and
+he saw the merchant himself standing and leisurely smoking a cigar.
+He was looking at the lively scene with the eyes of a man who had
+nothing whatever to do with it. The fact is, he dealt in timber,
+which he bought in large quantities, from the estates; therefore the
+fair had no special attraction for him. Besides, he considered
+himself too refined and thought too highly of his own business to mix
+with a crowd occupied with selling and buying corn or cattle.
+
+Meir descended the steps and went towards Witebski, who, seeing him,
+smiled and stretched out a friendly hand.
+
+"A rare visitor! A rare visitor!" he exclaimed. "But I know you could
+not come sooner to see the parents of your betrothed. We have heard
+how your severe grandfather ordered you to sit in Bet-ha-Midrash to
+read the Talmud. Well, it does not matter much; does it? The zeide is
+a dear old man, and did not mean it unkindly, just as you did not
+mean to do any wrong. Young people will now and then kick over the
+traces. Come into the drawing-room; I will call my wife, and she will
+make you welcome as a dear son-in-law."
+
+The worldly-wise merchant spoke smilingly, and holding Meir by the
+hand, led him into the drawing-room. There, before the green sofa, he
+stood still, and looked into Meir's face and said:
+
+"It is very praiseworthy, Meir, that you are bashful and shy of your
+future wife. I was the same at your age, and all young men ought to
+feel like it; but my daughter has been brought up in the world, where
+customs are somewhat different. She is wondering that she does not
+even know the fiance who is to be her husband within a month. I will
+go and bring her here. Nobody need know you are together. I will shut
+the door and window, and you can have a quiet talk together and make
+each other's acquaintance."
+
+He was moving towards the door, but Meir grasped him by the sleeve.
+
+"Reb!" he said. "I am not thinking of betrothals or weddings; I came
+to you on a different errand altogether."
+
+Witebski looked sharply at the grave and pale face of the young man,
+and his brow became slightly clouded.
+
+"It is not about my own affairs I have come to you, Reb--"
+
+The merchant quickly interrupted:
+
+"If it be neither your affair nor mine, why enter it?"
+
+"There are affairs," said the young man, "which belong to everybody,
+and it is everybody's business to think and speak about them."
+
+He was thinking of public affairs, but though he did not express
+himself in these words, he felt all their importance.
+
+"I have come across an awful secret to-day."
+
+Witebski jumped up from the easy-chair where he was sitting.
+
+"I do not want to hear about any awful secrets! Why should you come
+to me about it, when I am not curious to know anything?"
+
+"I want you, Reb, to prevent a terrible deed."
+
+"And why should I prevent anything; why do you come to me about it?"
+
+"Because you are rich and respected, and know how to speak. You live
+in peace and friendship with everybody; even the great Rabbi smiles
+when he sees you. Your words could do much if you only would--"
+
+"But I will not," interrupted Witebski in a determined voice and with
+clouded brow. "I am rich and live in peace with everybody;" and
+lowering his voice, he added: "If I began to peer into people's
+secrets and thwarted them, I should be neither rich nor live in peace
+with anybody, and things would, not go so well with me as they are
+going now."
+
+"Reb!" said Meir, "I am glad that everything is prospering with you:
+but I should not care for prosperity if it were the result of
+wrong-doing."
+
+"Who speaks about wrong-doing?" said Eli, brightening up again. "I
+wrong no man. I deal honestly with everybody I do business with, and
+they are satisfied and feel friendly towards me. Thanks to the Lord,
+I can look everybody in the face, and upon the fortune I leave my
+children there are no human tears or human wrongs."
+
+Meir bent his head respectfully.
+
+"I know it, Reb. You are fair and honest, and carry on your business
+with the wise intelligence the Lord gave you, and bring honour upon
+Israel. But I think if a man be honest himself, he ought not to look
+indifferently upon other people's villainy; and if he do not prevent
+it when he can, it is as bad as if he had done it himself. I have
+heard that a great wrong is going to be done by an Israelite to an
+innocent man. I can do nothing to prevent it, and I am looking for
+somebody who might be able to save this innocent man from a great
+calamity."
+
+Here a loud and jovial laugh quite unexpectedly interrupted Meir's
+speech, and Witebski patted him playfully on the shoulder.
+
+"Well, well," he said, "I see what you are driving at. You are a
+hot-headed youth, and want to take some trouble out of your own head
+and put it into mine. Thank you for the gift, but I will have none of
+it. Let things be. Why should we spoil our lives when they can be
+made so pleasant? There, sit ye down, and I will go and bring your
+bride. You have never heard her play on the piano. Ah, but she can
+play well. It is not the Sabbath, and she will play and you can
+listen a little."
+
+He said this in his most lively manner, and moved towards the door;
+but again Meir arrested his steps.
+
+"Reb!" he said, "listen at least to what I have to say."
+
+There was a gleam of impatience in Witebski's eyes. "Ah, Meir! what
+an obstinate fellow you are, wanting to force your elders to do or
+hear things they do not want to! Well, I forgive you, and now let me
+go and bring the young woman."
+
+Meir barred the way
+
+"Reb," he said, "I will not let you go before you have heard me. I
+have no one else to go to; everybody is occupied with business or
+visitors. You alone, Reb, have time."
+
+He stopped, because the merchant laid his hand upon the young man's
+shoulder; he was no longer smiling, but looked grave and displeased.
+
+"Listen, Meir," he said. "I will tell you one thing. You have taken a
+wrong turning altogether. People shake their heads and speak badly of
+you; but I am indulgent with you. I make allowance because you are
+young, and because I am not of the same way of thinking as the people
+here, and know that many things in Israel are not as they ought to
+be. I think it; but do not speak about it or show it. Why should I
+expose myself to their ill-feeling? What can I do? If it be the Lord
+who ordered it so, why should I offend Him and make Him turn against
+me? If it be people's doing, other people will come in time to set it
+right. My business is to look after my family and their well-being. I
+am not a judge or a Rabbi either; therefore I keep quiet, try to
+please God and the people, and be in nobody's way. These re my
+principles, and I wish they were yours also Meir. I should let you go
+your own way, and not give advice to you either; but since you are to
+be my son-in-law, I must keep my eye upon you."
+
+"Rob!" interrupted Meir, whose eyelids quivered with suppressed
+irritation, "do not be angry with me or think me rude, but I cannot
+marry your daughter. I shall never be her husband."
+
+Witebski turned rigid with amazement.
+
+"Do we hear aright?" he said, after a while. "Did not your
+grandfather pledge you to her and send the betrothal gifts?"
+
+"My grandfather agreed with you about it," said Meir, in a trembling
+voice; "but he did it against my wish."
+
+"Well," said Witebski, with the greatest amazement, "and what have
+you to say against my daughter?"
+
+"I have no feelings against her, Rob; but my heart is not drawn to
+her. She also does not care for me. The other day, when passing your
+house, I heard her crying and lamenting that they wanted her to marry
+a common, ignorant Jew. It may be I am a common, ignorant Jew, but
+her education likewise is not to my taste. Why should you wish to
+bind us? We are not children, and know what our heart desires and
+what it does not desire."
+
+Witebski still looked at the young man in utter bewilderment, and
+raising both hands to his head, exclaimed indignantly:
+
+"Did my ears not deceive me? You do not want my daughter--my
+beautiful, educated Mera?"
+
+A hot flush had mounted to his forehead. The gentle diplomatist and
+man of the world had disappeared, only the outraged father remained.
+
+At the same time the door was violently thrown open, and upon the
+threshold, with a very red face and blazing eyes, stood Mistress
+Hannah.
+
+Evidently she had been at her toilette, which was only partly
+completed. Instead of her silk gown she wore a short red petticoat
+and gray jacket. The front of her wig was carefully dressed, but a
+loose braid fastened by a string dangled gracefully at her back. She
+stood upon the threshold and gasped out:
+
+"I have heard everything!"
+
+She could not say any more from excitement. Her breast heaved and her
+face was fiery red. At last she rushed with waving arms at Meir, and
+shouted:
+
+"What is that? You refuse my daughter! You, a common, stupid Jew from
+Szybow, do not wish to marry a beautiful, educated girl like my Mera!
+Fie upon you--an idiot, a profligate!"
+
+Witebski tried in vain to mitigate the fury of his better half.
+
+"Hush, Hannah, hush!" he said, holding her by the elbow.
+
+But all the breeding and distinguished manners upon which Mistress
+Hannah prided herself had vanished. She shook her clenched fist close
+in Meir's face:
+
+"You do not want Mera, my beautiful daughter! Ai! Ai! the great
+misfortune!" she sneered. "It will certainly kill us with grief. She
+will cry her eyes out after the ignorant Jew from Szybow! I shall
+take her to Wilno and marry her to a count, a general, or a prince.
+You think that because your grandfather is rich and you have money of
+your own you can do what you like. I will show your grandfather and
+all your family that I care for them as much as for an old slipper!"
+
+Eli carefully closed the door and windows. Mistress Hannah rushed
+toward a chest of drawers, opened it and took out, one after the
+other, the velvet-lined boxes, and throwing them at Meir's feet,
+exclaimed:
+
+"There, take your presents and carry them to the beggar girl you are
+consorting with; she will be just the wife for you."
+
+"Hush!" hissed out the husband, almost despairingly, as he stooped
+down to pick up the boxes but Mistress Hannah tore them out of his
+hands.
+
+"I will carry them myself to his grandfather, and break off the
+engagement."
+
+"Hannah," persuaded the husband, "you will only make matters worse. I
+will take them myself and speak with Saul."
+
+Hannah did not even hear what he said.
+
+"For shame!" she cried out; "the madman, the profligate, to prefer
+the Karaite's girl to my daughter! Well, the Lord be thanked we have
+got rid of him. Now I shall take my daughter to Wilno and marry her
+to a great nobleman."
+
+It was about noon when Meir left Witebski's house, pursued by the
+curses and scoldings of its mistress and the gentle remonstrances and
+conciliatory words of Eli. The fair was now in full swing. The large
+market square was full of vehicles of all kinds, animals and people,
+that it seemed as if nobody could pass or find room any longer. In
+one part of the square where the crowd was less dense, close by the
+wall of a large building, sat an old man surrounded by baskets of all
+shapes and sizes. It was Abel Karaim.
+
+Though the day was warm and sunny, his head was covered with a fur
+cap, from under which streamed his white hair, and his beard spread
+like a fan over his breast. The sun fell upon the small and thin
+face, scarcely visible from under his hair, and the fur which fell
+over the shaggy eyebrows gave but little protection to the dim eyes
+blinking in the sunlight.
+
+Close to him, slim and erect, stood Golda, with her corals encircling
+the slender neck, setting off the clear olive of her complexion, and
+her heavy tresses falling down her back. A few steps in front of
+these two stood long rows of carts full of grain, wood, and various
+country produce; between the carts bullocks and cows lowed, calves
+bleated, horses neighed and stamped, small brokers and horse-dealers
+flitted to and fro bargaining with the peasants. In this hubbub of
+voices, in midst of bargaining and quarrels, mixed with the shrill
+voices of women and squalling children, sounded the quavering voice
+of old Abel unweariedly at his task of reciting. The surging elements
+around did not distract him; on the contrary, they seemed to
+stimulate him, as his voice sounded louder and more distinct.
+
+"When Moses descended from Mount Sinai, a great light shone from his
+face, and the people fell down on their faces and called out as in
+one voice: Moses, repeat to us the words of the Eternal. And a great
+calm came upon the earth and the heavens. They grew silent, the
+lightning ceased, and the wind fell. And Moses called the seventy
+elders of Israel, and when they surrounded him, as the stars surround
+the moon, he repeated to them the words of the Eternal."
+
+At this moment two grave men, poorly dressed, came from the crowd and
+passed close by him.
+
+"He is reciting again," said one.
+
+"He is always doing so," said the other.
+
+They smiled, but did not go further. An old woman and some younger
+people joined them. The woman stood listening and asked:
+
+"What is it he is telling?"
+
+"The history and the covenant of the Israelites," replied Golda.
+
+The young people opened their mouths, the woman drew nearer, the men
+smiled, but all stood still and listened.
+
+"When the people heard the commandments of the Lord, they called out
+as in one voice: We will do all that the Lord commands. And Moses
+erected twelve stones against the Mountain of Sinai, and said unto
+the people: Keep therefore the words of this covenant; your captains
+of your tribes, your elders, and your officers, with all the men of
+Israel."
+
+"Your little ones, your wives, and the stranger that is in thy camp,
+from the hewer of thy wood unto the drawer of thy water."
+
+"He says beautiful things, and speaks well," said one.
+
+"And the hewer of thy wood and the drawer of thy water," repeated the
+two poorly dressed men as they raised their shining eyes to heaven.
+The woman, who had listened attentively, drew from her shabby gown a
+dirty handkerchief, and undoing one of the knots, deposited a big
+copper coin on Abel's knees.
+
+A few more had joined the little group which surrounded Abel, Jews,
+Christians, and young people. These few had torn themselves from the
+noisy, haggling crowd, and listened to other words than those of
+roubles and kopecks--the sounds of the far past. It seemed almost as
+if Abel felt the attention of the people, and as if all these eyes
+upon him warmed his heart and stirred his memory. His eyes shone
+brighter from under the half-closed eyelids; the fur cap pushed at
+the back of his head, and the long white hair falling upon breast and
+shoulder, gave him the air of a half-blind bard who, with national
+songs, rouses and gladdens the spirit of the people. In a louder and
+steadier voice he went on:
+
+"When the Israelites crossed the Jordan, Joshua erected two great
+stones, and wrote upon them the ten commandments. One half of the
+people rested under Mount Gerisim, the other half under Mount Ebal,
+and the voice spoke unto all men: He breaks the covenant of the Lord
+who worships false gods, he who does not honour his father and
+mother. He breaks the covenant who covets his neighbour's property
+and leads astray the blind. He breaks it who wrongs the stranger, the
+orphan, and the widow; he who putteth a lie into his brother's ear,
+and sayeth of the innocent, Let him die. And when the people of
+Israel heard it they called out, as if in one voice: All that thou
+commandest, we will do."
+
+"Amen," murmured around Abel the voices which a short time before had
+haggled desperately over their small bargains. A peasant woman pushed
+through the little group, picked up one of the baskets and asked the
+price. Golda told her, after which the woman began to bargain; but
+Golda did not answer again, not because she did not want to, as
+rather that she did not hear the shrill voice any longer. Her eyes
+were fixed upon one point in the crowd, a hot blush suffused her
+features, and a half-childish, half-passionate smile played upon her
+lips. She saw Meir making his way through the crowd and coming near
+where she stood; but he did not see her. His face looked troubled and
+restless, and presently he disappeared within the precincts of the
+synagogue. This was almost as crowded as the market square, but not
+so noisy.
+
+Meir went towards the dwelling of the Rabbi Todros; all the people
+were moving in the same direction. Close to the Rabbi's little hut
+the crowd was still denser; but there was no noise, no pushing, or
+eyes shining with the greediness of gain; a grave silence prevailed
+everywhere, interrupted only by timid whispers. Meir knew what
+brought the people here and where they came from. There were scarcely
+any inhabitants of Szybow amongst them, as these could always see the
+Rabbi and come to him for advice. They came mostly from the country
+around; some from far distant places. There was a slight sprinkling
+of merchants and well-to-do people, but the great bulk bore the stamp
+of poverty and hard work in their lean, patient faces, and upon their
+garments.
+
+"Why should I go there?" said Meir to himself; "he will not listen to
+me now; but where else can I go?" he added after a while, and he
+again mixed with the crowd, which bore him onwards until he found
+himself before the wide-open door of the Rabbi's dwelling.
+
+Beyond the door, in the entrance hall, people stood closely pressed
+together like a living and breathing wall; no other sound than their
+long-drawn breaths were audible. Meir tried to push his way through,
+which did not present much difficulty, for many of the poor people
+had been humble guests at Ezofowich's, and recognised Saul's grandson
+and made way for him. They did this in a quick, absent-minded way,
+their eyes being riveted on the room beyond; they stood on tip-toe,
+and whenever they caught a broken sentence, their faces glowed with
+happiness as if the honoured sage's words were balm for all the
+sorrows of their lives.
+
+The interior of the room, which Meir beheld from the open door,
+presented a singular appearance. In the depth of it, between the wall
+and a table, sat Rabbi Todros in his usual worn-out garments with his
+cap pushed to the back of his head. The upper part of his body bent
+forward; he sat perfectly motionless except for his eyes, which
+roamed along the people, who looked at him humbly and beseechingly.
+There was a small space between the sage and those who stood before
+him, which none dared to cross without his permission. The whole
+scene was lighted up by the rays of the sun streaming in through the
+window, on one side; on the other by the lurid and fitful flames in
+the fire-place. Near the latter crouched the melamed, feeding the
+fire with fresh fuel and putting various herbs into steaming vessels.
+
+Besides the function of apothecary he had also the office of crier.
+He called out the names of the people who, according to his opinion,
+were entitled to appear before the master.
+
+He now raised his thick forefinger towards the entrance, and called
+out:
+
+"Shimshel, the innkeeper."
+
+The summoned man whose name, Samson, time and custom had transformed
+into Shimshel, did not in the least resemble his namesake, the Samson
+of history. He was slender and red-haired, and bent almost to the
+ground before the Rabbi.
+
+"Who greets the Wise Man bows before the greatness of the Creator,"
+he said in a timid, shaking voice. It was not only his voice which
+trembled, but all his limbs, and his blue eyes roamed wildly about
+the room.
+
+Isaak Todros sat like a statue. His eyes looked piercingly at
+the little red-haired man before him, who, in his terror, had lost his
+tongue altogether.
+
+"Well?" said the sage, after a lengthy pause.
+
+Shimshel raised his shoulders almost to his ears and began:
+
+"Nassi! let a ray of your wisdom enlighten my darkness. I have
+committed a great sin, and my soul trembles while I am confessing it
+before you. Nassi! I am a most unfortunate man; my wife Ryfka has
+lost my soul for ever, unless you, oh Rabbi, tell me how to make it
+clean again."
+
+Here the poor penitent choked again, but gathering courage,
+proceeded:
+
+"Nassi! I and my wife Ryfka and the children sat down, last Friday,
+to the Sabbath feast. On one table there was a dish of meat, on the
+other a bowl of milk which my wife had boiled for the younger
+children. My wife ladled out the milk for the children, when her hand
+shook and a drop of milk fell upon the meat."
+
+"Ai! Ai! stupid woman, what had she done! She had made the meat
+unclean."
+
+"Well, and what did you do with the meat?" The questioned man's head
+sank upon his breast, and he stammered:
+
+"Rabbi, I ate from it, and so did my wife and children."
+
+The Rabbi's eyes flashed with anger.
+
+"Why did you not throw the unclean food on the refuse heap? Why did
+you make your mouth and the mouths of your family unclean?" shouted
+the Rabbi.
+
+Shimshel choked again, and stopped. The sage, still motionless,
+asked:
+
+"Nassi! I am very poor, and keep a small inn that brings but little
+profit. I have six children, an old father who lives with me, and two
+orphaned grandchildren, whose parents died. Rabbi it is difficult to
+find food for so many mouths, and we have meat only once a week.
+Kosher meat is very dear, so I buy three pounds every week, and
+eleven people have to keep up their strength, on it. Rabbi! I knew we
+should have nothing during the week, except bread and onions and
+cucumber. I was loth to throw that meat away and so ate from it, and
+allowed my family to eat from it."
+
+Thus complained and confessed the poor Samson, and the master
+listened with clouded brows.
+
+Then he spoke, transfixing the sinner with angry eyes. He explained
+in a long and learned speech the origin of the law of clean and
+unclean food. How great and wise men had written many commentaries
+about it, and how great the sin of a man was who dared to eat a piece
+of meat upon which a drop of milk had fallen.
+
+"Your sin is abominable in the sight of the Lord," he thundered at
+the humble penitent. "For the sake of greediness you have broken the
+covenant which Jehovah made with his people, and transgressed one of
+the six hundred and thirteen commandments which every true Israelite
+is bound to keep. You deserve to be cursed even as Elisha cursed the
+mocking children, and Joshua the town of Jerico. But since it was
+only your body which sinned, whilst the spirit remained faithful, and
+you came to me and humbled and confessed yourself, I will forgive
+you, under the condition that you and your family abstain from meat
+and milk during four weeks, and the money saved thereby be
+distributed among the poor. And after four weeks, when your souls
+will be clean again from the abomination, you may dwell in peace and
+piety among your brethren Israelites."
+
+"Say everybody Amen."
+
+"Amen," called the people within the room and without, and those who
+pressed their eager faces against the window.
+
+The little red-haired Samson, relieved of the burden that had
+oppressed his conscience, though otherwise burdened with a
+four-weeks' fast, murmured his thanks and retreated towards the
+entrance.
+
+Reb Moshe again raised his finger and called out:
+
+"Reb Gerson, melamed."
+
+At his summons a round-backed, middle-sized man, with shaggy hair and
+clouded mien, appeared. He was a colleague of Reb Moshe, a teacher
+from a small town, where he enlightened the Israelitish youths. He
+stood in the middle of the room, holding a heavy book with both
+hands, After greeting the master, he began in these words:
+
+"Rabbi! my soul has been in trouble, Two days ago my children read
+that evening prayers ought to be said until the end of the first
+watch. The children asked me: 'What is the first watch?' I remained
+mute, for I did not know how to answer, and I come to you, Rabbi, for
+a ray of wisdom to enlighten my mind. Tell me, oh Rabbi, what are the
+watches according to which every Israelite has to regulate his
+prayers. Where are they, so that I may give an answer to the
+children?"
+
+The round-backed man stopped, and all eyes rested with excited
+curiosity upon the sage, who, without changing his position,
+answered:
+
+"What should it be but the angels' watch? And where do they watch?
+They watch before the throne of the Eternal, when the day declines
+and night approaches. The angels are divided into three choirs. The
+first choir stands before the throne and keeps watch till midnight.
+Then is the time to say evening prayers. The second comes at midnight
+and keeps watch until dawn; when you see the sky turn rosy-red and
+pale-blue, the third choir arrives, and then it is time to say
+morning prayers."
+
+The master stopped, and a low murmur of admiration and rapture was
+heard among the crowd. But the melamed did not retire yet; his eyes
+fixed upon his book he began anew:
+
+"Rabbi, give me another ray of wisdom to carry back to my scholars.
+Near our little town lies the estate of a great lord. Sometimes the
+children go there and hear all sorts of things. Once, coming thence,
+they told in town that the origin of thunder had been explained to
+them. They were told that thunder comes from heaven when two clouds
+meet and give out a force they called electricity. I never heard of
+it before: is it true that such a force exists and that it originates
+thunder?"
+
+During Reb Gerson's speech the Rabbi's face twitched with suppressed
+impatience, and he smiled scornfully.
+
+"It is not true!" he exclaimed. "There is no such force, and not from
+there comes thunder. When the Roman emperor destroyed the Temple, and
+dispersed the people of Israel, there was thunder. Where did it come
+from? It came from Jehovah's breast, who wept aloud over the
+destruction of his people. And now the Lord weeps over his people,
+and his moans are heard upon earth as thunder; his tears fall into
+the seas and make them heave and rise, and shake the earth to its
+foundations, and send forth fire and smoke. I have told you now
+whence come thunder and earthquakes. Go in peace and repeat to your
+children what I have told you."
+
+With a humble bow and thanks the melamed retired into the crowd. At
+the same time from beyond the door the loud wail of a child became
+audible.
+
+Reb Moshe called out:
+
+"Haim, dairy farmer from Kamionka, and his wife Malka."
+
+From the crowd came a man and a woman. Both looked pale and troubled
+The woman carried a sick child in her arms. They knelt before him,
+and holding up to him the child, wasted with disease, asked for his
+help and advice. Todros bent tenderly over the fragile little body
+and looked long and attentively at it. Reb Moshe, squatting on the
+floor, looked at the master for orders, mixing and stirring the
+decoctions. In this way, one by one, came the people to their
+teacher, sage, physician, prophet almost, plied him with questions
+and asked for advice. A troubled husband brought his comely, buxom
+wife, and asked for judgment by help of a certain water, called the
+water of jealousy. If the wife be guilty of infidelity, the efficacy
+of the water is believed to cause death; if innocent, it will enhance
+her beauty and give her health. Another man asked what he was to do
+if the time for prayers came during a journey and he could not turn
+his face to the east, because the storm and dust would blind his
+eyes. A great many came crying and bewailing their miserable lives,
+and asked the sage to look into the future and tell them how long it
+would be till the Messiah arrived. The greater part of the people did
+not want anything, asked neither questions nor came for advice; they
+simply wanted to see the revered master, breathe the same air with
+him, and fill their souls with the words that dropped from his lips,
+and see the light of his countenance.
+
+It was evident that Isaak Todros felt and appreciated his high
+position. He attended to all their wants with the greatest gravity,
+zeal, and patience. He explained, and put the people right in points
+of law, inflicted penances upon sinners, gave physic to the sick,
+advice to the ignorant--without changing his position--only fixing
+his either stern or thoughtful eyes upon those who came to him.
+Several times when the people wailed and complained, entreating him
+to foretell the coming of the Messiah, his dark eyes grew misty. He
+loved those who came to him with their troubles and felt for them.
+Big beads of perspiration stood upon his forehead, and his breath
+came hard and fast; still he went on with his ministrations, in the
+deep conviction that he was doing his duty, with a fervent faith and
+belief in all that he was achieving and teaching, and the
+disinterestedness of a man who wants nothing for himself, except the
+little black hut, a scanty meal, and the tattered garments he had
+worn for many years.
+
+In the meanwhile a man passed rapidly through the court of the
+synagogue, looking around him as if in search of something or
+somebody. It was Ber, Saul's son-in-law. He looked at the people
+crowding round the Rabbi's dwelling; at last his eyes lighted on
+Meir, and he grasped him by the sleeve of his coat.
+
+The young man awoke, as from a trance, and looked round absently at
+his uncle.
+
+"Come with me," whispered Ber.
+
+"I cannot go away," said Meir, in an equally low voice. "I have
+important business with the Rabbi, and shall wait till all the people
+have left so that I may speak with him."
+
+"Come away," repeated Ber, and he took the youth by the shoulder.
+
+Meir shook him off impatiently, but Ber repeated:
+
+"Come with me now; you can return later when the people have
+gone--that is, if you wish it, but I do not think you will."
+
+Both left the crowded hut. Ber walked swiftly and silently, leading
+his companion to a quiet part of the precincts where, under the
+shadow of the walls of Bet-ha-Midrash, nobody could overhear, their
+conversation.
+
+Meir leaned against the wall. Ber stood silently before him, looking
+intently at his young kinsman.
+
+Ber's outward appearance did not present any striking features; many
+would pass him without taking particular notice, yet the student of
+human nature would find in him a character worth knowing. He was
+forty years old, always carefully dressed, yet according to old
+customs. His delicately moulded features and blue eyes had a dreamy
+and apathetic expression, which only lighted up under the excitement
+of business speculations. A deep yearning after something, and
+carefully suppressed dreams and stifled aspirations gave to his mouth
+an expression of calm resignation. Sometimes, when the ghost of the
+past appeared before him, two deep furrows appeared across his
+forehead. It was evident that some fierce conflicts had raged under
+that quiet exterior, and left wounds and scars which now and then
+would remind him painfully of the past.
+
+He now stood opposite the young man whom he had dragged away from the
+crowd almost by force.
+
+"Meir," he said at last, "an hour ago your grandfather had a long
+talk with his son, Abraham. He left his visitors on purpose to speak
+with him, and bade me to be present at their conversation. Rest in
+peace, Meir; your uncle will have no hand in the vile deed which will
+be perpetrated."
+
+"Will be perpetrated?" interrupted Meir passionately. "Not if I can
+prevent it."
+
+Ber smiled bitterly
+
+"How can you prevent it? I guessed you wanted to speak about it to
+the Rabbi, and I went after you to warn you and save you from the
+consequences of such a step. You thought that if you put the case
+before him, he would rise in anger and forbid any one to do such an
+infamous deed If he did that they would obey him; but he will not."
+
+"Why should he not?" exclaimed Meir.
+
+"Because he does not understand anything about it. If you questioned
+him about clean or unclean food, whether it was allowed to snuff a
+candle on the Sabbath, or gird the loins with pocket-handkerchiefs,
+he would answer readily enough. He would tell you whether to bless
+first the wine or first the bread, or how the spirits transmigrate
+from one body to another, how many Sefirots emanate from Jehovah and
+how to transpose the sacred letters in order to discover fresh
+mysteries, or about the arrival of the Messiah. But if you began to
+speak to him about distilleries, taxes, estates, and things in
+connection with them, he would open his eyes widely and would listen
+to you like a man struck with deafness, because these things are to
+him like a sealed letter. For him, beyond his sacred books, the world
+is like a great wilderness."
+
+Meir bent his head.
+
+"I feel the truth of what you say; yet if I asked him whether it be
+right for the sake of gain to wrong an innocent man?"
+
+Ber answered:
+
+"He would ask you whether the innocent man were an Edomite or an
+Israelite."
+
+Meir looked intently at the sky, thinking deeply, and evidently
+puzzled.
+
+"Ber," he said at last, "do you hate the Edomites?"
+
+The questioned man shook his head.
+
+"Hatred is like poison to the human mind. Once, when I was young, I
+even thought of going to them and entreating them to help us. I am
+glad now that I did not do it and remained with my own people, but I
+have no ill-feeling towards them."
+
+"And I have none," said Meir. "Do you think Kamionker hates them?"
+
+"No," said her decidedly. "He makes use of them. They are his milch
+cows. He may despise them, because they do not look after their
+business but allow themselves to be cheated."
+
+"And Todros; does he hate them?" questioned Meir.
+
+"Yes," said Ber, very emphatically; "Todros hates them. And why does
+he hate them? Because he does not live in the Present; he still lives
+in the Past, when the Roman emperor besieged Jerusalem and drove the
+Israelites out of Palestine. He breathes, thinks, and feels as if he
+were living two thousand years ago. He does not know that from the
+time of his ancestor, Halevi Todros, other wise people have lived,
+and that times are changed, and that those who hated and persecuted
+us once have since then stretched out their hands in peace and
+goodwill. How can he know anything? He never left Szybow since he was
+born; never read anything but the books left by his forefathers; has
+never seen or spoken to any one out of Israel."
+
+Meir listened, and nodded his head in sign that he agreed with his
+companion.
+
+"I see that it is of no use at all going to him," he said,
+thoughtfully.
+
+"It is not," said Ber; "therefore I came in search of you. He will
+not prevent Kamionker from wronging the lord of Kamionka, who
+represents to him the people of Ai, with whom Joshua went to war, or
+the Roman nation who destroyed the Temple, or the Spaniards who, five
+hundred years ago, burned and despoiled the Jews. He would not even
+listen to you, and would denounce you as an infidel. If he has not
+brought his hand down upon you, it is owing to the love and respect
+the people bear towards your grandfather, Saul. If you accused
+Kamionker before him, Kamionker would set him, against you, as
+already does Reb Moshe. Meir! be careful! there are rocks ahead. Save
+yourself before it is too late."
+
+Meir did not reply to the warning.
+
+"Ber," he said, "I am sure that man, blind and revengeful as he is,
+possesses a great soul. Look how patiently he sits night and day over
+his books, how full of pity and compassion are his eyes when he
+listens to the poor people and comforts them, and does not want
+anything for himself. Ber! his faith is so sincere!"
+
+Ber smiled at his words, and turned his dreamy eyes to heaven.
+
+"You speak thus about the Rabbi, Meir; what do you say about the
+people who, in the midst of misery, hunger, and humiliation still
+thirst for wisdom and knowledge. Never mind whether it is the true
+wisdom or true knowledge, but look how they raise themselves above
+their narrow lives by their faith and reverence for their Wise Men.
+Do you think that this narrow, bigoted, greedy people have a great
+soul?"
+
+"Israel has a great soul, and I love it more than my life, my
+happiness, and my peace." He stopped for a minute, then grasped Ber
+by the shoulder. "I know what is wanting in Todros to make him a
+great man, and what is wanting in the Israelitish people to show
+their greatness to the world. They ought to come out of the Past, in
+which they persist to dwell, into the Present. They want Sar-Ha-Olam,
+the angel of knowledge, to touch them with his wings."
+
+Whilst the young man spoke thus, his face glowing with excitement,
+Ber looked at him thoughtfully.
+
+"When I look at you, Meir, and listen to you, I see myself as I was
+at your age. I felt the same anger, the same grief, and I wanted--"
+
+He stopped, and passed his hand over his brow, marked with two deep
+lines, and his eyes looked far away as if into the future.
+
+Anybody seeing their animated faces and lively gesticulation as they
+stood near the wall of the Bet-ha-Midrash, would have concluded that
+they were discussing bargains. What else did people like them live or
+care for? Yet they think and suffer, but nobody guesses it or wishes
+to penetrate the mystery of their thoughts. It is like the depth of
+an unfathomable sea--its depths unknown even to those who are
+perishing in it.
+
+"Come home with me," said Ber. "Your grandfather will soon be sitting
+down to dinner with his guests and be displeased at not seeing you at
+table. There is already a storm brewing for you, because Mistress
+Hannah has returned the betrothal gifts, broken off the engagement,
+and given Saul a piece of her mind in presence of all the visitors."
+
+Meir carelessly waved his bands.
+
+"I wished for it," he said. "I shall ask my grandfather's pardon. I
+can only think about one thing now: where to go next."
+
+Ber looked wonderingly at the speaker. "How obstinate you are," he
+remarked. They were near the entrance gate when Ber suddenly stopped.
+
+"Meir, whatever you do, don't go to the government authorities."
+
+Meir passed his hand over his forehead.
+
+"I thought of that," he said, "but I am afraid. If I reveal the whole
+truth, they will not only punish Kamionker, but also those poor
+wretches he tempted with his money. Poor people, ignorant people, I
+am sorry for them--"
+
+He suddenly paused, and looked fixedly in one direction. An elegant
+carriage, drawn by four horses, crossed the market-square. Meir
+pointed at the carriage, which stopped before Jankiel Kamionker's
+inn, and his eyes opened wider, for a sudden idea took hold of his
+mind.
+
+"Ber!" he exclaimed, "do you see him? That is the lord of Kamionka."
+
+The sun was declining towards the west when, in the porch of Saul's
+house, stood a group of men gaily conversing among themselves. They
+were Saul's visitors who, after having feasted at his hospitable
+board, were now saying good-bye, and pressing the old man's hand,
+thanking him for his kind reception; then, by twos and threes, they
+mounted the waiting carts, their faces still turned towards their
+venerable host, who stood in the porch.
+
+In the sitting-room the women, with the help of the servants, were
+busy clearing the table, and putting away the dinner service.
+
+The fair was also drawing to an end; the carts grew fewer by degrees,
+so did the people upon the square. All the noise and liveliness
+concentrated itself now in the several inns where the people were
+drinking and dancing. Jankiel Kamionker's inn was by far the most
+frequented and noisiest, No wonder.
+
+The crafty dealer rented several distilleries and some seventy inns
+about the country, and ruled over a small army of subtenants and
+inn-keepers, of the Samson kind, who bought meat once a week, and
+starved on other days. They depended entirely on Kamionker, who, if
+he did not treat them generously they, on their side, were not
+generous towards the peasants, whom they plied with drink. Through
+his subordinates, Kamionker held thousands of peasants' families
+under his thumb. Therefore they all came to his inn. He did not
+himself look after his humble customers, but left them to his wife
+and his two strong and ugly daughters, who carried bottles and
+glasses round the tables, together with salted herrings, and
+different kinds of bread. Nobody could have guessed, seeing the faded
+woman, shabbily dressed, moving in that stifling atmosphere of
+alcohol and human breath, that she was the wife of one of the
+wealthiest men in the country.
+
+Neither did the man in his musty garments who stood humbly at the
+door of the guest's room, look like a great capitalist and financier.
+
+He stood near the threshold, and his guest, the lord of Kamionka,
+reclined in an easy-chair smoking a cigar. The young gentleman was
+tall and handsome; his dark hair fell upon a white forehead, though
+the other part of his face was slightly browned by the sun. He had a
+good-natured and thoughtful face.
+
+The gay playfulness with which his eyes twinkled was evidently caused
+by the sight of the nimble Jew, whose body seemed to be made of india
+rubber, and the two corkscrew curls behind his ears of a fiery red,
+seemed to dance to and fro with his every motion.
+
+Then he became thoughtful again, because the red-haired Jew spoke
+about important business. The young nobleman did not know anything
+about the man himself with whom he dealt.
+
+He was to him a Jew, and the tenant of his distillery. Thus he might
+be also a prominent member of a powerfully organised body, a greatly
+respected and pious person, a mystic deeply versed in sacred
+knowledge, and finally a man who, in those dirty, freckled hands,
+held the entangled threads of many Jewish and Christian families; of
+all this the lord of Kamionka knew nothing. Therefore it never
+occurred to him to invite the Jew to draw nearer or sit down. Reb
+Jankiel likewise did not think of such a thing. He had been
+accustomed to stand humbly, as his fathers had done before him;
+nevertheless, his pale blue eyes were full of malice whenever the
+young gentleman turned his look elsewhere and could not see him. It
+may be Reb Jankiel did not realise his own feelings, yet he could not
+help seeing the contrast between his present humble attitude and the
+proud position he occupied in his own community. Such feelings,
+though ill-defined, if united to a bad heart, could produce no other
+results than hatred and even crime.
+
+"You bore me, Jankiel, with your everlasting bargains and
+agreements," said the nobleman carelessly, twisting his cigar between
+his fingers. "I stopped at your inn for a few minutes to rest my
+horses, and you get me into business discussions at once."
+
+Reb Jankiel bowed nimbly.
+
+"I beg the gracious lord's pardon," he said smilingly, "but the
+distillery will be starting work next month, and I should like to
+renew the agreement."
+
+"Of course you will be my tenant, as you have been these last three
+years; but there is plenty of time."
+
+"It is better to arrange everything beforehand. I shall have to
+buy a hundred head of cattle for fattening purposes, and I cannot
+afford the outlay unless I am sure of the tenancy. If the gracious
+lord permits, I shall come to-morrow to write the agreement."
+
+The young nobleman rose.
+
+"Very well, come to-morrow, but not in the morning, as I shall not be
+at home."
+
+"The gracious lord thinks of spending the night in the
+neighbourhood?" asked Jankiel, his face twitching nervously.
+
+"Yes, in the near neighbourhood," answered the nobleman, and was
+going to say something more when the door behind Jankiel's back
+opened gently, and a young Jew, with a pale face and burning eyes,
+entered boldly.
+
+At the sight of the newcomer Jankiel drew back instinctively, and an
+expression of terror came into his face.
+
+"What do you want here?" he asked in a choking voice.
+
+The nobleman glanced carelessly at the young Jew.
+
+"Do you want to speak to me, my friend?" he asked.
+
+"Yes, with the gracious lord," said the newcomer, and he advanced a
+few steps nearer. But Jankiel barred him the way.
+
+"Do not permit him to come nearer, gracious lord, and do not speak
+with him. He is a bad man, and interferes with everybody."
+
+The lord of Kamionka waved the frantic Jankiel aside.
+
+"Let him speak if he has any business with me. Why should I not speak
+with him?"
+
+Saying this, he looked with evident curiosity at the youthful face of
+the intruder.
+
+"The gracious lord does not know me," began the young man.
+
+"And why should the gracious lord know such a good-for-nothing
+fellow?" interrupted Jankiel. But the lord of Kamiorika bade him be
+silent.
+
+"I have seen you, gracious lord, at my grandfather's, Saul, whose
+son, Raphael, buys your corn."
+
+"So you are Saul's grandson?"
+
+"Yes, gracious lord, I am his grandson."
+
+"And the son of Raphael Ezofowich?"
+
+"No; I am the son of Benjamin, the youngest of Saul's sons, who died
+long ago."
+
+Meir did not speak Polish very fluently, yet he made himself
+understood. He had heard it spoken by those who came to deal with
+members of his family, and had learned it of the Edomite, who had
+also taught him to read and write.
+
+"Did Raphael send you to me?"
+
+"No; I came on my own account."
+
+He seemed to collect his thoughts, then boldly raised his head.
+
+"I came to warn you, gracious lord. Bad people are preparing a great
+misfortune for you--"
+
+Jankiel rushed forward, and, with outstretched arms, placed himself
+between the two.
+
+"Will you hold your tongue," he shouted. "Why do you come here to
+disturb the gracious lord with your foolish talk?" and, turning
+towards the nobleman, he said:
+
+"He is a madman and a villain."
+
+It was not the lord now who waved Jankiel but Meir himself. With
+heightened colour, breathing quickly, he pushed him away, said:
+
+"He will not allow me to speak, but I will say quickly what I have to
+say. Do not trust him, gracious lord; he is a bad man, and your
+enemy. He wants to do you a grievous harm--guard yourself and guard
+your house like the apple of your eye. I am not an informer;
+therefore I came to say it in his presence, and warn the gracious
+lord. He will revenge himself upon me, but that does not matter. I am
+doing my duty, as every true Israelite ought to do, for it is
+written: 'The stranger that dwelleth with you shall be unto you as
+one born among you,' and it is further said: 'If thou remainest
+silent, upon thy head be the woes of Israel.'"
+
+The young nobleman looked at the speaker with some interest, but his
+eyes twinkled. The quotation from Scripture, beautiful in itself, but
+easily marred by faulty pronunciation, appeared more ridiculous than
+interesting.
+
+"I perceive that old Saul has a grandson who is well grounded in the
+Scriptures, and has a prophetic gift; but tell me clearly, and
+distinctly, my young prophet, what misfortune is threatening me, and
+why this honest Jankiel, who has been dealing with me for years, has
+suddenly become my enemy?"
+
+Jankiel stood close to the easy-chair, and, bending closer to the
+lord, whispered smilingly:
+
+"He is mad. He always foretells all sorts of terrible things, and he
+hates me because I laugh at him."
+
+"Oh! then I shall not laugh at him and make him hate me," said the
+nobleman gaily; and turning towards Meir, he asked: "Tell me what is
+the misfortune that threatens me. If you tell me the truth, you will
+be doing a good deed, and I shall be grateful for it."
+
+"You ask me a difficult thing, gracious lord; I thought you would
+understand from a few words. It is hard for me to speak more
+clearly," and he passed his hand over his brow which was wet with
+perspiration. "Promise me, gracious lord, that if I speak out, my
+words will fall like a stone into water. Promise me to make use of my
+information, but not to go to law."
+
+The nobleman looked amused, yet curious.
+
+"I give you my word of honour that your secret will be safe with me."
+
+Meir's burning eyes turned towards Jankiel, his whole frame shook, he
+opened his mouth--but the words refused to come. Jankiel, seeing his
+emotion which momentarily deprived him of his tongue, suddenly
+grasped him by the waist and dragging him towards the door, shouted:
+
+"Why do you enter my house and disturb my honoured guest by your
+foolish talk? The gracious lord is my guest, has known me for years;
+there! off with you at once."
+
+Meir tried to get out of Jankiel's hands, and though he was the
+taller and stronger, Jankiel was nimbler, and despair redoubled his
+energy. Struggling and panting, both rolled towards the door, and the
+young gentleman looked at the struggle with an amused expression.
+Meir's pale face towering above Jankiel's red head suddenly flushed.
+
+"Do you laugh at me, gracious lord?" he said brokenly.
+
+"You do not know how difficult it is for me to speak, but guard your
+house from fire!"
+
+At these last words he disappeared through the door, which the
+panting Jankiel slammed after him.
+
+The lord of Kamionka still smiled. The struggle between the nimble,
+red-haired Jankiel and the tall young Jew looked very funny. During
+the battle the long coat tails had flapped about like wings, and
+Jankiel, in his desperate efforts to get rid of the intruder, had
+performed the most extraordinary acrobatic feats. It was a ridiculous
+scene altogether--the more ridiculous as the combatants belonged to a
+race at which it was an old, time-honoured custom to laugh. How could
+the young nobleman understand the deeper meaning of the play enacted
+before him? He saw before him a young Jew who spoke in broken Polish,
+the grandson of a merchant, and who would be, in his turn, a
+merchant. That he was a noble spirit in rebellion against everything
+mean and dishonest, a despairing spirit longing for freedom and wider
+knowledge, that coming to him as he did he had done an heroic action
+that would destroy his whole future--of all this the nobleman had not
+the slightest suspicion.
+
+After a short pause he looked at Jankiel, and asked:
+
+"Explain to me now; what did it all mean? What kind of a man is he
+really?"
+
+"What kind of man?" said Jankiel, who seemingly had regained his
+composure. "It was a stupid affair, and I beg the gracious lord's
+pardon that it should have happened to him under my roof. He is a
+madman and very spiteful. He went mad from mere spitefulness."
+
+"Hm!" said the young gentleman. "He did not look like a madman. He
+has a handsome face and an intelligent one."
+
+"He is not altogether mad--" began Jankiel, but the lord interrupted
+him.
+
+"He is the grandson of Saul Ezofowich?" he asked, thoughtfully.
+
+"He is Saul's grandson; but his grandfather does not like him."
+
+"Whether he likes him or not, I could scarcely ask his grandfather
+about him."
+
+"On the contrary, ask him, gracious lord, what he thinks of his
+grandson," exclaimed Jankiel triumphantly. "Ask his uncles; I will go
+and bring his uncle Abraham."
+
+"No need," said the nobleman shortly.
+
+He rose, and looked thoughtful, then fixed his eyes upon Jankiel's
+face.
+
+Jankiel boldly met his searching glance. "Listen, Jankiel," said the
+lord of Kamionka, "you are a man of years, a respectable merchant,
+and father of a large family. I ought to trust you more than a young
+man whom I have seen to-day for the first time, and who may be wrong
+in the head for anything I know; but there must be something at the
+bottom of what he tells me. I must get some information about him."
+
+"The gracious lord can get that information very easily," said
+Jankiel, shrugging his shoulders contemptuously.
+
+The owner of Kamionka thought a little, and then asked:
+
+"Is that celebrated Rabbi of yours in town?"
+
+"Where should he be?" said Jankiel. "He has never been out of the
+town during his life."
+
+"A steady man, your Rabbi," said the nobleman, reaching for his hat.
+"Now, Jankiel, show me the way, and, if I do not hear anything new, I
+shall at least have seen and spoken with that celebrated man."
+
+Jankiel opened the door for his distinguished guest, and followed him
+into the square, which was now almost deserted. Half-way across they
+met Eli Witebski, whom the lord of Kamionka greeted affably. By his
+manner and appearance the wealthy merchant came a little nearer to
+the civilised sphere in which the landowner moved himself.
+
+"Has the gracious lord come to town on business?" asked Eli.
+
+"No; I am only passing."
+
+"And where might the gracious lord be going now?"
+
+"To see your Rabbi, Witebski."
+
+Witebski looked astonished.
+
+"To see the Rabbi! And what business can the noble lord have with the
+Rabbi?"
+
+"It is a ridiculous story, Witebski. There, tell me, do you know Saul
+Ezofowich's grandson?"
+
+"Which of them?" asked Eli. "Saul has many grandsons."
+
+"What is his name?" asked the nobleman, half-turning his head toward
+Jankiel.
+
+"Meir, Meir, that worthless fellow!"
+
+Witebski nodded his head as a sign that he understood.
+
+"Well," he said, with an indulgent smile, "I would not quite call him
+a worthless fellow. He is young, and will mend; he is hot-headed
+though."
+
+"What! a little wrong here?" laughed the gentleman, pointing to his
+forehead.
+
+"Well," said Eli, "he is not mad, but rash and impulsive, and just
+now had done a very foolish thing, and put me into a most awkward
+position. Ai! Ai! what trouble and vexation I had through him, and
+shall have still--"
+
+"Oh, that's it!" said the lord. "He is a kind, of half-witted
+mischief-maker, who does not know what he wants, and gets in
+everybody's way?"
+
+"The noble lord has guessed it," said Eli, but he added at once. "He
+is very young, and will yet be a decent man."
+
+"Which means that he is not a decent man at present? I see."
+
+"This way, please," said Jankiel, showing the gates of the synagogue
+court.
+
+"And where does your Rabbi live?"
+
+Kamionker pointed to the little black hut close to the synagogue.
+
+"What, in that little cottage?"
+
+And he went towards it with Jankiel alone, as Witebski, guessing that
+some unpleasant business had brought them hither, directly took his
+leave, and, bowing politely, left them.
+
+The door of the hut was already closed, but a little group of
+worshippers still lingered at the open window. It was very silent
+within; but the Rabbi did not rest, he never rested, as the few hours
+spent in broken sleep could scarcely be called by that name. He was
+bending over his books, which he knew by heart, but still pondered
+over, and of which he strove with his whole mind and soul to
+penetrate the mystery.
+
+Reb Moshe rested, but not altogether. He sat in the corner of the
+fireplace, his knees drawn up to his chin, and his hands buried in
+his beard. He looked fixedly at the Master, not unlike a fanatic
+savage worshipping his fetish, or as a scientist watches the
+universe. The eyes of Reb Moshe expressed deep veneration, wonder,
+and utter devotion.
+
+Suddenly the door opened, and upon the threshold stood the lord of
+Kamionka who, turning to Jankiel, said:
+
+"Remain outside; I will speak alone with the Rabbi."
+
+Saying this, he stooped in order to enter the low doorway, and then
+looked around.
+
+Opposite him, near the wall, sat a man with a mass of coal-black hair,
+slightly tinged with gray, about him a worn-out garment, and with a
+yellow, wrinkled face, who, looked at the intruder with amazed and
+piercing eyes. In a far corner squatted another man, only dimly visible;
+upon him the young gentleman bestowed only a passing glance.
+It did not even enter his mind that the man in the tattered clothes and
+with the piercing eyes could be the celebrated Rabbi, whose fame,
+spreading over the Jewish communities, had sent a faint echo into the
+Christian world.
+
+He approached the man very politely. "Could I see the Rabbi of Szybow
+for a few minutes?"
+
+There was no answer.
+
+The man sitting near the wall craned his long yellow neck, and opened
+his eyes and mouth wider.
+
+The sudden amazement, or perhaps other feelings, gave him the
+appearance of stupidity, almost idiotism.
+
+No wonder that Isaak Todros looked like one turned to stone at the
+sight of the nobleman standing before him. He was the first Edomite
+who had ever crossed his threshold--the first he had ever seen
+closely, and the first time he had heard the sonorous language, which
+sounded strange and unintelligible to his ears. If the angel
+Matatron, the heavenly patron and defender of Israel, or even the
+foremost of the evil spirits had stood before him, he would have been
+less appalled: with supernatural beings he was in constant though not
+direct communication. He studied them--their nature and their
+functions. But this tall, stately man, in his abominable garment
+which reached barely to his knees, with the white, effeminate
+forehead and unintelligible language, who was he? Was he a
+Philistine? a cruel Roman, or perhaps a Spaniard--one of those that
+murdered the famous Abrabanel family, and drove his ancestor Todros
+out of Spain?
+
+The lord waited a few minutes, and not getting an answer, repeated
+the question:
+
+"Could I speak with the Rabbi of Szybow?"
+
+At the sound of the somewhat raised voice the squatting figure in the
+corner moved and rose slowly. Reb Moshe, with open mouth and stupid,
+glaring eyes, came into the light, and in his hoarse voice uttered
+the monosyllable "Hah!"
+
+At the sight of the man dressed in such primitive and now-a-days
+unseen simplicity, the lord's face twitched all over with suppressed
+merriment.
+
+"My good sir," he said, turning to the melamed, "is that man deaf and
+dumb? I asked him twice whether I could see the Rabbi of Szybow, and
+got no answer."
+
+Saying this, he pointed at Todros, who, craning his neck in the
+melamed's direction, asked:
+
+"Was sagd er? Was will er?" (What does he say? What does he want?)
+
+Reb Moshe, instead of answering, opened his mouth still wider. At the
+same time murmurs and whispers became audible from the open window,
+and the young gentleman, looking in that direction, saw a cluster of
+faces peeping into the room: the faces looked inquisitive, and a
+little frightened. He turned towards them and asked:
+
+"Does the Rabbi of Szybow live here?"
+
+"He does," said some voices.
+
+"Where is he, then?"
+
+A great many fingers pointed at the bench near the wall.
+
+"What! That man is your wise and celebrated Rabbi?"
+
+The faces framed in the open window radiated with a peculiar
+blissfulness, and nodded.
+
+The young man made an heroic effort to control his risible muscles,
+and with twinkling eyes he pointed at the melamed.
+
+"And who is this?"
+
+"He is the melamed," said several voices; "a very wise and pious
+man."
+
+The nobleman turned again to Todros.
+
+"Reverend sir," he said, "could I speak alone with you for a few
+minutes?"
+
+Todros remained silent as the grave, but his breath went faster and
+his eyes grew fiercer.
+
+"Mr. Melamed," said the nobleman to the barefooted man in the long
+coarse shirt, "perhaps this is a day when your Rabbi is not allowed
+to speak?"
+
+"Hah?" asked Reb Moshe drawlingly. The nobleman, half-amused,
+half-angry, turned towards the people.
+
+"Why do they not answer?"
+
+There was a momentary silence. The faces looked perplexedly at each
+other. One of them at last said:
+
+"They only understand the Jewish language." The owner of Kamionka
+looked at them in open-eyed amazement; he could scarcely believe that
+he heard aright.
+
+"What! You don't mean to say they do not understand the language of
+the country they live in?"
+
+"Well, they do not understand it."
+
+There was some indefined resentment in the voice that said that.
+
+At this moment Isaak Todros drew himself up, and raising both arms
+above his head, began to speak quickly:
+
+"And a day will arrive when the Messiah, who sleeps in Paradise, will
+wake up and descend to the earth. Then a great war will spread over
+the world. Israel will stand up against Edom and Ishmael, until Edom
+and Ishmael will fall at his feet like shattered cedars."
+
+His gestures were at once solemn and threatening, his eyes blazing,
+and catching his breath, he repeated again:
+
+"Edom and Ishmael will lie at the feet of Israel like broken cedars,
+and the thunderbolt of the Lord will fall upon them and crush them to
+powder."
+
+It was now the Edomite's turn to look astonished, for he did not
+understand a word. He looked not unlike a tall, stately cedar as he
+stood there, but not like one that could be easily crushed to powder.
+His face was rippling over with laughter, which he carefully tried to
+suppress.
+
+"What does he say?" he asked the people at the window.
+
+There was no answer. All eyes were riveted upon the sage, and on the
+melamed's face there was an expression of ecstatic rapture.
+
+"My good people, tell me what he said," repeated the nobleman.
+
+A deep voice, as if in sarcastic retribution, answered with another
+question.
+
+"Did the gracious lord not understand?"
+
+This ingenuous question put an end to the young man's self-control,
+and he burst out into a peal of laughter and turned towards the door.
+
+"Savages!" he murmured to himself, and he still laughed as he crossed
+the precincts, and the people who crowded round the Rabbi's window
+looked after him with astonished and deeply-offended eyes. The young
+man laughed, tickled by the ludicrous aspect of the whole scene; yet
+under his apparent merriment there was an under-current of resentment
+and anger, that the Wise Men of Israel should have shown themselves
+to him like savages, who did not even speak the language of the
+country whose air they breathed, and that had nourished them for many
+centuries. The people around the Rabbi's hut followed him with looks
+of displeasure almost amounting to hatred, because he had blasphemed
+what they loved and revered beyond anything. Poor sages of Israel
+with their worshippers! Poor Edomite laughing at the sage and his
+worshippers! But poorest of all, the country, the sons of which after
+journeying together for so many centuries do not understand each
+other's heart and language.
+
+At the gate of the precincts Jankiel Kamionker met the young
+nobleman.
+
+"Well, Jankiel," he said, "you have indeed a wise and learned Rabbi."
+
+Jankiel did not reply to this, but began at once to speak about the
+agreement and the Kamionka distillery. He spoke glibly and easily,
+and did not appear to remember what had occurred or refer to it.
+Neither did the lord of Kamionka, upon whom the whole scene had left
+an impression of astonishment and amusement. The young prophet, and
+Jankiel with his red curls trying to evict him; the Rabbi, who only
+spoke the Jewish language, and his companion in the wonderful
+costume: it was as good as a play. How his friends would enjoy his
+description; how the good-natured Sir Andrew would laugh, and his
+daughter, the beautiful Hedwiga, of whom he thought night and day as
+the believer in his paradise, would smile!
+
+Thinking of her he jumped into the carriage, and looking at the west,
+he exclaimed:
+
+"How long you have kept me!"
+
+He nodded to Jankiel and called to the coachman:
+
+"Drive on."
+
+The four grays and the light carriage carried him swiftly through the
+town till he disappeared in a cloud of golden dust. In the western
+sky the red clouds died gradually away, and the transparent dusk of
+an August evening enveloped the town and darkened the sitting-room in
+the Ezofowich house. Loud and angry cries had reverberated in that
+usually peaceful household. The shrillest and angriest among them was
+that of Reb Jankiel, who abused all the members of the family one
+after the other, who answered either angrily or quietly according to
+their different characters. After that, the accusing and threatening
+man, shaking with fury, or perhaps terror, had rushed out of the
+house towards the Rabbi's dwelling; and those who remained behind sat
+silent and motionless, as if riveted to their chairs by their angry
+and perplexed feelings.
+
+Saul sat on the sofa with his head sunk upon his breast, his hands
+lying motionless upon his knees, and sighed loudly and heavily.
+Around him sat on chairs Raphael, Abraham, and Ber. The wives of
+Raphael and Ber, the much-respected and beloved women, entered
+quietly and sat down behind their husbands. In a corner of the room,
+not noticed by any one, sat young Haim, Abraham's son and Meir's
+devoted friend.
+
+It was Saul who interrupted the silence.
+
+"Where is he gone to?"--meaning Jankiel.
+
+"He is gone to denounce him before the Rabbi," said Abraham.
+
+"He will bring Meir before the ecclesiastical tribunal," said
+Raphael.
+
+Saul rocked himself and moaned aloud:
+
+"Ai! ai! my poor head! Did I live to see a grandson of mine brought
+up to judgement like a thief or robber?"
+
+"It is as informer he will appear before the judges," said Abraham
+swiftly and passionately.
+
+"Something must be done with Meir, father."
+
+"Think of it and tell us what to do with him. Things cannot remain as
+they are. He will ruin us and our sons and bring shame upon the whole
+family. Father! people used to say that it was always an Ezofowich
+who tried to undermine the faith of Israel: that the house of Todros
+and the house of Ezofowich are like two rivers than run in opposite
+directions, but meet now and then, and struggle to see which is the
+stronger, and to push the other underground. This talk had subsided,
+people began to forget, till Meir stirred it up again. Something must
+be done. Think of it, father, and we will do as you command us."
+
+Two red spots appeared on Saul's face.
+
+"What is to be done with him?" he asked in a voice that sounded like
+a smothered sob.
+
+Raphael said:
+
+"He must be married as quickly as possible."
+
+Ber, who had until now remained silent, observed:
+
+"Why not send him into the world?"
+
+Saul thought a long time, and then replied:
+
+"Your advice is not good. I cannot punish him severely. What would my
+father Hersh say to it, in whose footsteps he wishes to go, and whom
+I am not at liberty to judge. I cannot marry him quickly, because the
+child is not like other children--he is proud and sensitive, and does
+not brook any fetters. Besides, he is so disgraced and openly rebuked
+already that no wealthy or respectable Israelite will give him his
+daughter in marriage."
+
+Again Saul's voice shook. He had lived to see his grandson, the most
+beloved of all his children, come down so low that no respectable
+family would receive him as son-in-law.
+
+"I cannot send him away either," he continued, "because I am afraid
+that in the world he will lose all that is left of his father's
+faith. I am in the position of the great and wise Rabbi of whom it is
+written that he had a reckless son who ate pork in secret. People
+advised him to send his son out into the world and expose him to
+misery and a wandering life. But he replied: 'Let my son remain at
+home. The sight of his father's troubled and sorrowful face may
+soften his heart and lead him to a better life; stern misery would
+change it into hard stone.'"
+
+Saul became silent--all around were silent; nothing was heard but now
+and then a sigh from the women.
+
+The room became darker and darker.
+
+After a while, in a subdued, almost timid, voice, Ber began:
+
+"Allow me to open my heart before you to-day. I speak but seldom,
+because as often as I want to speak the remembrance of my younger
+years seems to rise before me and smother my voice; therefore it is
+the voice least heard of all the voices in the family. I left off
+speaking or advising, and looked only after my business and my
+family. But I must speak now. Why trouble so much about Meir? Give
+him his liberty; let him go into the world, and do not punish him
+either by your anger or by dooming him to poverty. What wrong has he
+done? He keeps all the commandments faithfully; has studied the holy
+books; all the members of our family, and even the poor, ignorant
+people love him like their own soul. What do you want from him? What
+has he done? Why should you punish him?"
+
+Ber's speech, delivered in a lazy, half-timid voice, made a deep
+impression on all those present. His wife Sarah, evidently
+frightened, pulled him by the sleeve and whispered:
+
+"Hush, Ber! hush! they will be angry with you for your rash words."
+
+Saul raised his head several times arid bent it down again. One might
+have said that gratitude for Ber's defence of his grandson struggled
+with his rising anger.
+
+"Ber, your own sins have spoken through your mouth. You stand up for
+Meir because you were once what he is now," said the passionate
+Abraham.
+
+Raphael, with his usual gravity, said:
+
+"You say, Ber, that he has not sinned against the ten commandments.
+That is true; but you forget that the covenant does not stand alone
+upon the ten commandments which Moses brought from Sinai, but also
+upon the six hundred and thirteen which the great Tanaites, Amoraits
+and Gaons, with other Wise Men, have put down in the Talmud. We not
+only owe obedience to them, but also to the six hundred and thirteen
+of the Talmud; and Meir has transgressed many of them."
+
+"He has sinned greatly," called out Abraham, "but the greatest and
+blackest sin be committed to-day, when he denounced a brother
+Israelite before the stranger, and thus broke the solidarity and
+faith of his people. What will become of us if we accuse each other
+before the stranger? Whom shall we love and shield if not our
+brethren, who are bones of our bones and our blood. He felt more
+sorry for a stranger than for a brother Israelite, and for that he
+ought to--"
+
+The violent and impulsive man broke off his sentence in the middle
+and remained open-mouthed, like one turned to stone.
+
+He sat opposite the window, at which he stared fixedly with stupefied
+eyes.
+
+"What is that?" he called out in a trembling voice:
+
+"What is that?" said everybody; and all except Saul rose from their
+seats.
+
+The room, which had been quite dark, became suddenly lighted up, as
+if by the reflection of thousands of torches from without; not only
+the house of Ezofowich, but the whole sky above was illuminated by a
+red glare.
+
+The men and women stood spell-bound in the middle of the room, and
+looked silently at the fiery volumes, which rose higher and higher
+into the heavens above.
+
+"How quickly he has done the deed!" said Abraham.
+
+Nobody answered.
+
+The little town, so quiet a moment before, became suddenly very noisy
+and tumultuous. No nation in the world is so easily carried away by
+sensations of any kind. This time the sensation was a powerful one.
+It was aroused by the mighty element which carries destruction upon
+earth and lifts its blood-red banner up to the skies, The noise of
+thousands of running feet re-echoed in the streets like the rushing
+of many waters. The square was black with a dense crowd, which
+swiftly and noisily moved in one direction. Above the din of all the
+voices single words were heard now and then more distinctly.
+
+"Kamionka! It is the Kamionka estate!" exclaimed those that knew the
+country.
+
+"Hear! hear! it is Kamionka!" took up a chorus of voices.
+
+"Ai! Ai! such a fine place! such a magnificent place!"
+
+Those were the last words that reached the inmates of Ezofowich's
+house. The crowd streamed on, and the voices sounded faint and far
+off.
+
+Then Saul rose from the sofa, and, his face turned towards the
+window, he stood silent and motionless.
+
+Then he raised his trembling hands and said, in a faltering voice:
+
+"In my father Hersh's time and in my own, such things did not happen,
+and sins like this were not in Israel. Our hands used to spread gold
+and silver over the land, but not fire and tears."
+
+He paused a few moments, gazing thoughtfully at the window.
+
+"My father Hersh and his grandfather lived in friendship; they often
+conversed together about important affairs, and the lord of
+Kamionka--he wore then a gold brocaded sash and a sword at his
+side--said to my father Hersh: 'Ezofowich, you are a large-hearted
+and a far-seeing man; if our side win we will make a nobleman of you
+at the Diet.' His son was not quite like his father, but he always
+spoke courteously to me, and I bought his corn for thirty years.
+Whenever he wanted money I was always ready, because his estate
+brought much gain to me. The lady of Kamionka--she is still
+living--liked my mother Frieda very much; she used to say: 'Mistress
+Frieda has a great many diamonds and I have only one.' She called her
+son, who was as the apple of her eye, her diamond--the same son whose
+house is now in flames," and he pointed at the fiery columns with a
+silent gesture of grief and horror.
+
+Then Raphael spoke.
+
+"When I was last time at Kamionka, the old lady was sitting with her
+son upon the balcony, and when I began to speak about business, she
+said to him: 'Remember, Sigismond, never sell your corn to anybody
+but to an Ezofowich; they are amongst the Jews the most honest and
+friendly towards us.' And after that she began to ask whether old
+Frieda was still alive, and her son Saul, and if he had many
+grandchildren. Then she looked at her son and said to me: 'Raphael, I
+have no grandson!' And I bowed politely and said: 'May the gracious
+lady live a hundred years and see a great many grandsons of her own!'
+I did not put a lie into her ear; I sincerely wished her well. Why
+should I not wish her well?"
+
+Raphael left off speaking, and Saul, turning towards him, asked:
+
+"Raphael, has he ever wronged you?"
+
+Raphael thought a little and then replied:
+
+"No. He has never done me the slightest wrong. He is a little proud,
+it is true, and does not look sharp after his business; he is fond of
+amusements, and when an Israelite bows to him he gives a careless nod
+and does not try to make a friend of him . . . but his heart is good,
+and his word is his bond, and in business he is more likely to wrong
+himself than anybody else."
+
+Sarah, who stood near her husband, wrung her hands, and rocking her
+body gently, sighed mournfully:
+
+"Ai! all such a handsome gentleman to have such a misfortune happen
+to him."
+
+"Such a fine young man, and he was going to marry such a beautiful
+young lady," said the wife of Raphael.
+
+"And how will he be able to marry now, when he is ruined?" said Saul,
+and he added in a lower voice:
+
+"A great sin has been committed in Israel!"
+
+"A great shame has fallen to-day on Israel's head," said Raphael.
+
+From a corner of the room where the glare penetrated least, came or
+rather crept forth Abraham. Bent almost in two, and trembling in
+every limb, he kissed his father's hand.
+
+"Father," he said, "I thank you that you saved me from it."
+
+Saul raised his head. The colour came back to his face, and energy
+gleamed in his eyes.
+
+"Abraham," he said, in a commanding tone, "have your horses ready at
+once, and drive as quickly as you can to the estate where the young
+lord is staying. He cannot see the conflagration from there; drive
+quickly and tell him to come and save his property and his mother."
+
+"You, Raphael, go at once to the Jankiel's and Leisor's inns where
+the peasants are drinking. Tell them to drive home quickly to save
+their lord's property."
+
+Obedient as two children, Saul's two sons left the room at once and
+the women went into the porch. Then Ber came close to Saul.
+
+"Father! what do you think now of Meir? Was he not right to warn the
+lord of Kamionka?"
+
+Saul bent his head, but did not answer.
+
+"Father," said her, "save Meir! Go to the Rabbi, and to the judges,
+and elders; ask them not to bring him before their tribunal."
+
+For a long while Saul did not answer.
+
+"It is very difficult for me to go," he said at last. "The hardest
+task to humble my gray head before Todros," but he added after a
+pause, "I will go tomorrow--we must stand up for the child--though he
+be rash and does not pay due reverence to the faith and customs of
+his father."
+
+While the foregoing took place in the house of Ezofowich, the little
+meadow close to the town was covered with a waving, murmuring and
+compact mass of people. From this spot, the terrible conflagration
+could be seen most distinctly; therefore the whole population, eager
+and greedy for sensation, congregated there.
+
+The reflected light of the fire rose above the pine forest, which was
+enveloped in a ray light and so transparent that every branch and
+stem could be seen distinctly. The wide half-circle of the glare,
+dark red below, grew paler and paler above, till the golden yellow
+light lost itself in the pale blue sky. The stars twinkled with a
+feeble, uncertain light, and on the opposite side, beyond the birch
+wood, rose the red ball of the moon.
+
+Among the population, sentences and words, quick and sharp, whizzed
+about like pistol shots. Somebody was telling that when Jankiel
+Kamionker heard about the fire, he had gone off to the estate tearing
+his hair like a madman, wailing and lamenting over the loss of the
+spirits which he had there in such quantities. Hearing this, many
+people smiled knowingly; others shook their heads compassionately at
+the supposed heavy losses of Jankiel; but the greater part of the
+people remained silent. They guessed the truth; here and there
+somebody knew about it; but nobody dared to meddle in a business so
+full of danger, even with an unwary word.
+
+A full hour after the first gleam of the fire had been noticed a
+light carriage and four gray horses were seen in full gallop across
+the streets in the direction of the meadow.
+
+It was not the regular road to Kamionka, in fact, there was no road
+at all; but by driving across the meadow, the young owner shortened
+his way considerably. He did not sit in the carriage, but stood
+straight up, holding on by the box, seat, and kept his eyes fixed
+upon the red glare of the flames, where his mother was, which was
+consuming the house of his fathers.
+
+When the horses came to the meadow and he saw the crowd, he shouted
+to the coachman:
+
+"Be careful; do not hurt the people."
+
+"A good man," said one in the crowd; "at such a moment he still
+thinks of other people."
+
+Some groaned aloud.
+
+A few heads clustered together, whispering. The name of Jankiel was
+whispered low--very low.
+
+But there was a spot, not on the meadow, but in the little street
+close by, where people talked aloud. Near Shmul's hut, upon the bench
+before the window, stood Meir. Thence he looked at the meadow, black
+with people, and at the red glare of the fire; around him in the
+street stood a dozen or more young men, his friends. Their faces
+looked excited and indignant.
+
+Haim, the son of Abraham, who an hour before had been an unseen
+witness to Saul's conversation with his sons, told his friends about
+it. Carried away by his indignation, he repeated in a loud voice
+every word that had passed and his friends re-echoed them. The young
+and usually timid spirits grew bolder under the pressure of shame and
+exasperation. Only one voice was missing among the chorus of
+voices--the most prominent of all, because he was the leading spirit
+of the young people. Eliezer was not among those who crowded round
+Meir; he sat apart, leaning against the black wall of the hut, His
+elbows rested on his knees and his face was buried in his hands. He
+looked like one petrified in this position; full of grief and shame.
+From time to time he rocked his body slightly. The dreamy, timid man
+was overwhelmed with bitter arid desperate thoughts.
+
+Presently, from beyond the corner of the street, a black thin shadow
+glided swiftly along the walls; and close by the group of young men,
+the heavy panting, almost moaning, of an exhausted human being became
+audible.
+
+"Shmul!" said the young men.
+
+"Hush!" said Meir, in a low voice, jumping down from the bench. "Let
+nobody utter the name of the miserable man, so as not to bring him
+into danger. I have been standing here to watch for his return. Go
+away from here, and remember that your eyes have not seen Shmul
+coming from that direction, not seen--"
+
+"You are right," whispered Aryel; "he is our poor brother,"
+
+"Poor brother, poor, poor!" they repeated all round.
+
+They dispersed at once. Near the hut remained only Meir and Eliezer,
+whom nothing could rouse from his stupor.
+
+Shmul ran into the hut, now deserted by every one except the blind
+mother and the smallest children.
+
+There he threw himself at full length upon the floor and beat his
+forehead in the dust; sobbing and moaning, he uttered in broken
+sentences:
+
+"I am not guilty, not guilty, not guilty. I did not fire it. I did
+not hold the vessel full of oil. He, Johel, did it all; I stood on
+watch in the fields--when I saw the fire--Ai! ai! I understood what I
+had been doing--"
+
+"Hush!" said a low, sorrowful voice close to the despairing, almost
+senseless, man. "Hold your tongue, Shmul, till I shut the door and
+window."
+
+Shmul raised his face, but again dropped it on the dusty floor.
+
+"Morejne," he moaned, "morejne, my daughters were growing up; it was
+necessary to marry them; I had no money to pay the taxes with for the
+whole year!"
+
+"Get up and calm yourself," said Meir.
+
+Shmul did not listen. With his lips sweeping the dusty boards, he
+kept on moaning.
+
+"Morejne! save me. I am lost, body and soul."
+
+"You have not lost your soul, Shmul. The Eternal will weigh your
+poverty against your sin; that is if you do not take the money with
+which bad people tempted you."
+
+This time Shmul lifted his face from the floor. The lean and
+ashy-pale face, covered with dust and twitching with nervous terror,
+presented a picture of the deepest human misery.
+
+He looked at Meir with despairing eyes, and pointing at the miserable
+room, he groaned:
+
+"Morejne! how shall we be able to live without that money?"
+
+Fully half-an-hour passed before Meir left the cottage, where the
+outcast Shmul accused himself, wailed and moaned in a voice that
+gradually became lower till it almost sank to a whisper. The ruddy
+glow from the street fell upon one corner of the dark entrance.
+There, coiled up between the goats, his head resting upon a
+projecting board, with the red light of the fire upon his face, slept
+Lejbele. Neither noise nor the glare of the fire, not even the
+lamentations of his unhappy father, had disturbed his innocent sleep
+among his friends, the goats.
+
+Next morning an unusual stir prevailed amongst the inhabitants of the
+town. The common topic of all their conversation was the
+conflagration at the Kamionka estate. The whole house was reduced to
+ashes; nearly all the outbuildings had been burned down; the barns
+and ricks with all the year's harvest had been devoured by the
+flames.
+
+The old lady, the mother of the lord of Kamionka, was very ill, and
+had been carried into a neighbour's house.
+
+To discuss these and other items of news, people stood in groups
+about the streets or before their houses; all the ordinary business
+of their every-day life seemed suspended for the time being.
+
+Now and then among the groups a single question was heard repeatedly:
+
+"What will become of him?"
+
+The question had nothing whatever to do with the ruined young
+nobleman, but referred to Jankiel.
+
+Some pitied the former sincerely, as also some blamed the latter; but
+the landowner was to them a perfect stranger, known to most of them
+only by sight. Jankiel Kamionker was connected with them by a
+thousand threads of common interest and friendship; besides that, he
+was surrounded by the halo of wealth and the reputation of ardent
+piety. No wonder that even those who blamed him trembled for his
+safety.
+
+"Will they suspect him?" asked somebody here and there.
+
+"Nobody would dream of suspecting him, but for Meir Ezofowich putting
+bad thoughts into their heads," was said here and there.
+
+"He has broken the solidarity and the covenant of Israel."
+
+"What else could you expect? He is a kofrim, a heretic!"
+
+"He dared to raise his hand against Reb Moshe!"
+
+"He lives in friendship with the Karaite's girl!"
+
+Those who spoke cast ominous, threatening glances in the direction of
+Ezofowich's dwelling.
+
+The house was unusually quiet and lifeless. The windows looked upon
+the square, which, as a rule, were open in summer-time so that
+anybody could see the daily life of people who had nothing to
+conceal, were shut to-day. No one had remembered to open them, or to
+straighten the sitting-room--as a rule kept in such perfect order.
+The women wandered aimlessly from one place to another; their caps
+were crushed and in disorder from their frequently putting their
+hands upon their heads; they stood before the kitchen fire and sighed
+distractedly. Sarah's eyes were red; her husband, Ber, had two deep
+wrinkles on his forehead, a sure sign to her that he suffered
+grievously. He did not open his lips to her, but sat with his head
+resting upon his hand, looking vacantly at his brothers-in-law.
+Raphael had his account books before him, but his thoughts were
+elsewhere as he raised his head frequently and looked at his
+brothers. Old Saul sat on the sofa reading the sacred books; but,
+judging by his countenance, derived but little comfort from them.
+
+Near the window in her deep easy-chair sat the great-grandmother,
+dozing. Hers was the only face that did not show any change, or lose
+any of its usual serenity. She opened her eyes now and then, then
+dozed off again. Soon after twelve o'clock the women busied
+themselves with arranging the table for dinner.
+
+The door opened softly. Meir entered the room, and standing close to
+the wall, his eyes looked around at all faces. It was a troubled
+look, almost timid and very sorrowful. Those present raised their
+eyes at him for a second only; but in that short instant a heavy load
+of mute reproaches fell upon the young man. It was the reproach of
+people used to a quiet, peaceful life, for past troubles and troubles
+still to come; there was some pity in it for the offender, and also a
+threat of casting him off.
+
+Only the great-grandmother opened her eyes when she saw him, and with
+a smile, murmured:
+
+"Kleineskind!"
+
+Meir's eyes rested tenderly and thoughtfully upon her face. At this
+moment there came a sudden dash and a heavy thump. From among the
+groups that looked angrily at Ezofowich's house, somebody had thrown
+a heavy stone, which, breaking the window, flew close over Freida's
+head and fell into the middle of the room.
+
+Saul's face became of a dull red; the women arranging the table
+screamed in terror; Raphael, Abraham, and Ber jumped up suddenly. All
+stared at the broken window, but presently their attention became
+concentrated upon their great-grandmother Freida, who stood straight
+up and looked attentively at the stone in the middle of the room, and
+then called out in her loud, tuneless whisper:
+
+"It is the same stone! They threw it through the window the same when
+Reb Nohim quarrelled with Hersh because he wanted to live in
+friendship with the strangers. It is the same stone--at whom did they
+throw it now?" All the wrinkles in her face quivered, and her eyes
+for the first time wide open, travelled about the room.
+
+"At whom did they throw it?" she repeated.
+
+"At me, dear bobe," replied, from the opposite wall, a voice full of
+unspoken grief.
+
+"Meir!" exclaimed the great-grandmother--not in her usual whisper,
+but in a loud, almost piercing voice.
+
+Meir crossed the room, stood before her and took the little wrinkled
+hand caressingly in his own. He looked at her eyes full of
+tenderness, and as if in mute entreaty. She seemed to feel his look,
+for her eyelids flickered tremulously and restlessly. Saul rose from
+the sofa.
+
+"Raphael," he said. "Give me my cloak and hat."
+
+"Where are you going, father?" asked both sons simultaneously.
+
+"I am going to humble my head before the Rabbi; to ask him to delay
+his judgment on my headstrong child until the anger in the hearts of
+the people has subsided."
+
+Presently the gray-headed patriarch of the greatest family in the
+town, dressed in his long cloak and tall shiny hat, was seen slowly
+and gravely crossing the market-place. The groups standing about made
+way for him, bowing respectfully.
+
+Somebody said loudly
+
+"Poor Reb Saul, to have such a grandson!" The old man did not reply,
+but pressed his lips closer together.
+
+More than an hour had elapsed ere Saul returned from his errand. He
+found all the elder members of the family in the same position as he
+had left them. Meir sat close to the easy-chair of the great-grandmother,
+who tightly clutched him by the coat sleeve.
+
+Sarah met her father and relieved him of his hat and cloak.
+
+"What news do you bring, father?" asked Raphael.
+
+Saul breathed heavily, and looked gloomily on the floor.
+
+"What could I bring from there," he said after a momentary silence,
+"but shame and humiliation? The hearts of Todros rejoices over the
+misfortune of the house of Ezofowich. Smiles, like reptiles, are
+writhing and crawling over his yellow face."
+
+"And what did he say?" asked several voices. "He said he had been far
+too forbearing towards my godless, insolent grandson--that Reb Moshe,
+Kamionker, and all the people were urging him to sit in judgment upon
+Meir; at my intercession he would put off the trial until to-morrow
+after sunset, and said if Meir humbled himself and asked his and his
+people's pardon, the sentence would be less severe."
+
+All eyes turned towards Meir.
+
+"What do you say to it?" asked a chorus of voices.
+
+Meir looked thoughtfully down.
+
+"Give me time--till to-morrow," he pleaded. "I may perhaps find a way
+out of it."
+
+"How can you find a way?" they exclaimed. "Allow me not to answer you
+till to-morrow," repeated Meir.
+
+They nodded and became silent. It was mute consent.
+
+In all their hearts fear and anger were struggling with family pride.
+They felt angry with Meir, yet trembled for his fate, and the very
+thought that a member of their family should humble himself publicly
+before the Rabbi and the people seemed unbearable.
+
+"Who knows," whispered Raphael, "he may find a way to avoid it?"
+
+"Perhaps his mother will appear to him in his sleep and tell him what
+to do," sighed Sarah.
+
+The belated dinner, passed off in gloomy silence, interrupted only by
+the sighs of women and a smothered sob from the children, who had
+been forbidden to laugh and chatter.
+
+The grieved and mournful faces looked now and then at Freida, who
+showed an unusual restlessness. She did not speak, neither did she
+doze during the meal; but moved uneasily in her chair, looked at
+Meir, then at the shattered window, and in the middle of the room on
+the spot where the stone had fallen.
+
+"What ails her?" asked the members of the family of each other, in a
+perturbed voice.
+
+"She is recalling something to her mind," others replied. "She is
+afraid of something. She wants to speak, but cannot find words."
+
+When the dinner was over, two great-granddaughters wanted to help
+Freida into the next room and lay her down to rest as usual, but she
+planted her feet firmly on the floor and pointed to the easy-chair by
+the window. Presently the inmates of the room began gradually to
+disperse.
+
+Raphael and Ber went driving away to a neighbouring estate, where
+they had some important business to transact. Abraham shut himself up
+in his room to look after his accounts, or perhaps to read. Saul gave
+orders to his daughter to keep the house quiet, and sighing wearily,
+lay down upon his bed. The women, after raking out the fire in the
+kitchen, shut the door of the sitting-room and betook themselves with
+their needlework to the courtyard, where they watched the children at
+play, and conversed together in a low voice. The great-grandmother
+remained alone in the sitting-room.
+
+Strange to say, though perfect silence reigned in the house, she did
+not fall asleep or even doze for a moment.
+
+She sat in the easy-chair with her eyes wide open, and looking at the
+broken window, her lips kept moving continually as if she were
+speaking to herself. Sometimes she rocked her head, heavy, with the
+voluminous turban, and the diamonds flashed out and glittered in the
+sudden motion, and the pendants jingled against the links of the
+golden chain. Her lips moved incessantly. Presently her hands also
+moved quickly. It seemed as if she spoke with somebody; with the
+spirits of the Past, who came forth from her clouded memory. Suddenly
+she rocked her head, and said aloud:
+
+"It was the same way when my Hersh found the writing of the
+Senior--bad people threw stones at him."
+
+She stopped; great tears gathered in her eyes and ran down her
+withered cheeks.
+
+Meir rose from the bench where he had been sitting, crossed the room
+quickly, sat down on the low stool where the old woman rested her
+foot, and putting his folded hands upon her knee asked:
+
+"Bobe! where is the writing of the Senior?"
+
+At the sound of the voice which, as well as the face, reminded her of
+the man she had loved so well, and the days of her youth and
+happiness, she smiled. Her eyes full of tears did not look at her
+great-grandson, but somewhere far beyond, and she began to whisper:
+
+"The day he quarrelled with Reb Nohim and angered the people, he came
+home and sat down sorrowful upon the bench and called his wife,
+Freida. Freida was then young and beautiful; she wore a white turban
+and stood before the kitchen fire, looking after the servants; but
+when she heard her husband's voice, she went at once and stood before
+him, waiting for his words. 'Freida!' he said, 'where the writing of
+the Senior?'"
+
+Then suddenly the whisper ceased. The young man sitting at her feet
+pressed his hands convulsively together and asked again:
+
+"Bobe! where is the writing of the Senior?"
+
+The old woman gently swayed her head, and her lips moved.
+
+"He asked: 'Where is the writing of the Senior? Did the Senior bury
+it in the ground? No! he could not have buried it, as dampness and
+worms would have destroyed it. Did he hide it in the walls? No! he
+knew that fire might destroy the walls. Where did he hide it?' Thus
+asked Hersh, and his wife Freida pondered over his words and then
+pointed at the bookcase where the Senior's old books were preserved,
+and said: 'Hersh my Hersh! the writing is there.' When Freida said
+that, Hersh rejoiced and said: 'You, Freida, have a wise head, and
+your soul is as beautiful as your eyes.'"
+
+And smiling at the dim pictures of her youthful days, she whispered:
+
+"Then he said: 'A virtuous woman is far above rubies and her husband
+doth trust her!'"
+
+The young man looked at her with entreating eyes, and again asked:
+
+"Bobe! what did Hersh do with the writing?"
+
+The old woman did not answer at once, but her lips moved silently as
+if she spoke with an invisible being, and then took up the thread of
+her tale again:
+
+"Hersh came back from a long journey, deeply grieved, and said to
+Freida: 'Everything is lost. We must bide the Senior's writing again;
+it is no use now.' Freida asked: 'Hersh! where will you hide the
+writing?' Hersh replied: 'I will hide it where it was before, and you
+alone, Freida, will know the secret.'"
+
+Meir's eyes sparkled with sudden joy.
+
+"Bobe! is the writing there?" And he pointed at the old bookcase.
+
+Freida gave no answer, but continued in a whisper:
+
+"He said: 'You alone will know the secret. And when the time is
+drawing near and your soul is about to leave your body, tell it to
+the son or grandson who resembles most your husband'--'and which of
+my sons or grandsons is most like my husband Hersh?' 'It is Meir, the
+son of Benjamin, who is like him as two grains of sand are like each
+other. He is my child, the dearest of all. Freida will tell him the
+secret.'"
+
+Meir took both the hands of his great-grandmother in his own, and
+covered them with kisses.
+
+"Bobe," he whispered, "Is the writing there?" pointing at the
+bookcase. But the old woman still followed the thread of her musings.
+
+"Hersh said to Freida: 'If the elders of the family raise their hands
+against him and the people throw stones at him, you, Freida, tell him
+the secret. Let him take the writing of the Senior to his heart, and
+leave everything, his house and wealth and family, and go forth into
+the world; for that writing is more precious than gold and pearls. It
+is the covenant of Israel with the Present, which flows like a great
+river over their heads and with the nations which tower around him
+like great mountains.'"
+
+"Bobe! the elders of the family have risen up against me; the people
+have thrown stones at me--I am that dearest grandson of whom your
+husband Hersh spoke--tell me, is the writing among those old
+volumes?"
+
+A broad, almost triumphant, smile lit up the wrinkled face. She shook
+her head with a feeling of secret joy, and whispered:
+
+"Freida has watched over her husband's treasure and guarded it like
+her own soul. When she became a widow, Reb Nohim Todros came to her
+house and wanted to have the bookcase and the volumes put into the
+fire; then Reb Baruch Todros came and wanted to burn the books; but
+whenever they came, Freida screened the bookcase with her own body,
+and said: 'This is my house, and everything in it is my own.' And
+when Freida stood before the bookcase, Freida's sons and grandsons
+stood before her and said: 'It is our mother; we will not let her be
+harmed.'"
+
+"Reb Nohim was very angry and went away--Reb Isaak did not come,
+because he knew from his fathers that as long as Freida lives nobody
+touched the old bookcase--Freida has watched over her husband's
+treasure; it remains there and sleeps in peace."
+
+With these last words the old woman pointed her thin hand at the
+bookcase, which stood not far from her, and a quiet laugh, a laugh of
+joy and almost childish triumph, shook her aged breast.
+
+With one bound Meir reached the bookcase, and with a powerful hand
+shook the old, rusty lock. The door flew open and a cloud of dust
+burst forth which covered Meir's head as it had once--long
+ago--covered Hersh's golden hair and Freida's white turban. He did
+not heed it, but plunged his hand amongst the books from which his
+ancestors, had drawn their wisdom and where that lay hidden which was
+to direct him on his way.
+
+At the sight of the open bookcase and the clouds of dust Freida
+stretched forth both arms and called out:
+
+"Hersh! Hersh! my own Hersh!"
+
+It was not the usual tuneless whisper, but a loud cry wrung from the
+heart, full of the joys and griefs of the past. She had forgotten the
+great-grandson, and thought the tall, golden-haired youth, covered
+with dust, was her husband come back to her from unknown worlds.
+
+Meir turned his excited face and burning eyes to her.
+
+"Bobe!" he said breathlessly, "where is it? On the top? Below? In
+this book--that--or that?"
+
+"In that," said the woman, pointing at the book upon which Meir's
+hand rested.
+
+Presently a roll of yellow papers rustled under the parchment cover
+of the volume. Holding them in both hands, Meir fell down before his
+great-grandmother and kissed her hands and feet.
+
+Freida smiled, and touched his head gently; but by and by her eyelids
+drooped, and her whole face took the expression of sweet dreaminess
+again. Tired with the strain upon her clouded memory, looking still
+into the bright dreamland of the past, the centenarian had fallen
+asleep--touched, as it were, by a gentle wave of the eternal sleep.
+
+The passionate outpouring of thanks did not rouse her again. Meir hid
+the precious papers in his breast and went swiftly upstairs towards
+the top of the house, where his young cousins dwelt.
+
+During the whole of the evening, and the greater part of the night,
+the large window near the pointed roof flickered with an uncertain
+light, and people were seen moving about constantly. At early dawn,
+some people came out of the house by a side door and went in
+different directions.
+
+Soon afterwards strange news began to circulate about the town. The
+news was undefined, vague, told and explained in different ways; but,
+such as it was, it excited the greatest curiosity among the people.
+The everyday work seemed to go on as usual, but in the midst of the
+dashing and rattling of implements of handiwork a continual hum of
+conversation was going on. Nobody could point out the source from
+which sprung all the rumours which filled the public mind; they
+seemed to be floating in the air, and pervading all the streets and
+alleys.
+
+"To-day, after sunset the elders of the Kahol and the judges, with
+Rabbi Isaak at their head, will sit in judgment upon Meir Ezofowich."
+
+"How will they judge him? What will they do to him?"
+
+"No; there will be no judgment. The bold grandson of Reb Saul will
+come to the Bet-ha-Midrash and confess his sins before the Rabbi and
+the people, and ask forgiveness!"
+
+"No, he will not humble himself or ask forgiveness."
+
+"Why should he not?"
+
+"Ah, ah, it is a great secret, but everybody knows about it, and
+everybody's eyes burn with curiosity. Young Meir has found a
+treasure!"
+
+"What treasure?"
+
+"A treasure that has been buried for five hundred years--a thousand
+years--ever since the Jews came into this country, in the house of
+Ezofowich. The treasure is the writing of one of their ancestors,
+left as a legacy to his descendants."
+
+"What does the writing say?"
+
+"No one knows for certain."
+
+All the inhabitants of the poorer streets had heard something about
+it from their fathers and grandfathers; but everybody bad heard it
+different. Some said it was the writing of a wise and saintly
+Israelite, who lived long ago, and who wanted to make his nation
+powerful and wise. Others maintained that this same ancestor of
+Ezofowich was an unbeliever, bribed by the stranger to destroy the
+name of Israel and the holy covenant from the face of the earth.
+
+"The writing was to teach people how to make gold out of sand, and it
+tells poor people how to get rich."
+
+"No! it teaches how to drive away the evil spirits, so that they
+cannot touch you, and how to transpose the letters of God's names
+into a word with which you can work miracles."
+
+"The writing teaches how to make friends out of your enemies, and to
+enter into a covenant of peace with all nations. Somebody heard that
+it showed the way how to bring Moses back to life again, and call on
+him to bring his people out of bondage into the land that flows with
+gold and wisdom."
+
+"Why did they not search for the treasure sooner?"
+
+"They were afraid. It is said that whoever touches that writing will
+be scorched with fire and burned into powder. Serpents will twist
+themselves around his heart! His forehead will become as black as
+soot! Happiness and peace will go from him for ever! Stones will fall
+upon him like hail! His forehead will be branded with a red mark!
+Long, long ago, there still lived people who remembered it, the great
+merchant, Hersh Ezofowich, Saul's father, had touched that writing."
+
+"And what became of him?"
+
+"The old people said that when he touched the papers serpents coiled
+round his heart and bit him, so that he died young."
+
+"And now young Meir has found that writing?"
+
+"Yes, he has found it, and is going to read it before the people in
+Bet-ha-Midrash after sunset."
+
+Going to and fro amongst the people who exchanged the above opinions,
+was Reb Moshe, the melamed. He appeared first in one street, then in
+another; was seen in one court, and near another's window; always
+listening intently; he smiled now and then and his eyes gleamed, but
+he said nothing. When directly appealed to by people, and urged to
+give an opinion, he shook his head gloomily and muttered
+unintelligible sentences. He could not say anything, as he had not
+spoken to the master yet, to whom, out of fanatical faith and mystic
+personal attachment he had given himself up body and soul. Without
+definite orders from the revered sage he dared not give an opinion or
+settle things even in his own mind. He might unwittingly act against
+his master's wish, or transgress any of the thousands of precepts;
+though he knew them all by heart, yet he might fail to catch their
+deeper meaning without the guiding spirit. The melamed was fully
+conscious of his own wisdom, yet what did it mean in comparison with
+the Rabbi's, whose mind pierced the very heavens? Jehovah looked upon
+him with pleased eyes, and wondered how he could have created such a
+perfect being as Rabbi Isaak Todros.
+
+About noon, when his mind and ears were full of what he had heard, he
+glided silently into the Rabbi's hut. He could not get the Rabbi's
+ear at once, because he was conversing with an old man, whose dusty,
+travel-stained garments showed that he had come a great distance; he
+now stood leaning on his stick before the Rabbi, looking at him with
+humble, and at the same time radiant, eyes.
+
+"I dearly wished," he said, in a voice trembling with age and
+emotion, "to go to Jerusalem to die in the land of our fathers; but I
+am poor and have no money for the journey. Give me, O Rabbi, a
+handful of the sand which they bring to you every year from there, so
+that my grandchildren may scatter it upon my breast when the soul is
+about to leave my body. With that handful of soil, I shall lie easier
+in my grave."
+
+The Rabbi took some white sand out of a carefully, wrapped-up bag and
+gave it to the old man.
+
+The man's whole face lighted up with joy; he carefully secured the
+precious relic under his ragged garments, and then kissed the Rabbi's
+hand with fervent gratitude.
+
+"Rabbi," he said, "I have nothing to pay you with."
+
+Todros craned his yellow neck towards him:
+
+"You have come from a far country, indeed, if you do not know that
+Isaak Todros does not take payment. If I do good to my brethren, I
+ask only for one reward: that the Almighty may increase by one drop
+the wisdom I possess already, but of which I can never have enough."
+
+The old man looked with admiring eyes at the sage, who, so full of
+wisdom, yet wished for more.
+
+"Rabbi," he sighed, "allow me to kiss your benevolent hand."
+
+"Kiss it," said the master gently, and when the old man bent his head
+covered with white hair, the Rabbi put his arm round him and kissed
+him on the forehead.
+
+"Rabbi!" exclaimed the old man, with a burst of happiness in his
+voice, "you are good--you are our father--our master and brother."
+
+"Blessing upon you," replied Todros, "for having preserved your faith
+until your old age, and the love for our fatherland which makes you
+prize a handful of its soil more than gold and silver."
+
+Both their eyes were full of tears. It was the first time they had
+ever met, and yet their hearts were full of brotherly love and mutual
+sympathy.
+
+Reb Moshe, who sat in his usual corner waiting for the end of the
+interview, also had tears in his eyes. When Isaak Todros was alone be
+still waited a little, and then said in a low voice:
+
+"Nassi!"
+
+"Hah?" asked the sage, who was already buried in mystic speculation.
+
+"There is great news about the town."
+
+"What news?"
+
+"Meir Ezofowich has found the writing of his ancestor, the Senior,
+and is going to read it to-day before the assembled people."
+
+The Rabbi was now fully awake, and craning his neck towards the
+melamed, exclaimed:
+
+"How did you come to hear of it?"
+
+"Ah! the whole town is full of it. Meir's friends since early morning
+have been among the people spreading the news."
+
+Todros did not say a word; but his eyes had a keen, almost savage
+expression.
+
+"Nassi! will you allow him to do this?"
+
+Todros was silent. At last he said in a determined voice:
+
+"I will."
+
+Reb Moshe gave a convulsive start.
+
+"Rabbi!" he exclaimed, "you are the wisest man that ever was, or will
+be on this earth; but has your wisdom considered all the
+consequences, and that this writing may detach the people from you
+and the covenant?"
+
+Todros looked at him sternly:
+
+"You do not know the spirit of the people if you can speak and think
+like that. Have not I and my fathers before me tried to mould and
+educate the people and make them faithful to their religion? Let him
+read the papers--let the abomination come forth from its
+hiding-place, where it has lain till now; it will be easier to fight
+against it and crush it down, once and for ever. Let him read it:
+the measure of his transgressions will then be full, and my
+avenging hand will come down upon him!"
+
+A long silence followed upon these words. The master was absorbed in
+thought, and the humble follower looked at him in silent adoration.
+
+"Moshe!"
+
+"What is your will, Nassi?"
+
+"That writing must be taken from him and delivered into my hands."
+
+"Nassi! how is it to be taken from him?"
+
+"That writing must be taken and delivered into my hands!" repeated
+the Rabbi decisively.
+
+"Nassi! who is to take it from him?" Todros fixed his glaring eyes
+upon his follower. "That writing must be taken from him and delivered
+into my hands," he repeated for the third time.
+
+Moshe bent his head.
+
+"Rabbi!" he whispered, "I understand. Rest in peace. When he reads
+the abomination before the people such a storm will break over his
+head that it will lay him in the dust."
+
+Again there was silence. The Rabbi interrupted it:
+
+"Moshe!"
+
+"Yes, Nassi!"
+
+"When is he going to read that blasphemous writing?"
+
+"He is going to read it in the Bet-ha-Midrash after sunset."
+
+"Moshe! go at once to the shamos (messenger) and tell him to convoke
+the elders and the judges in the Bet-ha-Kahol for a solemn judgment."
+
+Moshe rose obediently, and went towards the door. The Rabbi, raising
+both arms, exclaimed "Woe to the headstrong and disobedient! Woe to
+him who touches the leper and spreads contagion!"
+
+Saying this, his whole face became suffused with a wave of dark,
+relentless hatred. And yet, a quarter of an hour ago the same face
+was full of brotherly love; the same mouth spoke gentle and
+comforting words, and the eyes were full of tears.
+
+Thus gentleness and wrath, love and relentless hatred dwelt side by
+side in the same heart; virtues and dark crimes flow from the same
+source. Charity goes hand in hand with persecution and neighbour
+often stands for enemy. Man, who tended to human suffering and healed
+the sick, with the same hand lit the stakes and prepared the
+instruments of torture.
+
+What mysterious influences rule such dual lives?--asks the perplexed
+student of human nature.
+
+But for these mysterious undercurrents which lead human brains and
+hearts into awful error, Rabbi Isaak might have been a great man.
+
+Let us be just. He would have been a great man but for those that
+raised the weapons of fire and sword, and the still more deadly
+weapons of scorn and contempt, against his brethren, and thus
+confined them in the narrow, dark,--a spiritual and moral Ghetto!
+
+The sun had set, and the earth was wrapped in the dim light of a
+summer evening. The large court of the synagogue swarmed with a
+crowd. The interior of Bet-ha-Midrash was already full of people.
+There could be seen heads of old men and fair locks of children, long
+beards, black like crow's wings and blonde like hemp. They all moved
+and swayed, necks were craned, beards raised, and eyes glowed in
+anticipation of some new sensation. Everything appeared in shadow.
+The large room was lighted by a small lamp, suspended at the entrance
+door, and a single tallow candle in a brass candlestick, which stood
+on a white table; this, with a solitary chair close to the high and bare
+wall, constituted the platform from which the speaker was wont to
+address the people. In Israel, everybody, young or old, and of whatever
+social position, had the right to speak in public, according to the
+democratic principles prevailing in the ancient law. Every Israelite had
+the right to enter this building, whether for the purposes of praying,
+reading, or teaching.
+
+The people who crowded outside the building looked often in at the
+windows of the room where the elders and judges held their
+conferences. In the entrance hall the lamp was being lit, and burning
+candles were placed upon the long table. Presently people well-known
+to the inhabitants ascended, the steps of the portico. Singly or in
+twos arrived the judges of the community--all of them men well on in
+years, fathers of large families, wealthy merchants, or house owners.
+There ought to have been twelve in number, but the bystanders counted
+only up to eleven. The twelfth judge was Raphael Ezofowich. People
+whispered to each other that the uncle of the accused could not sit
+in judgment against him; others said that he would not. After the
+judges arrived, the elders, amongst whom was Morejne Calman, with his
+hands in his pockets and the stereotyped, honeyed smile on his lips,
+and Jankiel Kamionker, whose face looked very yellow, and whose eyes
+had the hunted look of a criminal. The last, but not least of them,
+was Isaak Todros, who glided in so swiftly and silently that scarcely
+anybody in the crowd noticed him.
+
+At the same time, from the depth of Bet-ha-Midrash, a clear, resonant
+voice reached the ears of the surging crowd without:
+
+"In the name of the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, hear, O
+Israel!"
+
+The murmur of the crowd within and without increased, and almost rose
+to a tumult. For a few moments the voice of the speaker was drowned
+in the general hubbub, and his few sentences sounded indistinct and
+broken.
+
+Suddenly somebody from the crowd shouted:
+
+"Silence and listen, for it is said: 'You shall listen to whosoever
+speaketh in the name of Jehovah!'"
+
+"That is true," murmured voices. "He began in the name of the God of
+Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob."
+
+Then everything became quiet, except for the rustle of those near the
+door, who tried to get a better view of the speaker. They did not see
+anything unusual. Behind the white table, pale and grave, stood Meir
+Ezofowich. He was much paler than usual, and his eyes burned
+feverishly. His emotion was not the outcome of fear or doubt, but of
+a powerful conviction and radiant hope. In his hands he held a few
+sheets of old yellow paper, which he raised now and then, to show
+whence he took his words.
+
+"O Israel!" he read out, in a clear and thrilling voice, "you are a
+great people! You were the first among nations who recognised one God
+in heaven, and heard on earth, amid the roar of thunder and flashes
+of lightning, those ten great commandments, which, like ten rocks,
+helped you and other nations to climb towards the sun of perfection.
+Israel! blind from his birth, or blinded by malice, must be the man
+who fails to recognise the greatness of your mission. Dry from its
+birth, or dried by the searching breath that comes from the nether
+world, must be the eye that does not shed a tear at the sight of your
+sufferings. Ill-fated he who, looking at you, calls you contemptible.
+May the Lord pity him and forgive him, as he possesses not the
+balance in which are weighed a nation's virtues and crimes, possesses
+not the wisdom which shows how pain and degradation produce sin.
+Israel! of you were born Moses, whose love was like the flaming bush,
+David with the golden harp, the beautiful Esther, weeping over the
+misery of her people. The Maccabees with their mighty swords came
+from among you, and the prophets who died for their faith. Whilst
+living happily in the land of your fathers, you loathed to bind a
+brother into slavery; upon your fields you left the tenth sheaf to
+the poor and needy, and gave a hearing to anybody who spoke to the
+people. Humbling yourself only before Jehovah, you said: 'We are all
+alike in the eyes of our Father.' And when, in after years,
+ill-fated, vanquished, covered with the blood of your sons who
+defended the land of their fathers, you stood an outcast amongst
+nations, and suffered from contempt and persecution, you yet remained
+faithful unto your God and the memory of your fathers, and taught
+other nations who suffered like you how to defend themselves without
+weapons. The Lord hath made you intelligent, pure, and charitable, O
+my people; but it is nigh two thousand years since you possessed the
+one necessary thing on earth--a fatherland."
+
+Here the voice of the speaker gave way, and he paused for a minute.
+The crowd had caught his emotion, and a low tremor seemed to pass
+through the people. A few subdued voices murmured:
+
+"Let us listen! Let us listen! It is the writing of a true Israelite
+who tells of the glory of his people."
+
+They listened in silence, and Meir went on:
+
+"Woe to the people who have no fatherland! The soul of the people
+clings to the soil as a child clings to its mother's breast which
+gives it nourishment, health, and relief from sickness. The Lord
+ordained it thus; but the people acted against His will and tore your
+soul, O Israel, from the soil to which it was attached. As an outcast
+you went and knocked for charity at the very doors of those that had
+despoiled you; your head bent down under laws from which your mind
+recoiled; your tongue tried to imitate their speech, and the roof of
+your mouth dried up in exceeding bitterness; your face darkened from
+wrath and humiliation, and you lived in fear lest your faith and the
+name of Israel should be obliterated from the face of the earth. Then
+under torments and awful sorrows your greatness fell from you; your
+sins and transgressions began to grow and multiply, and Jehovah your
+Lord, looking down upon you said: 'Is this my chosen people with whom
+I made the covenant of Truth and Grace? Can he not keep it except
+with the words of his mouth, which do not agree with the deeds of his
+hands? Does he see the covenant only in his offerings; songs,
+prayers, and incense, and forget the high ladder I showed my servant
+Jacob in his dream to teach the people in all times how to reach me,
+who is Perfection and Understanding.'"
+
+Here the voice of the reader became drowned again in a low,
+ever-increasing murmur.
+
+"What is it he is reading?" they asked each other. "It is the writing
+of a bad Israelite who throws ugly words at his people."
+
+"Which are those sins that have been multiplying amongst us? And how
+are we to praise the Lord if our songs and, prayers have no value in
+His eyes?"
+
+Meir grew pale when he found his voice powerless against the
+increasing tumult. But he would not stop now, and went on reading. By
+and by curiosity prevailed over discontent and they became silent
+once more.
+
+They listened to the tale of Michael Senior's life; how, by order of
+the king, and out of love for his people, he had stood at the head of
+their affairs, and wanted to lead them into new ways, at the end of
+which he saw the dawning of a happy future; how he had been thwarted
+in all his undertakings, and the heart of the people turned away from
+him.
+
+"Great thoughts crowded into my brain which I could not utter,
+because my old friends and my pupils abandoned me! In my breast there
+was fire, at which they would not warm themselves, but said it had
+been kindled by evil spirits. Then my body wasted away, the light of
+my eyes became dim, and the sleep of death drew near. I cried out in
+anguish: 'Lord of the world! do not forsake thy messenger! Give him a
+voice powerful enough to reach the ears of those that are not born,
+since those that live will listen no longer.' And I opened the Holy
+Book and read:"
+
+"'Though he be dead, he yet speaketh.' Son of my sons, you who have
+found this writing, read it to the people to let them know what I
+desired from them. The first thing I asked from them was;
+Forgetfulness. Did I want them to forget their Lord Jehovah, or the
+name of Israel which produced the greatest men of the past? No, I
+could not ask them to forget it because the remembrance is dear to me
+and rejoices my heart."
+
+"I asked my people to forget the wrongs and sorrows of the past. Do
+not remember injuries! Do not say an eye for an eye! Mar Zutra every
+day, before he lay down to rest, said, 'I forgive all those that have
+saddened me.' Mar Zutra was a great man."
+
+"When you begin to forget Israel, you will approach the flame which
+you speak of as alien, and which belongs to all nations. The alien
+flame, from which you fly in your blind hatred, has been kindled by
+Sar-ha-Olam, the angel of knowledge, who is the Angel of Angels and
+the prince of the world. The knowledge of religion is sacred, but
+other knowledge has equally been created by him who dwells in perfect
+wisdom. Good is the apple of paradise, but are we therefore to refuse
+other products of the earth? A time will come when the world will be
+full of knowledge, as the sea is full of water."
+
+"Thus spoke and wrote the sage whom your teachers hold accursed. His
+name was Moses Majmonides, a true prophet, who did not look into the
+past but into the future, for he knew that a time would come when all
+those who did not gather around the flame of wisdom would fall into
+the dust, and their name become a by-word of contempt and derision.
+He was the second Moses; he was my teacher from whom came all my joy
+and all my sorrow."
+
+Here the reader dropped the hands that held the papers, and an
+expression of rapture shone in his face.
+
+"He was my teacher from whom came all my joy and all my sorrow."
+Strange coincidence! Both he and his ancestor who had died three
+hundred years ago had listened to the same teacher. In the hearts of
+both he had kindled the heroic, self-sacrificing love, the greatest
+upon earth--the love of the ideal. But the descendant who read these
+words which one by one dispersed all his doubts, felt no sorrow;
+nothing but a great joy and hope.
+
+A hoarse and thick voice shouted from the crowd:
+
+"Hear! hear! he praises alien flames! He calls the accursed heretic a
+second Moses!"
+
+All heads turned towards the door to see who had spoken. It was Reb
+Moshe, who had climbed upon the bench near the door and was thus
+raised above the crowd; he shook his head, laughed derisively, and
+fixed his malignant eyes upon Meir. But the people's curiosity was
+not yet satisfied; under their ragged garments many hearts were
+beating with a new, and by themselves undefined sensation.
+
+"He speaks to us through the mouth of his descendant. Listen to him
+whose soul dwells already amongst the Sefirots."
+
+An old man with stooping back, who leaned upon his stick, raised his
+white head and said to Meir, plaintively:
+
+"How could Israel warm himself at the sun of knowledge when he was
+driven away from it by his enemies? And we once had, Reb, famous
+physicians and wise men who were ministers at the courts of kings;
+but when they thrust us from the portals of knowledge we went forth
+and said: Henceforth Israel will hold aloof from the stranger, like
+an elder brother whom the younger brethren have offended."
+
+Meir looked at the old man with a gentle, half-triumphant smile.
+
+"Reb!" he replied, "the voice of my ancestor will give an answer to
+your question:"
+
+"A time will come when wrong and injustice will disappear from the
+earth. The gates of knowledge will be thrown open wide before you.
+Enter quickly with a joyful heart, because understanding is the
+greatest weapon given by the Lord who rules the world by the eternal
+laws of wisdom."
+
+"They do not wish to behold the works of the Creator; of such it is
+said: 'A fool hath no delight in understanding.'"
+
+"The second thing I asked from my people is: Remembrance. Rava asked
+Raba, the son of Moro, the origin of the proverb! 'Do not throw mud
+into the fountain from which thou drinkest.' Raba answered with the
+words of the Scriptures: 'Thou shalt not abhor an Egyptian, because
+thou wast a stranger in his land.' Eliezer the son of Azalrya, said:
+'The Egyptians did not invite the Israelites into their country from
+self-interest, therefore the Lord rewarded them.' Since the country
+whose bread you eat did not treat you as cattle to plough his field,
+but as a tired brother to rest on his bosom, how have you rewarded
+it, O Israel?"
+
+"It is not said, Thou shalt despoil the stranger, but 'One Law shall
+be for him that is home-born and unto the stranger that sojourneth
+among you.'"
+
+"When I was holding the office bestowed upon me by the king, two base
+Israelites were found who had gone to the enemy's camp and betrayed
+the king's secrets and brought calamity and trouble upon the kings
+troops. What did I do with these base subjects? I ordered it to be
+published by the sound of trumpets, all over the country, that these
+two, traitors to their God and their country, were for ever expelled
+from the bosom of Israel. I did this because when contemplating their
+deed my heart boiled over with wrath. I saw, as if in a dream, the
+second Moses, who said: 'Thrust them out of Israel, for they have
+betrayed those that received them as guests into their land.'"
+
+"Not only for the good of your souls did I ask you for remembrance
+and gratitude, but also for your earthly welfare. When I sat in the
+great Synod assembled at the wish of the king and nobles, in the rich
+town of Lublin, I advised and urged the wise and honest men to send
+out a proclamation that would shake the hearts and brains of the
+people, even as the gardener shakes the trees to make the ripe fruit
+fall."
+
+"In this proclamation we said: 'Be useful to the country wherein you
+live and the inhabitants will respect you. This is the first step
+towards happiness, because contempt is bitter and respect sweet to
+the human heart.'"
+
+"But there are still other things which I have in my mind: He who is
+the servant of the soil, hath bread in abundance. How is the soil to
+nourish you if you treat it, not as a faithful servant, but as a
+stranger who only cares for the present day?"
+
+"Rabbi Papa said: 'Do not engage in trade, but cultivate the soil,
+though both are good things; but the first is blessed by men.' If you
+come into the land, plant all kinds of trees that produce fruit."
+
+"There will come a time when wrong-doing will disappear from the
+earth, and the nations will call out to the sons of Israel: 'Take the
+plough into your hands and cultivate the land, that you and your sons
+may eat your bread in peace.' But false prophets will raise their
+voice and tell you not to till the soil in the land of bondage."
+
+"Oh, my descendant who reads this, tell the people to beware of false
+prophets! Call out to them in a loud voice: The false prophets have
+brought you low, O Israel!"
+
+It was evident that the descendant fulfilled the command of his
+ancestor with conviction and unspeakable joy. Had he not himself felt
+the deep hatred towards the false sages? Why he considered them as
+such, he could not have told. His tongue was tied by want of
+knowledge, and his spirit, longing for light, had beaten against the
+walls of darkness in the midst of which he was imprisoned. Now he
+knew and understood; therefore from the depth of his heart he called
+out:
+
+"Do not believe, O Israel, in your false sages."
+
+The crowd grew noisy.
+
+"Of whom does he speak?"
+
+"Who are the false sages and prophets in Israel?"
+
+"He speaks of our rabbis and learned men; abominable blasphemy comes
+out of his mouth."
+
+"He throws only blame upon the children of Israel!"
+
+"He bids us plough the soil in the land of bondage."
+
+"Rabbi Nohim, the grandfather of Rabbi Isaak, said to our fathers:
+'You shall not till the soil with your own hands in the land of
+bondage.'"
+
+"Rabbi Nohim was the wisest of wise men; his wisdom lighted up the
+whole earth."
+
+"Hersh Ezofowich quarrelled fiercely with Reb Nohim."
+
+"Hersh Ezofowich was a great sinner!"
+
+"Why, does he not tell us how to make poor people rich?"
+
+"He said we ought to become servants of the soil on which we live.
+When the Messiah comes and takes us to the promised land, we shall
+leave this one. Why should we become its servants?"
+
+"It was said the writing would teach us how to change sand into
+gold!"
+
+"And how to drive out evil spirits."
+
+"How to bring Moses to life again."
+
+"They have told us lies; there is nothing wise or pleasing to the
+Lord in the writing."
+
+Questions and mutterings followed rapidly one upon the other,
+accompanied by the scornful laughter of those that had been balked in
+their hopes and expectations. The melamed, towering above the crowd,
+threw out insulting remarks, or burst into harsh laughter full of
+venomous malice. Under the second wall opposite the melamed stood Ber
+on a bench. These two men, standing opposite each other, presented a
+striking contrast. The melamed shook his head and waved his arms,
+wildly shouting and laughing; Ber stood silent and motionless, his
+head thrown back, resting against the wall, and from his blue eyes
+that looked into the far, far distance, tears fell in thick drops.
+Close to Meir in a compact body stood a dozen or more of young men,
+who looked with rapt attention at the reader. They breathed quickly,
+smiled now and then, and raised their arms and sighed. They seemed
+not to see or hear the crowd; their spirits, longing for truth and blindly
+searching for it, had fastened upon the new thoughts. A thin, quavering
+voice was heard from the crowd: "They talked much about that, long,
+long ago; when I was young." A deep sigh accompanied the young man's
+words. Perhaps he was one of Hersh's friends. Young boys who pushed
+their heads between the people laughed and shouted, then disappeared
+again.
+
+The old yellow papers began to tremble in Meir's hands; upon his pale
+face appeared two red burning spots. He looked half angrily, half
+entreatingly at the public.
+
+"Be quiet!" he called out. "Let me read the words of the great man to
+you to the end. He has chosen me as his messenger, and I must obey his
+commands."
+
+His voice was loud and authoritative; his whole frame seemed to
+expand under the influence of a new power.
+
+"Be quiet," shouted the melamed. "Let him read the abomination which
+hitherto has lain in hiding. Let it come forth that we may stamp it
+out all the easier."
+
+"O Israel!" began the youthful voice once more. "O Israel, the third
+thing I ask from you is Discernment."
+
+"In ages past, the learned men among us were called Baale Tressim or
+armour-bearers. What was their armour? Their armour was the
+understanding of the covenant. Why were they armed? To protect Israel
+from annihilation. They said: Israel shall not disappear from the
+surface of the earth, for we will give him a strong hold from the
+covenant of 'Moses. Thus said the Tanaim. And the Sanhedrin where
+they sat, and the schools in which they taught became as the arsenal
+where they ground and prepared their weapons. Gamaliel, Eliezer,
+Joshua, Akiba, and Jehuda were amongst them like suns among the
+stars. Others followed in their footsteps, and through five hundred
+years they compiled, explained and wrote the great book which they'
+named the Talmud, and which through centuries was a bulwark to the
+Israelites, shielding them from the devouring elements From its pages
+the sons of Israel drew wisdom and comfort, and during the great
+dispersion they were never divided, because their thoughts and sighs
+went towards it and gathered round it, like children round their
+mother."
+
+"But is everything which is good in itself equally perfect?"
+
+"This book, which during five hundred years was written and composed
+by wise and loving men, cannot be a foolish or a bad book. He who
+speaks thus of it, tell him to clean his heart from evil, and then
+open it and read."
+
+"There are clouds in the sky, and in the purest heart the Lord
+discerns a flaw. Did Jehovah himself write the books of Our Law? Did
+the angels write them? No; people wrote them. Has there ever been a
+man during all the ages who did not know what it meant to go astray?
+Is there any human work which is adequate or all times and all ages?"
+
+"The throne of the Pharaohs has been shattered; Nineveh fell into
+ruins; Rome which ruled over half the world broke asunder; and
+Greek wisdom has made way for other wisdom. The desert spreads now
+where once were rich and powerful cities; and cities are rising where
+formerly was desert. Thus human works, the greatest of them, pass
+away and others take their place."
+
+"Israel! the nourishment which sustained your soul through many
+generations contains grain, but also chaff. In your treasure hoards
+there are diamonds and worthless sand."
+
+"The books of your Law are as the pomegranate which the foolish man
+ate with the rind, which left a bitter taste in his mouth. When Rabbi
+Meir saw him doing this, he plucked fruit from the tree, threw away
+the bitter rind and ate the luscious fruit. I wished to teach you as
+Rabbi Meir taught the man who ate the pomegranate. I wished for you
+the gift of discernment, for the books of your faith. Wished that you
+might use your intelligence as a sieve in order to separate the grain
+from the chaff, the diamonds from the sand; so that you may keep the
+pure grain and the diamonds."
+
+"You have thrust me off for this my request; your hearts became
+hardened against me because of the fear and hatred towards things
+new. And yet it is written: 'Do not look at the vessel, but look at
+its contents.' There are new pitchers full of old wine, and old ones
+that are empty."
+
+"Meir," whispered Ber, "look at the people!" and then he added in a
+still lower voice: "Depart from this place as quickly as you can."
+
+Meir looked around at the seething, muttering crowd; a smile
+half-angry, half-sad came on his lips.
+
+"I did not expect this; I expected something quite different," he
+said in a low voice, and he bent his head; but he raised it again
+almost instantly and called out:
+
+"I am the messenger of my ancestor. He has chosen me to read his
+thoughts to you. I must obey him."
+
+He drew a deep breath, then added in a still louder voice:
+
+"He penetrated the doubts which were to arise in those who were not
+born, and gave an answer to them. He penetrated into the inner life
+of the human soul, which thirsts after truth and knowledge, and
+offers you freedom and happiness through my mouth. I love him as if
+he had given me life. I bow down before the greatness of the man who
+has worked out his own immortality and dwells now in Jehovah's glory.
+I think as he thought; I wish for you as he wished. I am like him; I
+am the child of his spirit." His clear voice shook with emotion, and
+smiles and unshed tears were together on his mobile features.
+
+"My ancestor says to you that all nations are moving on towards
+knowledge and happiness; but our heads are so full of little things
+that there is not room for great thoughts; that the study they call
+Kabala, and which you consider, is a cursed science, for it kills the
+Israelite's intellect and leads him away from true science."
+
+His voice became drowned in the general uproar, laughter and
+groaning, so that only broken sentences reached the small,
+inattentive audience. Yet he did not cease speaking, but went on
+quicker and quicker, with heaving breast. It almost seemed as if
+recognising the futility of his efforts, he tried to stand at his
+post as messenger of the dead as long as he could. Perhaps he had not
+lost hope altogether.
+
+"Woe I woe!" called out voices in the crowd. "Heresy and sin have
+entered the house of Israel! Out of the mouths of children comes
+blasphemy against holy things."
+
+"Listen, listen!" cried Meir. "It is still far to the end of my
+ancestor's writing."
+
+"Let us stop his mouth and drive him from the spot where only true
+Israelites should speak."
+
+"Listen, it is written here that Israel should leave off expecting a
+Messiah in the flesh."
+
+"Woe! woe! he will take from the heart of this only hope and
+comfort."
+
+"Because he will not come upon earth in the shape of man, but in the
+shape of Time, bringing to all people knowledge, happiness and
+peace."
+
+"Meir, Meir, what are you doing? You will be lost! Look at the
+people! Go away while there is time," whispered those around him.
+
+Ber stood at his side. Eliezer, Aryel, Haim, and a few others
+surrounded him; but he neither saw nor heeded anything. Large beads
+of perspiration stood on the proudly-raised brow, and his eyes looked
+despairingly and angrily at the tumultuous crowd.
+
+Suddenly a dull thump was heard near the entrance door. The melamed
+had jumped down from the bench, and, with his naked feet, stamped
+several times upon the floor. Then, in a few bounds, he cleared the
+crowd, which made way for him, and with a violent jerk of his arm
+threw down the brass candlestick with the yellow candle. At the same
+time someone climbed on the bench and blew out the lamp near the
+door. Except for the pale streaks of moonlight, which came through
+the windows, the whole room was plunged into darkness, and amidst
+that darkness seethed and boiled the raging element--an exasperated
+populace.
+
+Nobody could have singled out any individual expression. Words,
+curses, groans, came down like hailstones, and mixed together in a
+chaos indescribable. At last, from the wide open door of the
+Bet-ha-Midrash poured the dark stream of people which, outside in the
+court, was met by another of those who had not found room within, and
+were less noisy, though equally excited. A large wave of moonlight
+lit up the open space and the Bet-ha-Kahol with its closed door and
+shuttered windows. On the portico steps, motionless and silent, his
+elbows resting on his knees, sat the shamos (messenger) awaiting
+orders from the interior of the building which, in the midst of the
+uproarious mob stood dark and mute like the grave.
+
+The crowd broke up into many groups. One of these, the largest,
+crossed the gates of the precincts; shouting and struggling, it
+poured into the moonlit square, where it looked like a monster bird
+flapping its huge wings It was mostly composed of poorly-dressed men
+with long beards and maliciously gleaming eyes. Children of different
+ages flittered to and fro among them, picking up stones and mud. They
+all thronged towards one point; a single man surrounded by a
+bodyguard of friends. Pushed and knocked about, they resisted with
+their arms and shoulders until, yielding to the pressures they
+finally gave way, and were swallowed up by the crowd. Then a shower
+of stones fell upon the back of the man whom, until now, they had
+screened; dozens of hands grasped his garments and tore them into
+strips; upon his bare head fell mud and handfuls of gravel picked out
+of the gutter. In his ears thundered the yells and groans of the
+infuriated mob; before his face flashed the clenched fists and
+inflamed faces of his assailants, and beyond, as if veiled in a
+blood-red mist, silent and closely shuttered, appeared the house of
+his fathers.
+
+Towards that house, as if to a haven of salvation, he directed his
+steps as quick as the grasping hands and the children crowding round
+his feet would let him. From his compressed lips came no sound either
+of complaint or entreaty; he did not seem to feel the hands that
+smote him or the stones, which pelted his body, and which might maim
+or kill him at any moment. With breast and shoulders he tried
+desperately to push aside the mob. It was not himself he defended,
+but the treasure he carried; now and then he touched his breast to
+make sure it was still there. Suddenly a burly figure, dressed in a
+coarse shirt, and with a thick stick in his bands, barred his way,
+and shouted:
+
+"Fools, what are you doing? Why do you not take the loathsome writing
+from him? The Rabbi Isaak has ordered it to be torn from him; he has
+bidden it in his breast!"
+
+In an instant the young man, who had been assailed from the back and
+sides only, found himself attacked in front also. Rough and dark
+bands reached at his breast; his convulsively clenched arms were
+wrenched asunder, and they began to tear his garments. Then he raised
+his pale face towards the moonlit sky with a despairing cry:
+
+"Jehovah!"
+
+He felt a lithe and supple body creep up from under his feet, and a
+pair of hot lips were pressed to the hand which hung down powerless.
+A wonderful contrast this single kiss of love in the midst of all
+that hatred and fury. With a last, almost superhuman effort, he
+pushed off his assailants, stooped down, and, before anybody had time
+to rush at him again, lifted a child up in his arms. It threw its
+arms around his neck, and looked with streaming eyes dilated with
+terror at the people.
+
+"It is my child! it is my Lejbele! do not hurt him!" called the
+frightened voice of the tailor Shmul from the crowd.
+
+"Reb!" called out several voices to the melamed, "he is shielding
+himself behind the child--the child loves him!"
+
+"Take away the child and tear from him the writing!" yelled the
+melamed.
+
+But nobody obeyed him. They still pulled at his clothes at his sides
+and behind, a few stones whizzed over his head; but he saw a clear
+space in front of him, and, with a few bounds, he reached the porch,
+which an invisible hand opened quickly, and as quickly bolted after
+he had entered.
+
+Meir put the child down in the dark passage, and he himself entered
+the sitting-room, where, by the light of the lamp, he saw the whole
+family assembled. Panting and breathless, he leaned against the wall,
+and his dull eyes looked slowly round the room. All were silent.
+Never since the house of Ezofowich had existed in the world had a
+member of that family looked like the pale, panting youth whose head
+was covered with dust and mud, and whose garments hung in tatters
+around him. The forehead, moist with the dew of mortal anguish, was
+marked across with a red scar, caused by a rough stone, or perhaps
+some blunt instrument in the darkness of the Bet-ha-Midrash.
+
+But for the expression of pride and undaunted courage in his face, he
+might have been taken for a begging outcast or a hunted criminal.
+
+Saul covered his face with both hands. Some of the women sobbed
+aloud. Raphael, Abraham, and other grave members of the family rose
+from their seats, stern and angry, and called out in one voice:
+
+"Ill-fated lad!" They were about to surround him, and to speak to
+him, when suddenly the shutters flew open with a crash, the windows
+shattered into bits, and heavy stones thundered against the furniture
+from beyond the broken windows, yells and shouts arose, over which
+dominated the hoarse voice of the melamed. They called for Meir to
+give up the writing, heaped abuse and insults on the family, and
+threatened them with heaven's and the people's wrath.
+
+The members of the family stood motionless, as if turned to stone
+with terror and shame.
+
+Saul took his hands from his face, drew himself up proudly, and went
+quickly towards the door.
+
+"Father, where are you going?" cried the men and women in terror.
+
+He pointed his shaking hand at the window, and said:
+
+"I will stand in the porch of my house, and tell the foolish rabble
+to be quiet, and take itself off."
+
+They barred his way. The women clung around his shoulders and knees.
+
+"They will kill you, father!" they moaned.
+
+Suddenly the raging tumult ceased. Instead yells, a low murmur passed
+from mouth to mouth.
+
+"The shamos! the shamos! the shamos!" It was indeed the same man who,
+silent and motionless, had sat on the steps of the Be-ha-Kahol
+waiting for orders, and who now approached the house of Ezofowich to
+proclaim the sentence of the tribunal before the family of the
+accused. The crowd, stirred by ardent curiosity to hear the sentence,
+pressed close to the windows, in which not a single pane of glass
+remained. Others, scattered over the square and in the neighbouring
+streets, drew nearer, and surrounded the house like a dark, living wall.
+The door of the house was opened and shut again, and the shamos
+entered the sitting-room.
+
+He looked anxiously, almost suspiciously around, and bowed very low
+before Saul.
+
+"Peace be with you," he said in a low voice, as if he himself felt
+the bitter irony of the greeting.
+
+"Reb Saul," he began, in a somewhat more assured voice, "do not be
+angry with your servant if he brings shame and misfortune into your
+house. I obey the commands of the Rabbi, the elders, and the judges
+who sat in judgment upon your grandson Meir, and whose sentence I am
+ordered to read out to him and you all."
+
+A deep silence followed upon his words. At last Saul, who stood
+leaning upon the shoulder of his son Raphael said in a low voice:
+
+"Read."
+
+The messenger unrolled the paper he was holding in his hand, and
+read:
+
+"Isaak Todros, the son of Baruch, Rabbi of Szybow, together with the
+judges and elders of the Kahal, who constitute the tribunal of the
+community of Szybow, heard the following accusations, confirmed by
+many witnesses, against Meir Ezofowich, son of Benjamin:"
+
+"Meir Ezofowich, son of Benjamin, is accused, and found guilty,
+of the crime of breaking the Sabbath. Instead of giving himself up to
+the study of holy books, he watched and defended the dwelling of the
+heretic Abel Karaim, and raised his hand in anger against Israelitish
+children."
+
+(2.) "That Meir Ezofowich was seen reading the accursed book, 'More
+Nebuchim,' by Moses Majmonides, the false sage, excommunicated by
+many saintly rabbis and learned men; read this same book aloud to his
+companions, thus teaching them heresy and other abominations."
+
+(3.) "That Meir Ezofowich held rebellious speeches against the
+covenant and the wise men of Israel, perverting thus their youthful
+minds."
+
+(4.) "That under pretext of charity and pity for the poor of the
+town, he gave them criminal and foolish advice, saying, they ought to
+see what the elders did with the money they received from them; and
+further, they should distinguish in the covenant between God's work
+and people's invention; finally, told them to work in the fields like
+peasants."
+
+(5.) "That having hair growing on his face, he refused to get
+married, and broke his engagement with the Israelitish girl Mera,
+daughter of Eli, and showed thereby his resolution to avoid the
+married state."
+
+(6.) "That he lived in impure friendship with Golda, the
+granddaughter of a heretic, who, not belonging to the faithful, had
+been allowed to live in his place through the great charity of the
+Rabbi and the elders. Meir, the son of Benjamin, has been seen in
+their dwelling, and meeting the girl Golda in lonely places, taking
+flowers from her, and joining his voice with hers in worldly songs on
+a Sabbath."
+
+(7.) "That he has not paid due respect to the learned men, and has
+raised a sacrilegious hand against the melamed Moshe, whom he knocked
+down, throwing the table upon him, causing, thereby, bodily harm to
+the melamed and great scandal to the community."
+
+(8.) "That in his great, unheard-of malice, he denounced a brother
+Israelite, Reb Jankiel Kamionker, before an alien, thereby breaking
+the solidarity of his people, and bringing Reb Jankiel into trouble
+and perhaps danger."
+
+(9.) "That in his boundless audacity he extracted the writing of his
+ancestor, Michael Senior, from its hiding-place, where it should have
+rotted away, and with criminal insolence read it to a large crowd of
+people, thereby endangering the old law and customs of the
+Israelites; and as the writing, we have been told, contains
+blasphemous and pernicious doctrines we consider the reading of the
+said document as the greatest of his crimes. Therefore, according to
+the power given us by our law over the sons of Israel, we decree:"
+
+"That to-morrow after sunset, a great and terrible curse will be
+pronounced against the audacious and disobedient Meir Ezofowich, son
+of Benjamin, through the mouth of Rabbi Isaak, son of Baruch, for the
+hearing of which all the Israelites of Szybow and the environs will
+be summoned by the messenger; and Meir Ezofowich will be thrust out
+and ignominiously expelled from the bosom of Israel. All of you who
+remain faithful unto the Lord and the covenant live in peace and
+happiness with all your brethren in Israel."
+
+The shamos had finished; and putting the paper under his coat, bowed
+low, and swiftly left the room.
+
+For several minutes a deadly silence prevailed within and without.
+
+Suddenly Meir, who had stood like one entranced, threw his arms
+wildly above his head and uttered a heart-broken cry:
+
+"Expelled from Israel! cursed and expelled by my own people!" His
+voice died away in a loud sob. With his head pressed against the wall
+he sobbed in great anguish. It was enough to hear one of these sobs,
+which shook his whole frame, to guess that he had been wounded in the
+most vital part of his soul.
+
+Then approached his uncles, their wives and daughters, with voices of
+entreaty, anger, threats, and prayers, beseeching him to give up the
+writing of the Senior, to let it be burned publicly, and perhaps the
+decree of the elders would be mitigated. The men crowded round him;
+the women kissed him.
+
+Still shaken by sobs, and his face closely pressed to the wall, deaf
+to all the voices of entreaty and anger, his only answer was a motion
+with his head and the short monosyllable:
+
+"No! No! No!"
+
+This single word, thrown out amidst his sobs, was more eloquent than
+the longest speech: it expressed such deep suffering, love, and
+undaunted courage.
+
+"Father," exclaimed Raphael, turning towards Saul, who sat alone and
+motionless, "Father! why do you not command him to humble himself?
+Bring him to reason; tell him to give up the writing to us, and we
+will carry it to the Rabbi and ask him to relent!"
+
+When Raphael said this, Meir uncovered his face and turned it towards
+his grandfather.
+
+Saul raised his head, stretched out his hands as if blindly groping
+for support, and then rose. The previously dull eyes became all at
+once singularly restless, till they met with the fixed look of his
+grandson. He opened his mouth, but no words came.
+
+"Speak, father! command him!" urged several voices.
+
+The old man seemed to totter on his feet. A cruel struggle was taking
+place within him. Several times he tried to speak, but could not. At
+last in a heavy whisper, he said:
+
+"He is not cursed yet--I am still allowed:"
+
+"In the name of the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob I bless you, son
+of my son!"
+
+And trembling in every limb, his eyes full of tears, he sank back in
+his chair.
+
+Those present exchanged glances of amazement and reverence. Meir
+bounded forward and threw himself at the feet of the old man. In a
+low, feverish voice he spoke of the love he bore him--about the
+Senior's legacy to his descendants, and that he would go into the
+world and come back sometime. Then he rose from his knees and quickly
+left the room.
+
+At this moment there was nobody near the windows of the house. The
+great crowd of people had retreated towards the middle of the square,
+and there they stood almost motionless, quietly whispering with each
+other. A singular thing happened. Scarcely had the messenger finished
+reading the sentence when the storm of wrath and anger suddenly
+subsided. What had happened to them? Their emotional nature which,
+like a stringed instrument, answered to the slightest touch, quivered
+under a new feeling. It was respect and sympathy for the misfortune
+of an ancient and charitable family. The crowd, which such a short
+time before had yelled and cursed and was ready to tear everything to
+pieces, became suddenly quiet and subdued, and began to disperse
+peacefully. Here and there still sounded malicious laughter or
+insulting epithets, but more voices were heard in gentle pity.
+
+"Yet he was good and charitable!"
+
+"He never was proud!"
+
+"He fed my foolish child and kissed it!"
+
+"He saved my old father when the cart had fallen upon him!"
+
+"He worked with us like a common man, and sawed wood!"
+
+"His face shone with beauty and intelligence!"
+
+"All eyes rejoiced looking at his young age!"
+
+"Herem!! Herem! Herem!" (Excommunicated) repeated many.
+
+Then they shook their heads in wonder, faces paled with horror, and
+breasts heaved with sighs.
+
+
+
+***
+
+Three shadows glided swiftly over the moonlit deserted fields which
+separated the town from the Karaite's Hill. The first belonged to a
+tall, slender man; the second to a child who clung to the sleeve of
+his garment; these two shadows were so close together that often they
+formed but one; the third shadow showed the outline of a burly
+figure, which kept carefully in the distance, now and then stood
+still or doubled up, at times disappearing altogether behind palings,
+shrubs, or trees. It was evident the shadow wanted to hide itself,
+and was looking for something, listening and watching for something
+or somebody.
+
+At the open window of Abel's cottage a low voice called out:
+
+"Golda! Golda!"
+
+From the window bent a face, whitened in the moonlight, and
+surrounded by waves of black hair. A low passionate whisper sounded
+in the still evening air:
+
+"Meir! Meir! I heard a terrible noise and awful voices! My heart
+trembled in fear; but it is nothing now you are here."
+
+Two arms were stretched forth towards the approaching young man. The
+corals on her neck quivered under the throbbing emotion where sobs
+mingled with laughter.
+
+Suddenly she uttered a piercing cry.
+
+Meir stood before her, and she saw his torn garments and the red scar
+on his forehead.
+
+She moaned, and put her hand gently on his brow, and caressingly
+touched the dusty hair and ragged clothes with the almost motherly
+feeling that longs to comfort and soothe. Meir sat on the bench in
+the posture of a man deadly tired. He leaned his head against the
+window-frame, and seemed to draw in the mild evening breeze. The moon
+reflected herself in the mournful eyes that were raised in question
+towards the silvery clouds. After a while he straightened himself and
+said quickly, in a low voice:
+
+"Golda, people may search for me; if they find me they will take my
+treasure. I will give it to you to hide it, and then I will go into
+the fields and woods to cry out unto Jehovah for mercy."
+
+The girl, too, stood straight and grave. "Give it to me," she said
+quietly. The leaves of the paper rustled in Meir's hands, and, giving
+them to the girl, he said:
+
+"Hide it in your breast, and guard my treasure as the apple of your
+eye. It contains the precious words of my ancestor, which have
+removed all blindness from my eyes. They will be my passport which
+will open to me the doors and hearts of wise men. It is quiet here,
+and safe--nobody sees or suspects. When I am ready I shall come and
+ask you for it."
+
+Golda took the paper.
+
+"Rest tranquil about your treasure," she said. "I would rather lay
+down my life than give it up to anyone but you. It is safe here, it
+is quiet, nobody will suspect."
+
+Meir rose from the bench.
+
+"Sleep in peace," he said. "I must go; my soul is full of cries; I
+must walk, walk. I shall go and throw myself down among the trees,
+and send my prayers up to Jehovah with the evening breeze. I must
+unburden my mind of the heavy load."
+
+He was going away, but Golda held him by the sleeve.
+
+"Meir," she whispered, "tell me what has happened. Why did the people
+beat and hurt you? Why must you go out into the world?"
+
+"People have beaten and stoned me," replied Meir gloomily, "because I
+would not go against the truth, and would not agree to what the
+people agree. I must go, because to-morrow a terrible curse will be
+pronounced against me, and I shall be excommunicated and expelled
+from Israel."
+
+"Herem!" (the curse) shrieked the girl, and she threw her folded
+hands in horror above her head. She stood thus for a moment; then a
+gentle, thoughtful smile came on her face.
+
+"Meir!" she whispered, "zeide is cursed and I am cursed; but the
+mercy of the Lord is greater than the greatest terror and His justice
+vaster than the vastest sea. When zeide reads this, he leaves off
+grieving and says: 'The cursed ones are happier than those that
+curse . . . because a time will come when the justice of the Lord will
+enter into the human heart, and then they will bless the names of
+those that have been cursed.'"
+
+Meir looked at the girl, whose deep-set eyes glowed with inspiration.
+
+"Golda!" he said softly, "you are the second half of my soul. Come
+with me into the world as my wife; holding each other's hands, we
+will bear the curse together and live so that people shall bless our
+names."
+
+A great wave of fire passed over Golda's face and left it radiant
+with ineffable joy.
+
+"Oh, Meir!" she exclaimed. She wanted to say something more, but
+could not. She bent her lithe figure very low and hung upon his arm.
+
+He put his arm around her neck and pressed his lips to the wavy black
+hair. It was only for a moment. The girl straightened herself, and
+with the hot blush still dying her face, she said softly:
+
+"And zeide?"
+
+Meir looked at her like a man suddenly aroused from sleep. She went
+on in the same low voice:
+
+"His feet are so weak that he could not go with us, and besides he
+would never leave the graves of his fathers. How can I leave him? How
+could he live without me, whom he brought up with his hands, taught
+to spin, to read the Bible, and told all his beautiful stories? Who
+would feed him if I went away? Who during the cold winter nights
+would lie at his feet and warm his cold limbs? And when the soul is
+about to part from his body, who will rock the old head to its
+eternal sleep? Meir! Meir! you have a grandfather whose hair is white
+as snow, and who will rend his garments when you are gone. But your
+zeide has many sons, daughters, and grandchildren; he is rich and
+respected by everybody. My zeide has only this poor hut, his old
+Bible and granddaughter Golda."
+
+Meir sighed.
+
+"You are right, Golda; but what will become of you when your
+grandfather dies, and you remain alone in the world, exposed to
+poverty and human scorn?"
+
+Golda sat down because her limbs trembled. She passed both her hands
+over her hot face, and with upraised eyes replied:
+
+"I shall sit before the door of this hut, spin my wool and tend my
+goats, looking along the road whence you will come back!"
+
+It was an adaptation from the story of Akiba.
+
+Meir asked dreamily:
+
+"And what will you do if people come and laugh at you and say: 'Akiba
+is drinking at the spring of wisdom whilst your body is consumed with
+misery and your eyes are dull from weeping?'"
+
+A voice stifled with emotion replied to him:
+
+"I shall answer this: 'Let misery consume my body, and my eyes run
+over with tears; yet truly will I guard my husband's faith.' And if
+he stood before me and said: 'I have come back because I did not wish
+you to weep any longer,' I should say to him: 'Go and drink more.'"
+
+Meir rose. There was no despair on his face now, but hope and courage
+depicted in his whole bearing.
+
+"I will come back, Rachel," he exclaimed. "Jehovah will give me
+strength, and good people will help me if I show them my hard
+yearning after knowledge and the writing of the Senior, which is the
+covenant of peace between Israel and the nations. I shall drink long
+and eagerly at the spring of wisdom; then come back and teach my
+people, and for all the misery and contempt which you suffer, I shall
+put a golden crown upon your head."
+
+Golda shook her head. The expression in her face showed she had been
+carried away by a wonderful dream. She dreamt she was Rachel,
+greeting her husband Akiba. With passionate eyes and a far-away
+smile, she whispered:
+
+"And I shall embrace your knees, and with eyes that have regained
+their former beauty I shall look at all your glory and say: 'Lord and
+Master! your glory be my crown.'"
+
+They looked long at each other, and through their tearful eyes there
+shone a love as deep and earnest as their hearts were pure and
+heroic.
+
+A low, childish laughter reached their ears. They looked astonished
+in the direction whence it came. Upon the threshold of the hut sat
+Lejbele, holding in his arms a snow-white kid. The kid had been
+purchased at the fair with the money Golda had taken for the baskets.
+The child had seen it in the entrance, brought it out on the
+threshold, and nestled his face to the soft white hair and laughed
+aloud.
+
+"The child always follows you," said Golda. "He kissed me to-day,
+when everybody beat and stoned me; with him I shielded my treasure
+against their strong hands," replied Meir. Golda disappeared from the
+window and stood upon the threshold. She bent over the child, her
+flowing hair covered his head and shoulders, and she kissed him on
+the forehead. Lejbele was not frightened; he seemed to feel safe
+here. He had seen the girl before, whose luminous eyes looked at him
+with an expression of great sweetness. He raised his grateful, now almost
+intelligent, eyes to her, and whispered:
+
+"Let me play with this little goat?"
+
+"Will you have some milk?" said Golda.
+
+"Yes," he said; "please give me some."
+
+She brought a bowl full of milk and fed the child; then asked:
+
+"Why do you leave your father and mother, and follow Meir?"
+
+The child rocked his head and replied:
+
+"He is better than daddy, and better than mammy. He fed me and patted
+my head, and saved me from Reb Moshe."
+
+"Whose little boy are you?" asked Golda. Lejbele remained silent and
+kept on rocking his head. He evidently tried to collect his confused
+thoughts. Suddenly he raised his finger and pointed after the
+retreating figure of Meir, and said aloud:
+
+"I am his."
+
+And he laughed: but it was no longer the laugh of an idiot, only the
+expression of joy that he had found the way to clothe in words the
+thoughts of his loving little heart.
+
+Golda looked in the direction where Meir had disappeared, and sighed
+heavily. Presently she rose, wrapped herself in a gray shawl, went
+half-way up the hill, and sat down under a dwarfed pine-tree. Perhaps
+she wanted to look down and watch his return from the woods. Her
+elbows resting on her knees--her face buried in her hands, she sat
+motionless, like a statue of sorrow; the black hair which covered her
+like a mantle, glittered and shone in the bright moonlight.
+
+At the same time the low door of the Rabbi's hut was softly opened
+and Reb Moshe crept in, looking worn, ashamed and troubled. He
+squatted down near the fireplace and looked anxiously at Isaak Todros
+who sat in the open window, his eyes fixed on the sky.
+
+"Rabbi!" he whispered timidly.
+
+"Rabbi!" he said a little louder, "your servant will look guilty in
+your eyes--he has not brought the abominable writing. The storm was
+fearful, but his friends defended him; he resisted himself, and then
+a little child shielded him. The foolish people tore his clothes,
+beat, abused and stoned him; but did not take the writing from him."
+
+"Nassi! your servant is ashamed and troubled; have mercy upon him,
+and do not punish him with the lightning of your eyes."
+
+Todros, without taking his eyes from off the sky, said:
+
+"The writing must be taken from him and delivered into my hands."
+
+"Nassi! the writing is no longer in his hands."
+
+"And where is it?" said the Rabbi, in a louder voice, without turning
+round.
+
+"Rabbi! I should not have dared to appear before you, had I not known
+what became of it. I followed him--my whole soul entered into my eyes
+and ears. I saw how he gave the writing to the Karaitish girl to hide
+it; I heard how he called it his treasure, and his passport to go
+into the world with, and which would open for him the hearts of the
+people."
+
+Todros shuddered convulsively.
+
+"It is true," he whispered angrily. "That writing will be to him a
+shield and weapon, on which our sharpest arrows will have no effect.
+Moshe!" he said, in a more determined voice, "the writing must be
+taken from the Karaitish girl."
+
+The melamed crawled to his master's knees, and raising his face to
+him said, in a low voice:
+
+"Rabbi! the girl said she would sooner lay down her life than part
+with the writing."
+
+Todros was silent for a moment, and then repeated:
+
+"The writing must be taken from her."
+
+The melamed remained, silent and thoughtful for a long time.
+
+"Rabbi!" he said in a very low whisper, "and if anything happens to
+the girl?"
+
+Todros did, not answer at once. At last he said:
+
+"Blessed is the hand that removes garbage from the house of Israel!"
+
+The melamed seemed to drink in the words eagerly and ponder over
+their meaning. Then he smiled.
+
+"Rabbi!" he said, "I have understood your wish--depend upon your
+servant; he will find men whose hands are strong and whose hearts are
+steel. Rabbi!" he added, entreatingly, "let a gentle ray from your
+eyes fall upon your servant; let him see your wrath is softened
+towards him. My soul without your love and favour is like a well
+without water or a dark prison where no love enters."
+
+Todros replied:
+
+"No gentle ray will come from my eye, nor will my wrath be softened
+till the writing has been torn out of the accursed hands."
+
+Moshe groaned:
+
+"Rabbi, the writing shall be in your hands tomorrow."
+
+The moon fell bright upon the faces of both men, of whom one looked
+at the heavens, the other into his master's face. The master searched
+the heavens for the silvery streaks which are the ways the angels
+travel from star to star through eternity; the pupil looked into the
+master's eyes for the reflection of the supernatural light.
+
+In both their minds the name of the angel of death whom they had
+called up was present--yet both their hearts were full of love and
+boundless admiration.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+A great and unusual emotion prevailed among the population of the
+little town. From all parts they thronged towards the large brown
+house of prayer, where, under the three-storied roof covered with
+moss, the row of high and narrow windows blazed with light. The sky
+was covered with stars twinkling feebly and paling before the full
+moon.
+
+The interior of the temple, large and roomy, would easily hold
+several thousand people. The high and smooth walls, forming a perfect
+square, were cut across by a long, heavy gallery, divided into
+niches, not unlike private boxes, and surrounded by a high, open-work
+grating. Wooden benches, standing closely together, filled the body
+of the synagogue from the entrance door up to the raised platform,
+which was surrounded by a highly ornamental grating. There was a
+table on the platform, used for unfolding the leaves of the Tora on
+days when extracts from it were read to the people. It served also as
+a pulpit when, on solemn days, speeches or religious discourses were
+delivered. Here also stood the choir of young men or grown-up
+children, who united their voices or answered to the intonating
+singer.
+
+The platform was about a dozen feet from the principal part of the
+building, which looked very impressive in its dignity and blaze of
+colour. It was the altar, or the place where the holy of holies was
+preserved. The top of the altar reached to the ceiling, and consisted
+of two great tables incrusted with lapis-lazuli and covered with
+white letters, like strings of arabesques, in a rich and fantastic
+design, in which the initiated eye could read the Ten Commandments.
+The tables of lapis-lazuli were supported by two gilt-bronze lions of
+huge size, resting on two heavy columns of the intensest blue,
+surrounded with white garlands of vine-leaves and grapes. All this
+rose from a heavy stone foundation, the large surface of which, from
+top to bottom was covered with inscriptions from the Bible. The two
+columns stood like guards on either side of a deep recess, veiled
+entirely with a red silk curtain richly embroidered with gold. Behind
+this curtain, only raised at certain times, lay the holy of holies,
+the Tora, a great roll of parchment covered with costly silk and tied
+with ribbons embroidered in gold and silver.
+
+Seven chandeliers of a hundred lights each, illuminated the gallery
+above, showing behind the transparent grating innumerable
+female figures in bright coloured dresses; below were the benches,
+where the men were sitting on their soft white talliths. Around the
+necks of the more prominent members gleamed large silver bands worked
+in delicate bas-relief. The costliest and largest of the seven
+chandeliers hung suspended by heavy silver cords before the red silk
+curtain and reflected in the heavy gold embroidery, and showed the
+delicate design of the vine leaves twining round the columns. Here
+stood Eliezer, the singer who intoned the old psalms, the limitless
+melodies of which resound with all the voices of human joy,
+suffering, and entreaty. Never had the beautiful voice produced
+richer or mellower tones; never had it vibrated with such deep
+emotion. It almost seemed as if that evening a superhuman power had
+taken possession of him. Now and then his voice died away in a low
+wail; then it rose again with such voluminous power of entreaty as if
+it carried him on its wings before the throne of Jehovah--to plead
+for something or somebody.
+
+The whole building was filled with the sound, in which the choir of
+young voices joined from time to time. There was a deep silence among
+the congregation. Here and there some one whispered:
+
+"It is like the angel Sandalphon, who offers to Jehovah the garlands
+made from human prayers."
+
+Others shook their heads sadly. "He is pleading for his friend, who
+is to be excommunicated to-night."
+
+Suddenly the singer's voice was interrupted by a heavy thump,
+repeated several times. It ceased, as if the golden string had been
+torn asunder by a brutal hand. The choir disappeared from the
+platform, and in their place stood one man, whose dark, piercing eyes
+looked more baneful than ever. In his hands he held a heavy book,
+with which he struck the table as a sign for silence. Throughout the
+building everything was quiet, except in the portico, where some
+twenty people surrounded a young man who, with a deathly pale face
+and compressed lips, stood leaning against the wall.
+
+Whisperers crowded around him.
+
+"It is still time. Have mercy upon yourself and your family! Run
+quick, quick, throw yourself at the feet of the Rabbi! Oh, Herem!
+Herem! Herem!"
+
+He did not seem to listen. His arms were crossed over his breast. The
+contracted forehead, marked with the red scar, gave him the
+expression of inward pain, but also of inflexible courage.
+
+"In the name of the God of our fathers," sounded the loud voice of
+Isaak Todros.
+
+A long sigh like a tremor seemed to shake the whole congregation, and
+then everything was silent.
+
+Isaak Todros spoke slowly and impressively:
+
+"By the force and power of the world, in the name of the holy
+covenant and the six hundred and thirteen commandments contained in
+the covenant; with the malediction of Joshua against the town of
+Jericho; with the malediction of Elisha against the children who
+mocked him; with the shamanta used by the great Sanhedrims and
+Synods; with all the herems and curses used from the time of Moses to
+this day; in the name of the God eternal; in the name of Matatron,
+the guardian of Israel; in the name of the angel Sandalphon, who from
+human prayers wreathes garlands for the throne of Jehovah; in the
+name of the archangel Michael, the powerful leader of the heavenly
+army; in the name of the angels of fire, wind, and lightning; in the
+name of all the angels conducting the stars on their courses, and all
+the archangels who are spreading their wings above the throne of the
+Eternal; in the name of Him who appeared in the burning bush, and by
+the power of which Moses divided the waters; in the name of the hand
+who wrote the tables of the holy law, we expel, disgrace, and curse
+the strong, disobedient, and blasphemous Meir Ezofowich, son of
+Benjamin."
+
+He paused a little, then, with a vehement motion, raised both his
+arms above his head, and, amidst the deepest silence, he went on
+faster and louder:
+
+"Be he accursed by heaven and earth; by the angels Matatron,
+Sandalphon, and Michael; by all the angels, archangels, and heavenly
+orbs. Be he accursed by all pure and holy spirits which serve the
+Lord; accursed by every power in heaven and upon earth. Let all
+creation become his enemy, that the whirlwind crush him and the sword
+smite him. Let his ways be dangerous and covered with darkness, and
+let the greatest despair be hi only companion thereon. Let sorrow and
+unhappiness waste his body; let his eyes look upon the heavy blows
+falling upon him. Let the Lord never forgive him; nay, let the wrath
+and vengeance of the Lord eat deep into his marrow. Let him be
+wrapped up in the curse as in a garment; let his death be sudden, and
+drive him into utter darkness."
+
+Here Todros paused again to draw breath into his exhausted lungs. His
+voice had become every minute more laboured, and his sentences more
+broken. His face was burning, and his arms waved wildly over his
+head.
+
+"From this moment," he shouted again, "from this moment the curse has
+fallen upon him; let him not dare to approach the house of prayer
+nearer than four yards. Under the threat of excommunication, let no
+Israelite approach nearer to him than four yards distance, nor open
+to him his house, nor give him bread, water, or fire, though he see him
+dying with thirst, hunger, and disease; nay, let everybody spit upon him,
+and throw stones under his feet, that he may stumble and fall. Let him not
+have any fortune, either what he has earned himself or what comes from his
+parents; let it be given up to the elders of the Kahal, to be used for the
+poor and needy."
+
+"This curse which has fallen upon him, let it be made public
+all over Israel wherever you go, and we will send the tidings of it
+to all our brethren to the farthest confines of the world."
+
+"This is our decree, and you all who remain faithful unto the Lord
+and his covenant, live in peace."
+
+He had finished; and, at the same time, by some prearranged
+contrivance, all the lights in the seven chandeliers grew dim, and in
+the four corners of the edifice trumpets began to sound in a low,
+mournful wail, in which joined a chorus of sobs and loud moans. A
+heart-rending cry came from the portico, which was all the more
+terrible as, it came from the breast of a young and powerful man.
+There was the noise of many feet, and the sound of somebody driven
+out. Meir disappeared from the house of prayer. Among the benches
+near the altar came the sound of rent garments, and grave men fell on
+their faces.
+
+"In the dust lies the mighty house of Ezofowich," said several
+voices, pointing at them.
+
+From the gallery came the loud sobs and wailing, of women, and in the
+background of the edifice people without silver ribbons round their
+talliths wrung their hard, work-stained hands.
+
+Todros wiped the perspiration from his brow with his ragged sleeve,
+and, leaning upon the balustrade with heaving breast and twitching
+lips, looked at the singer. He did not leave the platform, for,
+according to the prescribed rules, a blessing for all the people
+ought to follow the curse. It was the singer's duty to intonate it.
+Todros waited for it. Why did the singer delay so long? Why did he
+not take up his last words, "Live in peace," and intonate the
+blessing? Eliezer stood with his face turned to the altar. Whilst the
+Rabbi pronounced the curse his whole frame had shook under the folds
+of the tallith. By and by he grew quieter, stood motionless, and his
+eyes seemed to look far, far in the distance. At last he raised his
+arms. It was the sign for silence and prayer. The trumpets, which had
+kept on the low, mournful wailing, grew silent, the human sobs and
+cries ceased. The dim light blazed up again, and amidst the deepest
+silence, interrupted by some stifled sobs, rose the pure and silvery
+voice of Eliezer:
+
+"O Lord, who blessed our fathers, Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, Moses,
+Aaron, David, the prophets of Israel, and all righteous people, pour
+down thy blessing upon the man who this day has been injured by an
+unjust curse."
+
+"God in thy mercy shield and guard him from all unhappiness, prolong
+the years of his life, and bless all his undertakings. Release him
+from distress, and darkness, and fetters, together with all his
+brethren in Israel."
+
+"Do this, O Lord. Say all unto me, Amen." He stopped, and there was a
+short silence of stupefaction, and then out of several hundred
+throats came the cry, "Amen!" "Amen!" called out the members of the
+Ezofowich family who rose from the floor, shaking the dust from their
+rent garments. "Amen!" called out the group of poor people who had
+wrung their black, work-stained hands.
+
+"Amen!" came from the voices of the weeping women in the gallery.
+"Amen!" repeated at last a chorus of young voices.
+
+The Rabbi took his hands off the balustrade, and looked around the
+congregation with amazed eyes.
+
+"What is that? What does this mean?"
+
+Then Eliezer turned his face to him and the people. The hood of his
+tallith had slipped from his head on to his shoulders. His face,
+usually white, was flushed, and his blue eyes glowed with anger and
+courage. He raised his band, and said, in a loud voice:
+
+"Rabbi, it means that our ears and our hearts will not listen to any
+such curses any more!"
+
+These words were like the signal for battle. Scarcely had he finished
+speaking when some fifty young men ranged themselves on either side
+of him. Some were the excommunicated man's personal friends; others
+had only seen him from a distance; among them were even those who had
+blamed him and condemned his rashness.
+
+"Rabbi!" they called out, "we will hear such curses no more!"
+
+"Rabbi! your curse has made us love the accursed!"
+
+"Rabbi! with that herem you have laid a burden upon a man who was
+pleasant in the sight of God and man!"
+
+With a mighty effort Todros seemed to rouse himself from the numbness
+into which the unexpected rebellion had plunged him.
+
+"What is it you want?" he shouted. "What are you speaking of? Has the
+evil spirit bewitched you? Do you not know that our Law commands us
+to curse those who rebel against the holy covenant?"
+
+Not from among the young men, but from the benches where the elders
+were sitting, came a grave voice:
+
+"Rabbi! do you not know that when the old Sanhedrim were in fierce
+debate whether to adhere to the teaching of Hillel or Shamai, a
+mysterious voice, 'Bat Kohl,' taken for the voice of God himself, was
+heard, 'Listen to the Law of Hillel, for it is full of charity and
+gentleness.'"
+
+All heads were craned in the direction whence the speech had come. It
+was from Raphael, the uncle of the excommunicated.
+
+At this moment Ber made his way through the crowd and stood at the
+side of the young men.
+
+"Rabbi!" he exclaimed, "have you ever counted the intellects you and
+your forefathers crushed with your despotism; all the souls eager for
+knowledge that you thrust into darkness and suffering?"
+
+"Rabbi!" said a youthful almost childish voice, "will you and those
+that stand by you always keep from us all knowledge after which our
+minds are yearning?"
+
+"Why do you not, Rabbi, teach the people to use their intelligence as
+a sieve, to divide the grain from the chaff, and the pearls from the
+sand? Rabbi! you have made us to eat the pomegranate with the bitter
+rind; we begin to feel the acrid taste of it and it causes pain."
+
+"Unhappy, misguided youths! Reprobates!" shouted Todros passionately.
+"Did you not see with your own eyes that the people hated him, stoned
+him, and marked his forehead with a red scar?"
+
+Proud and scornful laughter answered his speech. "Do not agree with
+everything the people say," and one voice continued: "The curse you
+pronounced against him has softened many hearts and opened many
+eyes."
+
+"Malicious promptings stirred up hatred against him; but to-day all
+hearts are full of compassion, because with your curse you have
+killed his youth."
+
+"It is worse than death, Rabbi; for amongst the living he will be
+like one dead."
+
+"And is it not written in the statutes of the great Sanhedrim: 'The
+tribunal which once in seventy years pronounces a sentence of death
+will be called the tribunal of murderers?'"
+
+"In the Sanhedrim, did not childless and stony-hearted men sit?"
+
+"Who soweth wrath, reapeth sorrow!"
+
+Such and similar were the sentences which fell like hail around the
+Rabbi, accompanied by threatening looks and indignant gestures.
+
+Todros answered no more. He remained quite motionless and, with his
+mouth open and eyebrows raised, presented the picture of a man who
+does not understand what is going on around him. Suddenly, the
+melamed rushed from the crowd, jumped over the balustrade, and
+spreading out his arms as if to shield the beloved master, confronted
+the people and shouted in angry tones:
+
+"Woe! woe! to the insolent who does not reverence those who serve
+them before the Lord!"
+
+Eliezer replied:
+
+"No wall is to be raised between the Lord and his people. We
+appointed men from amongst us to study the Law in order to teach it
+to the ignorant. But we did not, tell them: 'We deliver our souls
+unto you in bondage'; because every Israelite is free to search for
+the Lord in his own heart and to explain His words according to his
+intelligence."
+
+Others exclaimed:
+
+"In Israel there are no higher or lower grades. We are all brethren
+in the eyes of the Creator; no one has the right to fetter our will
+and intellect."
+
+"The false prophets have lost us, because they separated us from
+other nations, that we are even as prisoners in the dark, left in
+loneliness."
+
+"But a time will come when Israel will shake off his fetters, and the
+blind and proud spirits shall fall down from their heights and the
+imprisoned souls will regain their liberty."
+
+Isaak Todros raised his hands slowly to his head, as a man who tries
+to rouse himself from sleep; then he leaned again on the balustrade,
+raised his eyes, and sighed deeply:
+
+"En-Sof!" he said in a dreamy whisper.
+
+It was the kabalistic name of God which whirled across his despairing
+mind. But as if in protest against the doctrines which had encumbered
+the pure Mosaic faith, a chorus of voices answered:
+
+"Jehovah!"
+
+The melamed's body shook as in a fit of ague. With violent speech and
+gesture he called upon the people to stand up for their beloved sage,
+and punish the audacious rebels. But the more he spoke, the more
+amazed he grew. Nobody moved. The rich and prominent of the community
+sat silent, their foreheads supported on their hands, their eyes
+riveted to the floor. They were in deep meditation. The bulk of the
+people remained motionless and mute.
+
+The melamed understood at last that all efforts to rouse them were
+useless. He became silent, but his eyes opened wider in great wonder;
+he could not understand why they did not listen.
+
+But through the misty brain of Isaak Todros passed a ray of light,
+and he got a glimpse of the terrible truth. Something whispered to
+him that in the young breasts all the dormant desires and aspirations
+of which the excommunicated man had been the interpreter, had stirred
+into life. The young man was, then, not the only one; but he was
+bolder, more enterprising and proud. He heard another whisper. The
+young heads whose fearless attitude bad made him powerless to-day,
+had been touched by the wings of the angel of Time, which, as he
+perceived in a dull, indistinct way, was full of rebellion and
+upheaving and would break down the barriers he had raised between
+them and the highest truth. And he heard again why the people had not
+stood up for him, because the angel of Time, who carries with him
+rebellion, and battle, also brings charity and forgiveness, and
+sweeps away curses and hatred with his powerful, yet soft, wings.
+
+All this Todros heard in a dim and vague way; but it was enough, to
+benumb his heart, full of petrified faith and pride.
+
+"Bat Kohl," he whispered.
+
+The voice of his own conscience he took for the mysterious voice said
+to be heard in great crises by the lawgivers and priests of Israel.
+
+"Bat Kohl," he repeated with trembling lips, and turned his gaze
+around the building.
+
+The interior of the synagogue was half-empty. The people dispersed
+slowly and silently, as if they were seized by a great sorrow and
+doubt. The poor and rich, until now great admirers of the Rabbi.
+There was the rustle of the belated women in the gallery, and then
+everything was quiet and deserted.
+
+As in times of yore, Joseph Akiba was coming back in the moonlit
+night, to his shepherd's hut, so Meir pale and trembling approached
+the house of his fathers.
+
+He went there, but without the intention of entering it again. He
+knew that he would have to go away, to pursue in loneliness and
+misery the great aim he saw in the far, far distance, and which was
+so difficult to reach. He wanted to see the house once more, but did
+not intend to cross its threshold. Among the many darkened windows,
+he saw one where a light glimmered. He stood still and looked at it.
+Through the window he saw the motionless figure of his great-grandmother
+in her easy chair. A wave of moonlight made the diamonds sparkle.
+
+Meir slowly ascended the steps of the porch and touched the door
+latch. It yielded to the pressure; contrary to the usual custom the
+door was unlocked. He entered the narrow passage and stood at the
+door of the sitting-room, which was wide open. The whole house was
+wrapped in darkness and silence.
+
+Was everybody asleep? Not likely; but not the slightest noise was to
+disturb the last farewell between the great-grandmother and her
+great-grandson and drive him from her knees. It was the last time he
+rested under the roof of his fathers.
+
+"Bobe," he said softly, "Elte Bobe!"
+
+Freida slept peacefully as a child: the rays of the moonlight played
+on the wrinkled face like childish dreams.
+
+"I shall never see you again, never any more."
+
+He pressed his lips to the dear old hand that had given him the
+treasure which was his salvation and ruin, life and death.
+
+Freida's head moved gently.
+
+"Kleineskind!" she whispered, without opening her eyes.
+
+Meir lost himself in thought. His forehead resting on his
+great-grandmother's knees, he said farewell to everything and
+everybody around.
+
+At last he rose and slowly left the room.
+
+In the dark passage he suddenly felt two strong arms closing around
+him, and a heavy object was put in his pocket.
+
+"It is I, Ber. Your grandfather looked around the family for a
+courageous man who would give you a handful of money on the way; and
+found me. Everybody in the house mourns for you; the women have taken
+to their beds, crying; your uncles are angry with the Rabbi and the
+elders; the grandfather is almost beside himself with grief--but
+nobody will see you any more. It is thus with us; reason drags one
+way; the old faith the other. They are afraid. But Meir, do not
+grieve! You are happy. I envy you! You have not been afraid to do
+what I did not dare to do, and you will win. To-day your friends
+stood up for you, and the people were silent and did not defend the
+Rabbi. It is the beginning; but the end is still far off. If you
+showed yourself to-morrow before the people, their wrath would flare
+up again. Go! go into the world. You have youth on your side and
+courage; life is before you."
+
+"Sometime you will come back and put an end to our sins and darkness.
+We have many diamonds, but they want sifting. Go forth now, to
+conquer. Be like Baale Tressim, armour-clad like our ancestors; and
+my blessing and the blessings of those who, like me, wished, but
+could not--longed, but did not obtain what they longed for--be with
+you."
+
+They exchanged farewells, and Ber disappeared as silently as he had
+come. The deep silence of the whole house seemed to bid the
+excommunicated youth to go hence.
+
+When he left the house it had begun to dawn. The market square and
+the adjacent streets were asleep. The whole town was wrapped in the
+gray mist of an almost autumnal morning.
+
+He swiftly crossed the mist-covered fields to get away, and say
+farewell to her who had promised to be a faithful Rachel to him, and
+to claim from her his treasure.
+
+The door and window of the little hut stood wide open.
+
+"Golda!" he called softly, "Golda!"
+
+There was no answer.
+
+He repeated his call, but the silence remained unbroken. He drew
+nearer, and looked at the spot where old Abel was wont to sit. It was
+empty.
+
+A strange, undefined dread took hold of him.
+
+He looked around, up the hills and along the fields, and called in a
+loud voice:
+
+"Golda!"
+
+There was a slight rustle not far off. It came from a wild rosebush,
+from among the branches of which rose the sleepy figure of little
+Lejbele.
+
+Meir went quickly up to him. The child disengaged himself from the
+branches, and put his hand under his coat.
+
+"Where is Golda?" asked Meir.
+
+Lejbele did not answer, but handed him the roll of papers.
+
+Meir bent towards the child.
+
+"Who gave you that?"
+
+"She," answered Lejbele, pointing to the hut.
+
+"When did she give it to you?"
+
+The child answered:
+
+"When the people were coming she rushed out of the hut, woke me, and
+put the roll under my coat, and said, 'Give it to Meir when he
+comes.'"
+
+Meir began to tremble.
+
+"And afterwards?" he asked, "afterwards?"
+
+"Afterwards, Morejne, she hid me in the bush, and went back to the
+hut."
+
+"How many people were there?"
+
+"Two, Morejne, three--ten--I don't know."
+
+"And what did they do? What did the people do?"
+
+"The people came, Morejne, and shouted and screamed at her to give up
+the writing; and she screamed that she would not, and the goat in the
+entrance ran about and bleated."
+
+Meir trembled in all his limbs.
+
+"And then what happened?"
+
+"Morejne, she took the spindle into her hands and stood before her
+zeide. I saw it from the bush. She was so white, and the spindle was
+white, and the people were black, and the goat kept on running
+amongst them and bleating."
+
+"And then--and then?"
+
+"Then, Morejne, I did not look any longer, but cowered down in fear,
+because there was such a noise in the hut--such moans. Then the
+people went away, and carried her, and carried her grandfather, and
+the goat ran up the hill bleating, and I do not know where it has
+gone."
+
+Meir straightened himself, and looked up to the sky with stony eyes.
+He knew everything now.
+
+"Where did they carry them?" he asked in a dull whisper.
+
+"There."
+
+The outstretched arm of the child pointed in the direction where, in
+the gray mist, the meadow was dimly visible--and the pond. Beyond the
+pond were marshes and bogs, where two lifeless bodies would easily
+sink. There, beyond the meadows, where in spring she had gathered
+yellow lilies among the rushes, and unconsciously betrayed her fresh
+and innocent love--there, hidden from all human eyes, she was lying
+at the feet of her grandfather, wrapped in the wealth of her black
+hair.
+
+A threefold cry of Jehovah rang out in the still morning air, and
+only Lejbele remained before the door, holding in his raised hand the
+scroll of paper.
+
+Meir had gone into the hut.
+
+What a terrible story was revealed to him! The straw lying about
+Abel's couch, and amongst it, like drops of blood, Golda's red
+corals. The broken spindle and the old Bible torn in shreds told
+their tale. It was a long and cruel tale to which the young man
+listened, his head pressed against the wall--a tale so long that
+hours passed over his head, and he still listened with beating heart
+and trembling limbs.
+
+When he stood again on the threshold, the sun was shining brightly.
+How terribly changed he looked. The forehead, marked with a red scar,
+was seamed and corrugated as if long years of suffering bad ploughed
+the once smooth surface. The half-shut eyes had a dull despairing
+lustre, and his arms hung down limp and powerless. He stood thus a
+few minutes, as if listening intently for the sound of the voice he
+should never hear more, when a weak hand tugged at his clothes, and a
+small voice said:
+
+"Morejne."
+
+Lejbele stood before him, his mournful eyes raised to his, and
+stretched out a roll of paper. It seemed as if the sight of the
+papers reminded Meir of something, roused him from sleep, and told
+him to do something that was sacred and important. He passed both
+hands over his forehead, and then took the Senior's legacy from the
+child's hands, and at the touch of it he raised his head, and his
+eyes seemed to regain their old power and courage. He looked at the
+town waking up from sleep, and murmured something in a low
+voice--something about Israel, its greatness in the past, and its
+great sins, and that he would never desert it, and not give back
+curses for curses; that he would carry the covenant of peace to other
+nations, drink at the source of wisdom, and come back sometime-sometime,
+he repeated, thinking of the far future; and with a last look embracing the
+poor little hut, as if in farewell to his short and pure dream of love,
+he slowly ascended the hill.
+
+The child, standing motionless near the door, looked after the
+retreating figure of the young man. His wide open eyes became
+suffused with tears. When Meir was about half-way up the hill, one
+convulsive sob burst from the child, and he began to run. At first he
+moved very fast, but finding they were about a dozen steps apart, he
+slackened his speed, and tucking his hands under his sleeves, walked
+slowly and gravely after him.
+
+Thus walking, one after the other, the excommunicated youth and the
+child of the poor man, they disappeared beyond the hill, where they
+beheld a broad, sandy road leading into the wide, unknown world.
+
+Has the humiliated, excommunicated, and despised youth reached the
+aim after which he strove so ardently? Has he found in the world
+people ready to open their hearts and doors, and help him on the road
+to learning?
+
+Has he, or will he come back, and bring with him forgiveness, and
+that light, by the power of which the soil on which now grows nought
+but thorns--will it produce cedars of Lebanon? I do not know.
+
+The story is too recent to have its end yet--for stories like this
+have no end. But as it is similar to many of the same kind of
+stories, reader! of whatever race, or country, or religion, if you
+meet this obscure apostle on your way, give him cordially and quickly
+your brotherly hand in friendship and help.
+
+THE END.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of An Obscure Apostle, by Eliza Orzeszko
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AN OBSCURE APOSTLE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 28400.txt or 28400.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/2/8/4/0/28400/
+
+Produced by Andrew Leader of www.polishwriting.net
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/28400.zip b/28400.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6aaa408
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28400.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ba983d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #28400 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/28400)